WO2006009789A2 - Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives - Google Patents

Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006009789A2
WO2006009789A2 PCT/US2005/021340 US2005021340W WO2006009789A2 WO 2006009789 A2 WO2006009789 A2 WO 2006009789A2 US 2005021340 W US2005021340 W US 2005021340W WO 2006009789 A2 WO2006009789 A2 WO 2006009789A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
ethyl
trifluoromethyl
dimethyl
phenoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/021340
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006009789A3 (en
Inventor
Alan J. Hutchison
Bertrand L. Chenard
Guiying Li
Manuka Ghosh
James G. Tarrant
Taeyoung Yoon
George P. Luke
Kyungae Lee
Mary-Margaret E. O'donnell
Wallace C. Pringle
John M. Peterson
Kevin J. Hodgetts
Cheryl K. Steenstra
Dario Doller
Original Assignee
Neurogen Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Neurogen Corporation filed Critical Neurogen Corporation
Priority to BRPI0512274-0A priority Critical patent/BRPI0512274A/en
Priority to JP2007516747A priority patent/JP2008503477A/en
Priority to MXPA06014748A priority patent/MXPA06014748A/en
Priority to CA002567604A priority patent/CA2567604A1/en
Priority to EP05760258A priority patent/EP1756107A2/en
Publication of WO2006009789A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006009789A2/en
Priority to IL179350A priority patent/IL179350A0/en
Publication of WO2006009789A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006009789A3/en
Priority to NO20070293A priority patent/NO20070293L/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C07D295/073—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by halogen atoms or nitro radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituents separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D295/104—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/12—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for climacteric disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/12—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D207/26—2-Pyrrolidones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/36—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D207/38—2-Pyrrolones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/38—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D211/42—Oxygen atoms attached in position 3 or 5
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D211/44—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4
    • C07D211/46—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4 having a hydrogen atom as the second substituent in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D211/44—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4
    • C07D211/52—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4 having an aryl radical as the second substituent in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/74—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D275/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
    • C07D275/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/084—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/088—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/096—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
    • C07D295/192—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aromatic carboxylic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/79—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/82—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D309/06—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D309/10—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D309/12—Oxygen atoms only hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. tetrahydropyranyl ethers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/06—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 2
    • C07D311/08—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 2 not hydrogenated in the hetero ring
    • C07D311/14—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 2 not hydrogenated in the hetero ring substituted in position 6 and unsubstituted in position 7
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08—Bridged systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates generally to aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives.
  • the invention further relates to the use of such compounds for treating a variety of metabolic, eating and sexual disorders, and as probes for the detection and localization of melanin concentrating hormone receptors.
  • MCH Melanin concentrating hormone
  • MCH activity is mediated via binding to specific receptors.
  • G protein- coupled receptors e.g., neuropeptide Y and beta-adrenergic receptors
  • MCH receptors are membrane-spanning proteins that are generally found on cell surfaces, and consist of a single contiguous amino acid chain comprising an extracellular N-terminal domain, seven membrane- spanning alpha helical domains (connected by three intracellular loop domains alternating with three extracellular loop domains), and an intracellular C-terminal domain.
  • Signal transduction is typically initiated by the binding of extracellular MCH to the receptor, which elicits conformational changes in the extracellular domains.
  • MCHlR Human Melanin Concentrating Hormone Receptor-1
  • MCHlR expression is found in olfactory tubercle, cerebral cortex, substantia nigra, basal forebrain CAl, CA2, and CA3 fields of the hippocampus, amygdala, and in nuclei of the hypothalamus, thalamus, midbrain and hindbrain.
  • MCHlR Upon binding MCH, MCHlR recombinantly expressed in HEK 293 cells mediates a dose dependent release of intracellular calcium. Cells expressing MCHlR also exhibit a pertussis toxin sensitive dose-dependent inhibition of forskolin-elevated cyclic AMP, indicating that the receptor couples to a Gj /o G-protein alpha subunit.
  • MCH2R A second MCH receptor (designated MCH2R) has also been identified.
  • MCH2R has an overall amino acid identity of more than 30% with MCHlR, and is detected specifically in the same regions of the brain as MCHlR.
  • Monkey and canine MCH2R sequences, as well as various chimeric MCH2R proteins, have been disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/291,990 (which published as 2003/0148457 on August 7, 2003).
  • Agents capable of modulating MCH receptor activity are highly desirable for the treatment of a variety of diseases and disorders, including obesity, eating disorders (e.g., bulimia and anorexia), sexual disorders (e.g., anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence) and metabolic disorders, such as diabetes.
  • eating disorders e.g., bulimia and anorexia
  • sexual disorders e.g., anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence
  • metabolic disorders such as diabetes.
  • Small molecule, non-peptide antagonists of MCH receptors would be of particular value for such therapies.
  • the present invention fulfills this need, and provides further related advantages.
  • W is nitrogen, CH or C-OH.
  • Yi, Y 3 , Y 4 , and Y 5 are independently optionally substituted carbon (e.g., CRi) or nitrogen.
  • Z is nitrogen or optionally substituted carbon (e.g., CR 2 ).
  • Each R 1 is independently: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, aminocarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, haloCi-C 6 alkyl, haloCi- C 6 alkoxy, hydroxyCi-C 6 alkyl, (C r C 4 alkoxy)C i-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, aminoCi-C 6 alkyl, mono- or di-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6 alkyl, mono- or di-(d-C 6 alkyl)aminocarbonyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 - C 6 alkyl or (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C 6 alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R
  • R 2 is halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyloxime, C,-C 6 alkoxy, (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)Ci-C 4 alkyl, hydroxyCi-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-Ci-C ⁇ alkylaminocarbonyl, C r C 6 alkylthio, Ci- C 6 alkylsulfonyl, haloCi-C 6 alkyl, haloCi-C 6 alkoxy, aminoCi-C 6 alkyl, mono- or di-(C r C 6 alkyl)aminoCo-C 6 alkyl or (C 3 -C 7 cycloal
  • R 2 is (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C 0 -C 6 alkyl, phenylC 0 -C 2 alkyl, phenylC 0 -C 2 alkoxy or (5- or 6-membered heteroaryl)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted, and each of which is preferably substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci- C 2 alkoxy and Ci-C 2 alkyl; or
  • R 2 is taken together with a Ri to form a fused optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
  • n 1 or 2.
  • R 3 is: (i) hydrogen, C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or haloC r C 6 alkyl; or (ii) taken together with one or both of R 6 and Ri 0 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle having one or two rings, wherein each ring contains from 5 to 8 ring members and 0, 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S, which fused carbocycle or heterocycle is optionally substituted and is preferably substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, C r C 2 alkoxy and C r C 2 alkyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl or haloCi-Qalkyl.
  • R 5 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 - C 6 alkynyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, haloQ-C ⁇ alkyl, haloCi-C 6 alkoxy, mono- or di-(C r C 6 alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C 6 alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R 6 to form a fused, optionally substituted C 5 - Cgcarbocycle or 5- to 8-membered heterocycle.
  • Each R 5a is independently: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, haloCi-Qalkyl, ImIoC 1 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- or di-(C r C 6 alkyl)amino or aminoCi-Qalkyl; or (ii) taken together with R 6 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
  • R 6 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 - C 6 alkynyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, haloCi-C 6 alkyl, haloC r C 6 alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C 6 alkyl; (ii) taken together with R 3 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; (iii) taken together with R 5 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle; or (iv) taken together with R 5a to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
  • R 7 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; (ii) taken together with Rg to form a fused, optionally substituted C 5 -C 6 carbocycle or 5- to 6-membered heterocycle; or (iii) taken together with R 12 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered heterocycle that is optionally substituted, and is preferably substituted with from 0 to 3 substiruents independently chosen from halogen, C r C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy and oxo.
  • R 8 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R 7 to form a fused, optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 carbocycle or 5- to 6-membered heterocycle.
  • R 9 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R 10 or Rn to form a fused Cs-Ciocarbocycle or a fused 5- to 10-membered heterocycle, each of which is optionally substituted and each of which is preferably substituted with from O to 3 substiruents independently chosen from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, (C 3 -C7cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 6 alkyl, C r C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkylthio, C,-C 6 alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 6 alkoxy)Ci-C 4 alkyl
  • R 10 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R 3 or R 9 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle.
  • R 11 is:
  • G is hydrogen, C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloC r C 6 alkyl, saturated C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; in certain embodiments, G is not hydrogen, G is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C 6 alkyl, and G is further substituted with from O to 5 substituents (preferably from 1 to 5 substituents) independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 , wherein:
  • R b is Ci-C 6 alkoxy, mono- or C 2 - Qalkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkylsulfonyl, Cj-C ⁇ alkylthio, CrCealkylaminosulfonyl, Ci-C 6 alkylsulfonylamino, d-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoylamino, arylC r C 6 alkanoylamino, heteroarylCi-C ⁇ alkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminocarbonyl or Ci-C 6 alkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, Ci-C 4 alkyl, (Ci-C 4 alkoxy)C 0 -C 4 alkyl, mono- and di-(Ci-C 4 alkyl)a
  • the fused carbocycle or heterocycle is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C r C 6 alkyl, (C r C 6 alkoxy)Co- C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)Ci-C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C6alkyl, C 2 - C 4 alkanoyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-C 6 alkyl, C r C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, haloC ! -C 6 alkyl and haloCi-C 6 alkoxy.
  • substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C r C 6 alkyl, (C r C 6 alkoxy)Co- C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy
  • R 12 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 - C 6 alkynyl, C ! -C 6 alkoxy, haloCj-C ⁇ alkyl, haloCi-C 6 alkoxy, mono- or or aminoCi-C 6 alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R 7 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle.
  • N(R 13 )SO 2 i.e., N ⁇ S ⁇
  • C(K))N(R 13 ) i.e., -C-N-
  • O r N(R 13 )C( O)
  • each R 13 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl or haloC]-C 6 alkyl.
  • Each M is independently hydrogen, C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloCrC ⁇ alkyl, hydroxyCrCealkyl, aminod-C ⁇ alkyl, (d-C 6 alkoxy)C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 5 -C 10 cycloalkyl or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted.
  • W is CH or C-OH.
  • Such compounds are referred to herein as compounds of Formula I-a.
  • Other aryl -substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I further satisfy Formula 1-b:
  • R 5 is:
  • Each R 5a is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C r C 6 alkoxy, haloQ-C ⁇ alkyl, haloC r C 6 alkoxy, mono- or di-(C r C 6 alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C 6 alkyl.
  • R 6 is:
  • R n is:
  • G is C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 - C 6 alkynyl, haloC
  • G 2 is Ci-C 6 alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 ammo groups, and wherein G 2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R 3 , R b and R 0 ; such that R b is not N- methyl, N-cyclopentylamino, and R 0 is not (heterocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkyl; (iv) C 5 -Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci- Qalkyl, (Ci-C 6 alkoxy)C 0 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)ammo
  • aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives are MCH receptor modulators and exhibit a K 1 of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in a MCH receptor binding assay and/or have an EC 50 or IC 50 value of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in an assay for determining MCH receptor agonist or antagonist activity.
  • aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives provided herein are labeled with a detectable marker (e g , radiolabeled or fluorescein conjugated).
  • a detectable marker e g , radiolabeled or fluorescein conjugated
  • compositions comprising at least one aryl-substituted piperazme derivative provided herein in combination with a physiologically acceptable earner or excipient
  • a pharmaceutical composition provided herein may further comprise one or more additional active agents (i e , drugs).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated, for example, as an injectable fluid, an aerosol, a cream, an oral liquid, a tablet, a gel, a pill, a capsule, a syrup or a transdermal patch.
  • Methods are further provided for modulating binding of hgand (e g , MCH) to cellular MCH receptor, comprising contacting cells expressing MCH receptor with a MCH receptor modulator as described above, in an amount that would be sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro.
  • the cells may, but need not, be present in a human nor non-human animal.
  • methods for modulating binding of ligand (e.g., MCH) to MCH receptor in vitro, comprising MCH receptor with a MCH receptor modulator as described above, in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor.
  • ligand e.g., MCH
  • the present invention provides methods for modulating the signal-transducing activity of MCH receptor in a cell, comprising contacting a cell expressing MCH receptor, either in vivo or in vitro, with a MCH receptor modulator as described above, under conditions and in an amount that is sufficient to detectably alter the electrophysiology of the cell.
  • the MCH receptor is a MCHlR.
  • the present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for treating a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a MCH receptor modulator as described above.
  • diseases and disorders include, for example, obesity, eating disorders (e.g., bulimia nervosa), sexual disorders, diabetes, heart disease and stroke.
  • the MCH receptor modulator may be administered orally, or via another means such as intranasally, intravenously or topically.
  • the patient is a human, companion animal (e.g., dog or cat) or livestock.
  • Also provided herein are methods for treating a patient comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation with the need for administration of a MCH receptor modulator, and administering to the patient an effective amount of a MCH receptor modulator as described above.
  • Methods are provided, within other aspects, for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, comprising: (i) contacting a sample with a compound as described above under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor; and (ii) detecting a level of the compound bound to MCH receptor.
  • the compound is radiolabeled, and the step of detection comprises: (i) separating unbound compound from bound compound; and (ii) determining an amount of bound compound in the sample. Detection may be achieved, for example, using autoradiography.
  • Representative samples include, for example, tissue sections.
  • Packaged pharmaceutical preparations comprising: (a) a pharmaceutical composition as described above in a container; and (b) instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from or at risk for developing a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation.
  • the present invention provides aryl-substituted piperazine denvatives of Formula I
  • Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor modulators that may be used in vitro or in vivo, to inhibit MCH binding to MCH receptors, activate MCH receptors, or to otherwise modulate MCH receptor activity in a variety of contexts, as discussed in further detail below TERMINOLOGY
  • aryl-substituted piperazine de ⁇ vative refers to any compound that satisfies Formula I, or is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such a compound
  • Certain aryl- substituted piperazine denvatives further satisfy one or more additional formulas provided herein, the phrase “aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula X" is intended to encompass both compounds of Formula X and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound recited herein is an acid or base salt that is suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings or animals without excessive toxicity or carcinogenicity, and preferably without irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication
  • Such salts include mineral and organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines, as well as alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxyhc acids
  • Specific pharmaceutical salts include, but are not limited to, salts of acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, malic, glycolic, fuma ⁇ c, sulfuric, sulfamic, sulfanilic, formic, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, benzene sulfonic, ethane disulfonic, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonic, nitric, benzoic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, citric, tartaric, lactic, stearic,
  • pharmaceutically acceptable cations include, but are not limited to sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, lithium, and ammonium.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts for the compounds provided herein, including those listed by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985).
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base salt can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by any conventional chemical method.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, the use of nonaqueous media, such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol or acetonitrile, is preferred.
  • nonaqueous media such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol or acetonitrile
  • each aryl-substituted piperazine derivative may, but need not, be formulated as a hydrate, solvate or non-covalent complex.
  • the various crystal forms and polymorphs are within the scope of the present invention.
  • prodrugs of the aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein.
  • a "prodrug” is a compound that may not fully satisfy the structural requirements of the compounds provided herein, but is modified in vivo, following administration to a patient, to produce an aryl-substituted piperazine derivative.
  • a prodrug may be an acylated derivative of a compound as provided herein.
  • Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino or sulfhydryl group, respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, phosphate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups within the compounds provided herein.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds provided herein may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved in vivo to yield the parent compounds.
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • Alkyl groups include groups having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms (Ci-C 8 alkyl), from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (Ci-C 6 alkyl) and from 1 to 4 carbon atoms (C]-C 4 alkyl), such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, ter/-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2- hexyl, 3-hexyl and 3-methylpentyl.
  • C 0 -C n alkyl refers to a single covalent bond (C 0 ) or an alkyl group having from 1 to n carbon atoms; for example, "Co-C 6 alkyl” refers to a single covalent bond or a Ci-C ⁇ alkyl group. In some instances, a substituent of an alkyl group is specifically indicated. For example, “hydroxyCi-C 6 alkyr refers to a C r C 6 alkyl group that has at least one hydroxy substituent; aminoCi-C 6 alkyl refers to a C r C 6 alkyl group that has at least one amino substituent. [0032] "Alkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl group, as defined above. C 0 -C 4 alkylene is a single covalent bond or an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Alkenyl refers to straight or branched chain alkene groups, which comprise at least one unsaturated carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Alkenyl groups include C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -Cealkenyl and C 2 -C 4 alkenyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6 or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively, such as ethenyl, allyl or isopropenyl.
  • Alkynyl refers to straight or branched chain alkyne groups, which have one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, at least one of which is a triple bond.
  • Alkynyl groups include C 2 -Cgalkynyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl and C 2 -C 4 alkynyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6 or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • a "cycloalkyl” is a group that comprises one or more saturated and/or partially saturated rings in which all ring members are carbon, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, decahydro-naphthalenyl, octahydro-indenyl, and partially saturated variants of the foregoing, such as cyclohexenyl.
  • Certain cycloalkyl groups are C 3 - Cycycloalkyl, in which the ring contains from 3 to 7 ring members.
  • Cycloalkyl groups that comprise at least one carbon-carbon double bond are specifically designated "cycloalkenyl” (e.g., 5- to 10- membered cycloalkenyl).
  • a "cycloalkylC 0 -C n alkyl” is a cycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or a Ci-C n alkylene group (e.g., C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-C 6 alkyl).
  • Ci-C n alkylene group e.g., C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl
  • C 5 -Ci 0 cycloalkenyl indicates a partially saturated cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 ring members.
  • alkoxy is meant an alkyl group as described above attached via an oxygen bridge.
  • Alkoxy groups include C ! -C 6 alkoxy and Ci-C 4 alkoxy groups, which have from 1 to 6 or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec- butoxy, /ert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3-pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3- hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy are representative alkoxy groups.
  • alkylthio refers to an alkyl group as described above attached via a sulfur bridge.
  • Alkylsulfonyl refers to groups of the formula -(SO 2 )-alkyl, in which the sulfur atom is the point of attachment. Alkylsulfonyl groups include Ci-C 6 alkylsulfonyl and Q- C 4 alkylsulfonyl groups, which have from 1 to 6 or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively. Methylsulfonyl is one representative alkylsulfonyl group.
  • (Alkoxy)alkyl refers to a linear or branched ether substituent (i.e., an alkyl group that is substituted with an alkoxy group). Such groups include (C r C 4 alkoxy)C 1 -C 6 alkyl and (C r C 4 alkoxy)Ci-C 4 alkyl.
  • a (C ialkoxy)Ci alkyl group has the structure -CH 2 -O-CH 3 .
  • Alkoxycarbonyl groups include Ci-C 8 , C 1 -C 6 and Ci-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl groups, which have from 1 to 8, 6 or 4 carbon atoms, respectively, in the alkyl portion of the group (i.e., the carbon of the keto bridge is not included in the indicated number of carbon atoms).
  • Alkanoylamino groups include C 2 -C 8 , C 2 -C 6 and C 2 -C 4 alkanoylamino groups, which have from 2 to 8, 6 or 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Alkylamino refers to a secondary or tertiary amine having the general structure - NH-alkyl or -N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each "alkyl” is selected independently from alkyl, cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups.
  • groups include, for example, mono- and di-(Ci-C 8 alkyl)amino groups, as well as mono- and di-(C r C 6 alkyl)amino groups and mono- and di-(Ci-C 4 alkyl)amino groups.
  • Alkylaminoalkyl refers to an alkylamino group linked via an alkylene group (i.e., a group having the general structure -alkylene-NH-alkyl or -alkylene-N(alkyl)(alkyl)) in which each alkyl is selected independently from alkyl, cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups.
  • alkylene group i.e., a group having the general structure -alkylene-NH-alkyl or -alkylene-N(alkyl)(alkyl)
  • Alkylaminoalkyl groups include, for example, mono- and di-(Ci-C 8 alkyl)aminoCi-C 8 alkyl, mono- and di-(Cj- C 6 alkyl)aminoCi-C 6 alkyl and mono- and di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoCi-C 4 alkyl.
  • "Mono- or di-(C]- C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6 alkyl” refers to a mono- or di-(C r C 6 alkyl)amino group linked via a single covalent bond or a Ci-C 6 alkylene group.
  • alkyl as used in the terms “alkylamino” and “alkylaminoalkyl” differs from the definition of "alkyl” used for all other alkyl -containing groups, in the inclusion of cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups (e.g., (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 6 alkyl).
  • cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups e.g., (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 6 alkyl.
  • “Mono- or di- (Ci-C 8 alkyl)aminocarbonyl” is an aminocarbonyl group in which one or both of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with Ci-Cgalkyl. If both hydrogen atoms are so replaced, the alkyl groups may be the same or different.
  • Aminosulfonyl refers to groups of the formula -(SO 2 )-NH 2 , in which the sulfur atom is the point of attachment.
  • the term “mono- or di-(Ci-C n alkyl)aminosulfonyl” refers to groups that satisfy the formula -(SO 2 )-NR 2 , in which the sulfur atom is the point of attachment, and in which one R is Ci-C,,alkyl and the other R is hydrogen or an independently chosen Ci-C n alkyl.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • haloalkyl is an alkyl group that is substituted with 1 or more independently chosen halogens (e.g., "CpCshaloalkyl” groups have from 1 to 8 carbon atoms; “Cj-C ⁇ haloalkyl” groups have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, mono-, di- or tri-fluoromethyl; mono-, di- or tri-chloromethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- or penta- fluoroethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- or penta-chloroethyl; and 1,2,2,2-tetrafluoro-l-trifluoromethyl- ethyl.
  • Typical haloalkyl groups are trifluoromethyl and difluoromethyl.
  • haloalkoxy refers to a haloalkyl group as defined above attached via an oxygen bridge.
  • Ci-C 6 haloalkoxy have 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a dash (“-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent.
  • -CONH 2 is attached through the carbon atom.
  • a “carbocycle” or “carbocyclic group” comprises at least one ring formed entirely by carbon-carbon bonds (referred to herein as a carbocyclic ring), and does not contain a heterocycle. Unless otherwise specified, each ring within a carbocycle may be independently saturated, partially saturated or aromatic, and is optionally substituted as indicated.
  • a carbocycle generally has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant or spiro rings; carbocycles within certain embodiments have one ring or two fused rings. Typically, each ring contains from 3 to 8 ring members (i.e., C 3 -C 8 ); C 5 -C 7 rings are recited in certain embodiments.
  • Carbocycles comprising fused, pendant or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members.
  • Certain carbocycles are C 4 -Ci 0 (* ' •£ ⁇ . contain from 4 to 10 ring members and 1 or two rings).
  • Certain representative carbocycles are cycloalkyl as described above.
  • Other carbocycles are aryl (i.e., contain at least one aromatic carbocyclic ring, with or without one or more additional aromatic and/or cycloalkyl rings).
  • Such aryl carbocycles include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl (e.g., 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl), biphenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthyl.
  • preferred carbocycles are carbocycles having a single ring, such as phenyl and 3- to 7- membered cycloalkyl groups.
  • carbocycles are attached via an indicated linker group (e.g., (carbocycle)alkyl, (carbocycle)alkoxy and (carbocycle)alkylamino groups).
  • the carbocycle is a substituent of the indicated linker group, each of which carries the definition set forth above.
  • CarbocycleC 0 - C 6 alkylamino refers to a carbocycle linked via an amino (-NH-) linker or via a mono- or di-(Ci- C 6 alkyl)amino group in which the point of attachment of the carbocycle may be at any carbon atom in a mono- or di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)amino group or at the nitrogen atom in a mono-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)amino group.
  • aryl indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Such aromatic groups may be further substituted with carbon and/or non- carbon atoms or groups. Typical aryl groups contain 1 or 2 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 12 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members.
  • Aryl groups include those in which an aromatic ring is fused to a 5 to 7-membered saturated or partially saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S (e.g., a 3,4- methylenedioxy-phenyl group.
  • arylalkyl refers to an aryl group linked via an alkylene bridge.
  • phenylCo-C 2 alkyl indicates a phenyl group that is attached via a single covalent bond (phenylC o alkyl) or attached through an alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
  • an aryl group may be attached through other linker groups; such groups include, for example, arylQ- C 6 alkanoylamino and arylalkoxy groups, in which the aryl is attached via the indicated linker group.
  • a “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic group” has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant or spiro rings, at least one of which is a heterocyclic ring (i.e., one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom independently chosen from O, S and N, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon). Additional rings, if present, may be heterocyclic or carbocyclic. Typically, a heterocyclic ring comprises 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms; within certain embodiments each heterocyclic ring has 1 or 2 heteroatoms per ring.
  • Each heterocyclic ring generally contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 ring members are recited in certain embodiments) and heterocycles comprising fused, pendant or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members.
  • Certain heterocycles comprise a sulfur atom as a ring member; in certain embodiments, the sulfur atom is oxidized to SO or SO 2 .
  • Heterocycles may be optionally substituted with a variety of substituents, as indicated.
  • a heterocycle may be a heterocycloalkyl group (i.e., each ring is saturated or partially saturated) or a heteroaryl group (i.e., at least one heterocyclic ring within the group is aromatic), such as a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl (which may be monocyclic or bicyclic) or a 6-membered heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidyl).
  • N-linked heterocyclic groups are linked via a component nitrogen atom.
  • 4-to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, for example, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino and l,l-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl.
  • Representative aromatic heterocycles include azocinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl and tetrazolyl.
  • preferred heterocycles are 5- to 7-membered heterocycles having a single saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocyclic ring with 5 to 7 ring members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O and S, with remaining ring members being carbon.
  • heterocycles are attached via an indicated linker group (e.g., (heterocycle)alkyl, (heterocycle)alkoxy and (heterocycle)alkylamino groups).
  • the heterocycle is covalently bound to the indicated linker group, each of which carries the definition set forth above.
  • heteroaryl indicates a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system that comprises at least one 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic aromatic ring that contains from 1 to 4 (preferably from 1 to 3) heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. If the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1 , these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is generally preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2; in certain embodiments, the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridizinyl, pyridyl, py ⁇ midinyl, pyrrolyl, qumolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, t ⁇ azolyl, benzo[cT]oxazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, dihydrobenzodioxynyl, furanyl, lmidazolyl, indolyl, and isoxazolyl.
  • a “heterocyclolalkyl” group is a heterocycle as described above, which is fully or partially saturated.
  • preferred heterocycloalkyl groups are 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl groups having a single saturated ring with 5 to 7 ⁇ ng members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O and S, and remaining ⁇ ng members being carbon.
  • a “heterocycloalkylC 0 -C n alkyl” is a heterocycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or Q- C n alkylene group, such as a Ci-C 4 alkylene group.
  • a “5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl” is a partially saturated heterocycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 ⁇ ng members.
  • a "substituent,” as used herein, refers to a molecular moiety that is covalently bonded to an atom within a molecule of interest.
  • a ring substituent may be a moiety such as a halogen, alkyl group, haloalkyl group or other group discussed herein that is covalently bonded to an atom (preferably a carbon or nitrogen atom) that is a ring member.
  • Substituents of aromatic groups are generally covalently bonded to a ring carbon atom.
  • substitution refers to replacing a hydrogen atom in a molecular structure with a substituent, such that the valence on the designated atom is not exceeded, and such that a chemically stable compound (i.e., a compound that can be isolated, characterized, and tested for biological activity) results from the substitution.
  • Groups that are "optionally substituted” are unsubstituted or are substituted by other than hydrogen at one or more available positions, typically 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 positions, by one or more suitable groups (which may be the same or different).
  • Optional substitution is also indicated by the phrase "substituted with from 0 to X substituents," where X is the maximum number of possible substiruents.
  • Certain optionally substituted groups are substituted with from 0 to 2, 3 or 4 independently selected substiruents ( ⁇ e , are unsubstituted or substituted with up to the recited maximum number of substituents).
  • MCH receptor refers to any naturally-occur ⁇ ng mammalian (especially human, monkey, or canine) MCH type 1 or type 2 receptor, as well as chimeric receptors in which one or more domains of a naturally-occurring MCHlR or MCH2R are replaced with a corresponding domain of a different G protein-coupled receptor, such that the ability of the chimeric receptor to bind MCH and mediate a dose-dependent release of intracellular calcium is not diminished.
  • MCH receptors for use within the various assays and other methods described herein include, for example, recombinantly expressed human MCH receptor (e.g., Genbank Accession No. Z86090; SEQ ID NO:29 of U.S.
  • a “MCH receptor modulator,” also referred to herein as a “modulator,” is a compound that alters (increases or decreases) MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor- mediated signal transduction.
  • MCH receptor modulators specifically provided herein are aryl- substituted piperazine derivatives.
  • a modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist.
  • a modulator may exhibit an EC 50 or IC 50 at MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, 500 nM, 200 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM in a standard calcium mobilization assay (as described in Example 37, herein) and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay (as described in Example 35, herein).
  • a modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist, although, for certain purposes described herein, a modulator preferably inhibits MCH receptor activation resulting from binding of MCH (i.e., the modulator is an antagonist).
  • a MCH receptor modulator binds with "high affinity” if the K; at a MCH receptor is less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar or 10 nanomolar.
  • a modulator binds "specifically" to MCH receptor if it binds to a MCH receptor (total binding minus nonspecific binding) with a Kj that is 10-fold, preferably 100-fold, and more preferably 1000-fold, less than the K; measured for modulator binding to other G protein-coupled receptors.
  • a modulator may have a Kj of 500 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay and a Kj of at least 1 micromolar in a dopamine receptor ligand binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 7 (pages 111-112) of PCT International Publication Number WO 02/094799, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Representative assays for determining Kj at MCH receptor are provided in Examples 33 and 36, herein.
  • a modulator is considered an "antagonist” if it detectably inhibits MCH binding to MCH receptor and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using, for example, the representative assay provided in Example 33 or Example 36); in general, such an antagonist has a IC 50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within the assay provided in Example 33 and/or the assay provided in Example 36.
  • MCH receptor antagonists include neutral antagonists and inverse agonists.
  • An "inverse agonist" is a compound that reduces the activity of MCH receptor below its basal activity level in the absence of added hgand.
  • Inverse agonists may also inhibit the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, and/or may also inhibit binding of MCH to MCH receptor.
  • the ability of a compound to inhibit the binding of MCH to MCH receptor may be measured by a binding assay, such as the binding assays given in Examples 33 or 36.
  • the basal activity of MCH receptor, as well as the reduction in MCH receptor activity due to the presence of antagonist, may be determined from a calcium mobilization assay, such as the assay of Example 37, or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 35.
  • a "neutral antagonist" of MCH receptor is a compound that inhibits the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, but does not significantly change the basal activity of the receptor (e.g , within an assay as desc ⁇ bed in Example 35 or Example 37 performed in the absence of hgand, MCH receptor activity is reduced by no more than 10%, more preferably by no more than 5%, and even more preferably by no more than 2%; most preferably, there is no detectable reduction in activity).
  • Neutral antagonists may also inhibit hgand binding to MCH receptor.
  • MCH receptor agonist is a compound that elevates the activity of the receptor above the basal activity level of the receptor ⁇ i.e , enhances MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor-mediated signal transduction).
  • MCH receptor agonist activity may be identified using the representative assays provided in Examples 35 and 37. In general, such an agonist has an EC 50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within one or both of the assays provided in Examples 35 and 37.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” is an amount that, upon administration, is sufficient to provide a discernible patient benefit.
  • a therapeutically effective amount may reduce symptom severity or frequency, and/or may result in detectable weight loss.
  • a therapeutically effective amount may improve patient status or outcome and/or prevent or delay disease or symptom onset.
  • a therapeutically effective amount or dose generally results m a concentration of compound in a body fluid (such as blood, plasma, serum, CSF, synovial fluid, lymph, cellular interstitial fluid, tears or u ⁇ ne) that is sufficient to alter the binding of hgand to MCH receptor in vitro (using an assay provided in Example 33 or Example 36) and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using an assay provided in Example 35 or Example 37).
  • a body fluid such as blood, plasma, serum, CSF, synovial fluid, lymph, cellular interstitial fluid, tears or u ⁇ ne
  • a "disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation,” as used herein is any condition that is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or that is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity (i.e , the condition or a symptom thereof is alleviated by such modulation).
  • Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, stroke, eating disorders (such as obesity and bulimia nervosa) and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic and psychogenic impotence, as well as other diseases and disorders recited herein.
  • a "patient” is any individual treated with an aryl-substituted piperazme de ⁇ vative as provided herein.
  • Patients include humans, as well as other animals such as companion animals (e g , dogs and cats) and livestock. Patients may be experiencing one or more symptoms of a condition responsive to MCH receptor modulation, or may be free of such symptom(s) (r e , treatment may be prophylactic) ARYL-SUBSTITUTED PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES
  • the present invention provides aryl-substituted piperazine de ⁇ vatives of Formula I
  • MCH receptor modulators which may be specific for a particular MCH receptor (e g , type 1 or type 2) or may inhibit or enhance hgand binding to multiple MCH receptors
  • MCH receptor modulators may be used to modulate MCH receptor activity in vivo, especially in the treatment of metabolic, feeding and sexual disorders in humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals.
  • Modulators may also be used within a variety of in vitro assays, such as assays for receptor activity, as probes for detection and localization of MCH receptors and as standards in assays of MCH binding and MCH-mediated signal transduction
  • the MCH receptor modulators provided herein are generally multi-aryl ( ⁇ e , have a plurality of unfused or fused aryl groups), non-peptide and ammo acid free, and detectably modulate MCH receptor activity at submicromolar concentrations, preferably at subnanomolar concentrations.
  • Certain aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives further satisfy Formula I-a, I-b or I-c, as described above.
  • Other aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives further satisfy one or more of Formulas II - VII-
  • R 3 (of Formulas H-V) is hydrogen, C r C 2 alkyl or haloCi-C 2 alkyl;
  • Each R 5, R 5a and R 6 of Formulas II and III is independently hydrogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl or C r C 2 alkoxy;
  • R t2 is hydrogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl or Ci-C 2 alkoxy
  • Ri 4 in Formulas VI and VII, represents from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl, CpQalkoxy and oxo; in certain embodiments R 14 is absent; and the remaining variables are as defined above.
  • W is nitrogen
  • W is CH.
  • V is absent.
  • n is i.
  • R 5 is: (a) hydrogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl or d-C 2 alkoxy; or (b) taken together with R 6 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
  • R 6 is (a) hydrogen, d-C 2 alkyl or d-C 2 alkoxy; or (b) taken together with R 3 to form a fused heterocycloalkyl; or (c) taken together with R 5 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
  • Ri 2 is (a) hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl or Ci-C 2 alkoxy; or (b) hydrogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl or C 1 - C 2 alkoxy.
  • Ri is hydrogen and R 2 is trifluoromethyl.
  • Y 3 is carbon substituted with methoxy and R 2 is halogen.
  • Y 3 is carbon substituted with methoxy; Yi, Y 4 and Y 5 are each CH; and R 2 is halogen.
  • Y 3 is CRi, wherein the Ri of Y 3 is taken together with R 2 to form a 6-membered aryl ring that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, haloCi-C 4 alkyl and haloC r C 4 alkoxy.
  • Y 3 is N, and Y 1 , Y 4 and Y 5 are each CH.
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are N, and Y 1 and Y 5 are each CH.
  • R 4 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 3 is methyl and R 4 is hydrogen.
  • R 5 , R 6 (when present) and R )2 are independently hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 5 , R 6 and R 12 are hydrogen.
  • Z is CR 2 .
  • Y 1 Y 3 , Y 4 and Y 5 are CR 1 , and Z is CR 2 (i.e., Formula VIII):
  • Y 1 , Y 4 and Y 5 are CH, Y 3 is CR 1 , and Z is CR 2 (i.e., Formula IX):
  • Y 1 is nitrogen
  • Y 3 , Y 4 , and Y 5 are CR 1
  • Z is CR 2 , (i.e., Formula X):
  • Y 1 and Y 4 are nitrogen, Y 3 and Y 5 are CR 1 , and Z is CR 2 (i.e., Formula XI):
  • Y 4 is nitrogen, Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 5 are CR 1 , and Z is CR 2 (e.g., Formula XII):
  • each R 1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, C 1 - C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C,-C 6 alkoxy, haloCi-C 6 alkyl, haloCi-C 6 alkoxy, hydroxyC,- Qalkyl, d-Qalkylthio, CrC 8 alkylether, aminoCi-C 6 alkyl, mono- or mono- or di-Q-Cealkylaminocarbonyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-C 6 alkyl or (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C 6 alkyl.
  • each R 1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C]-C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C]-C 4 alkoxy, haloCi- C 2 alkyl, haloC]-C 2 alkoxy, or mono- or di-(C]-C 2 alkyl)amino.
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are provided wherein each R 1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, Q-Qalkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy or trifluoromethyl.
  • R 2 is halogen, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Cj-C ⁇ alkyl, C 2 - Qalkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyloxime, C r C 6 alkoxy, (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)Ci-C 4 alkyl, hydroxyC]-C 6 alkyl, mono- or C 1 - C 6 alkylsulfonyl, haloCrC ⁇ alkyl, haloCpC ⁇ alkoxy, aminoCrC ⁇ alkyl, mono- or di-(Q- C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6 alkyl or (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 - C 4 alkoxy, C ! -C 2 alkylthio, haloCi-C 2 alkyl, haloCi-C 2 alkoxy, or mono- or di-(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)amino.
  • R 2 is halogen, Q-Qalkyl, C 1 - Qalkoxy or trifluoromethyl.
  • R 2 is trifluoromethyl in certain compounds, including those in which each R 1 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is a halogen and Y 4 is CR 1 ; in certain such compounds, the R 1 at the Y 4 position is methoxy.
  • the Variables P, Q, U and T are trifluoromethyl in certain compounds, including those in which each R 1 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is a halogen and Y 4 is CR 1 ; in certain such compounds, the R 1 at the Y 4 position is methoxy.
  • P is CR7
  • Q is nitrogen
  • U is nitrogen
  • T is CRio (i.e., Formula XV):
  • P is nitrogen
  • Q is CR 8
  • U is nitrogen
  • T is CRi 0 (i.e., Formula XVI):
  • P is CR 7
  • Q is CR 8
  • U is CR 9
  • T is CR 10 (i.e., Formula XVII):
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and Ri 0 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; where L and M are as described above. It will be apparent that groups of the formula M-L- consist of the M component linked via the L component. If L is a single covalent bond, the group of the formula M-L- is M-.
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and Ri 0 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, cyano or a group of the formula M-L-; wherein each L is independently a single covalent bond, N(R 13 ) or O; each R 13 is independently hydrogen or C r C 6 alkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, haloCi-C 2 alkyl or aminoCi-C 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 satisfy one or more of the following conditions:
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkenyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, mono- or di-Q-C ⁇ alkylamino, halotVC ⁇ alkyl or haloC]-C 2 alkoxy.
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, CVQalkyl, CVC 2 alkoxy, haloCrC 2 alkyl or haloCi-C 2 alkoxy.
  • R 10 is hydrogen
  • R 7 and R 10 are hydrogen, and R 8 and R 9 are each methyl.
  • R 7 , R 9 and R 10 are hydrogen, and R 8 is methyl or methoxy.
  • R 7 and R 8 are methyl, and R 9 and R 10 are both hydrogen.
  • R 11 is a group of the formula G-L- or G-L 1 -, wherein:
  • G is C,-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloCpCealkyl, C 5 -C 10 cycloalkyl or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and C r C 6 alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 ;
  • R a and R b are as described above;
  • R c is carbocycleC 0 -C 6 alkyl, heterocycleC 0 -C 6 alkyl, carbocycleC 0 -C 6 alkoxy, heterocycleC 0 - C 6 alkoxy, carbocycleCo-C ⁇ alkylamino or heterocycleCo-Cgalkylamino, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl,
  • G is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a and Rb.
  • G is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkenyl or haloCi-C ⁇ alkyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R 1 , and R 0 .
  • R 0 groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, ind
  • At least one substituent is chosen from R a and R b ; wherein R b is CrC 6 alkoxy, (Ci-C 6 alkoxy)C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)aminoC 0 - C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Q-C ⁇ alkylsulfonyl, C r C 6 alkylthio, CrC ⁇ alkylaminosulfonyl, Ci- C 6 alkysulfonylamino, Cj-C ⁇ alkoxycarbonyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Cr C 6 alkyl)aminocarbonyl or Ci-C 6 alkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime,
  • G groups include d-C ⁇ alkyl substituted with from O to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; each of which G is further substituted with one substituent chosen from R 0 .
  • Representative R 0 groups include, for example: W
  • heterocycloalkylC 0 -C 6 alkyl heterocycloalkylC 0 -C 6 alkoxy or heterocycloalkylC 0 - Qalkylamino
  • the heterocycloalkyl is pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, mo ⁇ holinyl or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q- C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-C ⁇ -C 4 alkylamino, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl and haloCi-C 2 alkoxy; heterocycloalkylC 0 -C 6 alkyl, heterocycloalkylC 0 -C 6 alkoxy or heterocycloalky
  • G is Ci-C 6 alkyl substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; and G is further substituted with one substituent chosen from: pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C r C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C 4 alkylamino, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, haloC r C 2 alkyl, and haloCi-C 2 alkoxy; pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl and
  • Still further G groups include C 5 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl and 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, ammo and C,-C 6 alkyl, each of which G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a and R b
  • Representative such G groups include, for example, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, pyrrolmdinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazohdmyl, pipe ⁇ dmyl, piperazinyl, mo ⁇ hohnyl, and thiomorpholmyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C 6 alkyl, each of which G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a and R b
  • R b is Ci-C 6
  • Ri 1 is a group of the formula G-L- and L is O ( ⁇ e , R) i is G-O-)
  • Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, and L is a single covalent bond ( ⁇ e , R n is G)
  • R 11 is C 5 - Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-C ⁇ alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)C 0 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Cr C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C r C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, haloCpQalkyl and haloC r C 2 alkoxy.
  • R n is C 5 -Ci 0 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 6- membered heterocycloalkenyl having one nitrogen ring atom and 0 or 1 additional ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl having 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein no more than 1 ring atom is sulfur or oxygen, or 9- to 12-membered heteroaryl having 2 fused rings, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, and wherein at least one ring has 1, 2, 3 or 4 ⁇ ng heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein no more than 3 ring atoms are sulfur or oxygen, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, (d- C 6 alkoxy)C 0 -C 6 alkoxy, mono-
  • R 11 is tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, or pyridinyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 2 alkyl, and CrQalkoxy, haloCi-C 2 alkyl, and haloC r C 2 alkoxy.
  • R 11 is taken together with R 9 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle that is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, (C 1 -COaIkOXy)C 0 - C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 - C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC 2 alkyl, and haloQ-Qalkoxy.
  • substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, (C 1 -COaIkOXy)C 0 - C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6
  • R n is taken together with R 9 to form: (i) a fused C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl or a fused phenyl; or (ii) a fused 5- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, each containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each of which (i) or (ii) is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, (CrC 6 alkoxy)Co-C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)aminoC 0 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl, C]-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, haloC r C 2 alkyl, and haloC
  • R 11 is taken together with R 9 to form a fused bicyclic heterocycle having one 6 membered aromatic ring and one 5-membered ring containing 1 nitrogen atom, wherein the bicyclic heterocycle is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C 1 - C 6 alkyl, d-C 6 alkoxy, (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and C 2 - C 4 alkanoyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C r C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, haloC r C 2 alkyl and haloCi-C 2 alkoxy.
  • substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C 1 - C 6 alkyl, d-C 6 alkoxy, (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and C
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives in which R 11 is a group of the formula G 1 -O-, wherein G 1 is C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, ImIoC 1 - C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and CrC 6 alkyl; and wherein G 1 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 , as defined above.
  • one or more of the following criteria are met:
  • G 1 is C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, haloC,-C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and haloCi-C 2 alkoxy, wherein G 1 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 as defined above, such that R 0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl,
  • G is C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, haloC,-C 6 alkyl, a C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein Gi is further substituted with one substituent chosen from phenyl, naphthyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidmyl, pipe ⁇ dinyl, piperazinyl, mo ⁇ hohnyl, thiomorpholmyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl,
  • G] is C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, haloC r C 6 alkyl, a C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein Gi is further substituted with one substituent chosen from pyrrohndmyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidmyl, pipe ⁇ dinyl, piperazinyl, morpholmyl and thiomorpholmyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Qalkyl, Q-Qalkoxy, mono- and di-C)-C 4 alkylammo, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, haloCi-C 2 alkyl and
  • G is CrQalkenyl, haloC,-C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein G 1 is further substituted with one substituent chosen from pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, lmidiazolyl, t ⁇ azolyl and tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci- C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-C r C 4 alkylamino, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, haloC,-C 2 alkyl and ImIoC 1 - C 2 alkoxy.
  • Gi is C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, haloC,-C 6 alkyl, a C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein Gi is further substituted with one substituent chosen from phenyl and pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C,-C 4 alkyl, C]-C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-C r C 4 alkylamino, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl and haloCi-C 2 alkoxy.
  • R] i is a group of the formula G 2 -O- in which G 2 is Ci-C 6 alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, wherein G 2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 , as described above, such that R 1 , is not N-methyl,N-cyclopentylamino.
  • G 2 is Ci-C 6 alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, wherein G 2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 , as described above, such that R 1 , is not N-methyl,N-cyclopentylamino.
  • one or more of the following criteria are met:
  • R c is not (heterocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoind
  • G 2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from phenyl, naphthyl, C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, in
  • G 2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl and thiomo ⁇ holinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C 4 alkylamino, C 2 - C 4 alkanoyl, haloC r C 2 alkyl and haloC r C 2 alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G 2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
  • G 2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci- C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-C]-C 4 alkylamino, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, haloCi-C 2 alkyl and haloC r C 2 alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G 2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
  • G 2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from phenyl and pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C r C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C 4 alkylamino, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl and haloCi- C 2 alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G 2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives in which Rn is a group of formula M-L- or M-Li-.
  • L is O; in other embodiments L is a single covalent bond.
  • M is a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl.
  • M is C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomo ⁇ holinyl.
  • M is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloCi-C ⁇ alkyl or aminoCj-Cealkyl.
  • each Ri is hydrogen or methoxy
  • R 2 is chloro, fluoro or trifluoromethyl
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-;
  • R n is: a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloCi- Qalkyl, saturated C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 ; or
  • substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, (C]-C 6 alkoxy)Co
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, C]-C 2 alkyl or haloCi-C 2 alkyl;
  • Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C ⁇ salkenyl, Q-Cgalkynyl, haloCi-C 6 alkyl, saturated C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and C 1 - C 6 alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a and R b .
  • Y 1 is N and Y 3 and Y 4 are CR 1 .
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are CR 1 (e.g., CH).
  • Y 3 is N.
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are N.
  • Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 are N.
  • Yi and Y 3 are N, and Y 4 is CR 1 .
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula XXII are provided:
  • each R 1 is hydrogen or methoxy
  • R 2 is chloro, fluoro or trifluoromethyl
  • R 3 is: hydrogen or methyl; or taken together with R 6 to form a fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl that has 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms chosen from N, S and O, which fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, C r C 2 alkoxy and Ci-C 2 alkyl;
  • R 5 is hydrogen, methyl or methoxy
  • R 6 is: hydrogen, methyl, or methoxy; taken together with R 3 to form a fused, optionally substituted, 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; or taken together with R 5a to form a methylene or ethylene bridge;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-;
  • R n is: a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloC r C 6 alkyl, saturated C 3 -Ciocycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C 6 alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a , R b and R 0 ; or
  • Ri 2 is hydrogen, methyl or methoxy.
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl or haloC r C 2 alkyl;
  • Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloCi-C ⁇ alkyl, saturated C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and C 1 - C 6 alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R a and R b .
  • Y 1 is N and Y 3 and Y 4 are CR 1 .
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are CR 1 (e.g., CH).
  • Y 3 is N and Y 4 is CR 1 (e.g., CH).
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are N.
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formulas I-XXIII include, but are not limited to, those specifically described in Examples 1-31. It will be apparent that the compounds recited therein are representative only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Further, as noted above, all compounds may be present as a free base, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (such as an acid addition salt) or other form, such as a hydrate.
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein detectably alter (modulate) MCH binding to MCHlR and/or MCH2R, as determined using a standard in vitro MCH receptor ligand binding assay and/or functional assay.
  • MCH receptor ligand binding assay refers to either of the assays provided in Examples 33 and 36.
  • the receptor is incubated with labeled MCH (or other suitable ligand) and a test compound.
  • a test compound that detectably modulates binding of ligand to MCH receptor will result in a decrease or increase in the amount of label bound to the MCH receptor preparation, relative to the amount of label bound in the absence of the compound.
  • such a compound will exhibit a Kj at an MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, more preferably less than 500 nM, 100 nM, 20 nM or 10 nM, within an assay performed as described in Example 33 and/or within an assay performed as described in Example 36.
  • Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor antagonists, and exhibit IC 50 values of about 4 micromolar or less, more preferably 1 micromolar or less, still more preferably about 100 nanomolar or less, or 10 nanomolar or less within a standard in vitro MCH receptor mediated calcium mobilization assay, as provided in Example 37 and/or an agonist- stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay, as described in Example 35.
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein may be evaluated for certain pharmacological properties including, but not limited to, oral bioavailability (preferred compounds are orally bioavailable to an extent allowing for oral doses of less than 140 mg/kg, preferably less than 50 mg/kg, more preferably less than 30 mg/kg, even more preferably less than 10 mg/kg, still more preferably less than 1 mg/kg), toxicity (a preferred compound is nontoxic when a therapeutically effective amount is administered to a subject), side effects (a preferred compound produces side effects comparable to placebo when a therapeutically effective amount of the compound is administered to a subject), serum protein binding and in vitro and in vivo half-life (a preferred compound exhibits an in vitro half-life that is equal to an in vivo half-life allowing for Q.I.D.
  • oral bioavailability preferred compounds are orally bioavailable to an extent allowing for oral doses of less than 140 mg/kg, preferably less than 50 mg/kg, more preferably less than 30 mg
  • T.I.D. dosing preferably T.I.D. dosing, more preferably B.I.D. dosing, and most preferably once-a-day dosmg).
  • differential penetration of the blood brain barrier may be desirable for compounds used to treat CNS disorders, while low brain levels of compounds used to treat peripheral disorders are preferred.
  • Routine assays that are well known in the art may be used to assess these properties and identify superior compounds for a particular use. For example, assays used to predict bioavailability include transport across human intestinal cell monolayers, including Caco-2 cell monolayers. Penetration of the blood brain barrier of a compound in humans may be predicted from the brain levels of the compound in laboratory animals given the compound (e.g., intravenously).
  • Serum protein binding may be predicted from albumin binding assays.
  • Compound half-life is inversely proportional to the frequency of dosage of a compound.
  • In vitro half-lives of compounds may be predicted from assays of microsomal half-life as desc ⁇ bed in Example 39.
  • nontoxic shall be understood in a relative sense and is intended to refer to any substance that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for administration to mammals (preferably humans) or, in keeping with established c ⁇ te ⁇ a, is susceptible to approval by the FDA for administration to mammals (preferably humans).
  • FDA United States Food and Drug Administration
  • a highly preferred nontoxic compound generally satisfies one or more of the following criteria when administered in minimum therapeutically effective amounts, or when contacted with cells at a concentration that is sufficient to inhibit the binding of ligand to MCH receptor in vitro: (1) does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production; (2) does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals; (3) does not cause substantial liver enlargement and (4) does not cause substantial release of liver enzymes.
  • a compound that does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production is a compound that satisfies the criteria set forth m Example 38.
  • cells treated as described in Example 38 with 100 ⁇ M of such a compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
  • such cells exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
  • the concentration of compound used in such assays is generally at least 10-fold, 100-fold or 1000-fold greater than the EC 50 or IC 50 for the modulator in the assay of Example 35 or 37.
  • a compound that does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals is a compound that does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals (as determined by electrocardiography) in guinea pigs, minipigs or dogs upon administration of a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC 50 for the compound.
  • a dose of 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals.
  • statically significant is meant results varying from control at the p ⁇ 0.1 level or more preferably at the p ⁇ 0.05 level of significance as measured using a standard parametric assay of statistical significance such as a student's T test.
  • a compound does not cause substantial liver enlargement if daily treatment of laboratory rodents (e.g., mice or rats) for 5-10 days with a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound results in an increase in liver to body weight ratio that is no more than 100% over matched controls. In more highly preferred embodiments, such doses do not cause liver enlargement of more than 75% or 50% over matched controls. If non-rodent mammals (e.g., dogs) are used, such doses should not result in an increase of liver to body weight ratio of more than 50%, preferably not more than 25%, and more preferably not more than 10% over matched untreated controls. Preferred doses within such assays include 0.01, 0.05. 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally.
  • a compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if administration of twice the minimum dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound does not elevate serum levels of ALT, LDH or AST in laboratory rodents by more than 100% over matched mock-treated controls. In more preferred embodiments, such doses do not elevate such serum levels by more than 75% or 50% over matched controls.
  • a compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if, in an in vitro hepatocyte assay, concentrations (in culture media or other such solutions that are contacted and incubated with hepatocytes in vitro) that are equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound do not cause detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels seen in media from matched mock-treated control cells. In more highly preferred embodiments, there is no detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels when such compound concentrations are five-fold, and preferably ten-fold, the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
  • certain preferred compounds do not inhibit or induce microsomal cytochrome P450 enzyme activities, such as CYP 1A2 activity, CYP2A6 activity, CYP2C9 activity, CYP2C19 activity, CYP2D6 activity, CYP2E1 activity or CYP3A4 activity at a concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
  • microsomal cytochrome P450 enzyme activities such as CYP 1A2 activity, CYP2A6 activity, CYP2C9 activity, CYP2C19 activity, CYP2D6 activity, CYP2E1 activity or CYP3A4 activity at a concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
  • Certain preferred compounds are not clastogenic (e.g., as determined using a mouse erythrocyte precursor cell micronucleus assay, an Ames micronucleus assay, a spiral micronucleus assay or the like) at a concentration equal the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
  • certain preferred compounds do not induce sister chromatid exchange (e.g., in Chinese hamster ovary cells) at such concentrations.
  • aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein may be isotopically-labeled or radiolabeled.
  • compounds of Formula I may have one or more atoms replaced by an atom of the same element having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be present in the compounds provided herein include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl.
  • Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives can be administered as the neat chemical, but are preferably administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising such a compound, together with at least one physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • Representative carriers include, for example, water, buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), ethanol, mineral oil, vegetable oil, dimethylsulfoxide, carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol and proteins. Additional optional components include, adjuvants, diluents, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione and/or preservatives.
  • Preferred pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for oral delivery to humans or other animals (e.g., companion animals such as dogs).
  • Pharmaceutical carriers must be of sufficiently high purity and sufficiently low toxicity to render them suitable for administration to the animal being treated.
  • the carrier can be inert or it can possess pharmaceutical benefits.
  • the amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound.
  • Representative pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or components thereof are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; synthetic oils; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil and corn oil; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; phosphate buffer solutions; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents; stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline
  • a suitable pharmaceutical carrier or excipients suitable pharmaceutical carriers or excipients.
  • methods for solubilizing compounds include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), using surfactant, such as TWEEN, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • surfactant such as TWEEN
  • dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate Upon mixing or addition of the compound(s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the chosen carrier.
  • compositions may be formulated for administration by any suitable route, including orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray, sublingually, transdermally, via buccal administration, rectally, as an ophthalmic solution or by other means, and may be prepared in dosage unit formulations.
  • Dosage formulations suitable for oral use include, for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, liquid solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, tinctures, syrups or elixirs.
  • compositions intended for oral use may further contain one or more optional agents, such as sweetening agents (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose), flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide pharmaceutically appealing and palatable preparations.
  • sweetening agents e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose
  • flavoring agents e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose
  • coloring agents e.glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose
  • Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water.
  • Compounds provided herein can be incorporated into oral liquid preparations such as, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs. Moreover, formulations containing these compounds can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may further contain one or more conventional additives, such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose/sugar, syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminum stearate gel and hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin, sorbitan monsoleate or acacia); and/or non-aqueous vehicles such as edible oils (e.g., almond oil, fractionated coconut oil, silyl esters, propylene glycol and ethyl alcohol) and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate and sorbic acid).
  • suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose/sugar, syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminum stearate gel and hydrogenated edible fats
  • emulsifying agents e.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active material(s) in admixture with excipients (e.g., suspending agents, wetting agents and/or preservatives) suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • Suspending agents include, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropylmethylcellulose, AVICEL RC-591, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia.
  • Dispersing or wetting agents include, for example, lecithin, polysorbate 80, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin, condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitol substitute), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (e.g., polyethylene sorbitan substitute).
  • Representative preservatives include, for example, ethyl- or n-propyl- p-hydroxybenzoate, sodium benzoate and methyl paraben.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil (e g, peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil), a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin) or a mixture of such oils.
  • the oily suspensions may further contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol.
  • Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to improve palatabihty. If desired, these compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • compositions provided herein may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, mineral oil, or mixture thereof as desc ⁇ bed above.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums (e.g , gum acacia or gum tragacanth), naturally-occurring phosphatides (e.g , soy bean phosphatide, lecithin and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol), and anhydrides (e g., sorbitan monoleate and condensation products of the above partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate).
  • Naturally-occurring gums e.g , gum acacia or gum tragacanth
  • naturally-occurring phosphatides e.g , soy bean phosphatide, lecithin and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Tablets and Capsules
  • Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically compatible inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; and/or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture.
  • Colo ⁇ ng agents such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance.
  • Sweeteners and flavoring agents, such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets.
  • Capsules typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components often depends on secondary considerations such as taste, cost and shelf stability.
  • compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH- dependent or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action.
  • coatings typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • an oil medium such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • a suspension may be formulated according to the known art using dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents as described above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent (e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butanediol).
  • a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil synthetic ⁇ e.g., synthetic mono- or diglycerides
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are useful in the preparation of injectable formulations.
  • compositions may be administered parenterally in a sterile medium.
  • Parenteral administration includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal injection or infusion techniques.
  • the active agent(s) depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle.
  • Adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can also be dissolved in the vehicle.
  • at least about 90% by weight of the total composition is carrier.
  • Preferred carriers for parenteral administration include propylene glycol, ethyl oleate, pyrrolidone, ethanol and sesame oil.
  • compositions may also be administered rectally, in the form of suppositories.
  • Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the active ingredient(s) with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
  • compositions may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin or mucous membranes.
  • Topical compositions may be in any suitable form including, for example, solutions, creams, ointments, gels, lotions, milks, cleansers, moisturizers, sprays, skin patches and the like.
  • solutions may, for example, be formulated as 0.01%-10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may also be formulated for transdermal administration as a transdermal patch.
  • Topical compositions containing the active compound can be admixed with a variety of carrier materials well known in the art, such as, for example, water, alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerine, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate and the like.
  • carrier materials such as, for example, water, alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerine, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate and the like.
  • Other materials suitable for use in topical carriers include, for example, emollients, solvents, humectants, thickeners and powders.
  • emollients such as stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, glyceryl monostearate, propane- 1,2-diol, butane- 1, 3 -diol, mink oil, cetyl alcohol, iso-propyl isostearate, stearic acid, iso-butyl palmitate, isocetyl stearate, oleyl alcohol, isopropyl laurate, hexyl laurate, decyl oleate, octadecan-2-ol, isocetyl alcohol, cetyl palmitate, dimethylpolysiloxane, di-n-butyl sebacate, iso-propyl myristate, iso-propyl palmitate, iso-propyl stearate, butyl stearate, polyethylene glycol,
  • emollients such as stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, g
  • compositions may also be topically administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
  • liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
  • Other Formulations and Additional Components are also be topically administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
  • compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms.
  • Such compositions typically comprise one or more soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol, and/or binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
  • compositions for inhalation are typically provided in the form of a solution, suspension or emulsion that can be administered as a dry powder or in the form of an aerosol using a conventional propellant ⁇ e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane).
  • a conventional propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be conveniently added to food or drinking water ⁇ e.g., for administration to non- human animals including companion animals, such as dogs and cats and livestock).
  • Animal feed and drinking water compositions may be formulated so that the animal takes in an appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It may also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to feed or drinking water.
  • compositions may also optionally comprise an activity enhancer.
  • the activity enhancer can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules that function in different ways to enhance MCH receptor modulator effect. Particular classes of activity enhancers include skin penetration enhancers and absorption enhancers.
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions for Combination Therapy are also optionally comprise an activity enhancer.
  • the activity enhancer can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules that function in different ways to enhance MCH receptor modulator effect. Particular classes of activity enhancers include skin penetration enhancers and absorption enhancers.
  • compositions provided herein may also contain additional active agents, which can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules and can function in different ways to enhance the therapeutic effects of a MCH receptor modulator, or to provide a separate therapeutic effect that does not substantially interfere with the activity of the MCH receptor modulator.
  • additional active agents when present, are typically employed in the compositions described herein at a level ranging from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.1% to 25%, 0.2% to 15, 0.5% to 10% or 0.5% to 5% by weight of the composition.
  • compositions intended for the treatment of obesity and/or eating disorders may further comprise leptin, a leptin receptor agonist, a melanocortin receptor 4 (MC4) agonist, sibutramine, dexfenfiuramine, a growth hormone secretagogue, a beta-3 agonist, a 5HT-2 agonist, an orexin antagonist, a neuropeptide Y 1 or Y 5 antagonist, a galanin antagonist, a CCK agonist, a GLP-I agonist, a cannabinoid receptor antagonist ⁇ e.g., a CBl antagonist) and/or a corticotropin-releasing hormone agonist.
  • Other active ingredients that may be included within the compositions provided herein include antidepressants, inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP IV) and/or diuretics.
  • an additional active agent is a CBl antagonist.
  • Representative CBl antagonists include, for example, certain pyrimidines ⁇ e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/029,204), pyrazines ⁇ e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 01/111,038; WO 04/111,034 and WO 04/111,033), azetidine derivatives ⁇ e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,518,264; 6,479,479 and 6,355,631; and PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/053431), pyrazole derivatives ⁇ e.g., US Patent Nos.
  • WO 03/087037 and WO 03/077847 substituted bicyclic or spirocyclic amides (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/086288 and WO 03/082190); and substituted 2,3-diphenyl pyridines (e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/082191).
  • CBl antagonists are cannabidiol and its derivatives.
  • Preferred CBl antagonists include, for example, aryl substituted pyrazole carboxamides such as SR-141716A (N-piperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide, also known as RIMONABANTTM or ACOMPLIATM) as well analogues thereof such as AM251 (N-piperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide) and AM281 (N-(morpholin-4-yl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-4-methyl-l -H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide); various azetidine compounds (e.g., US Patent Nos.
  • compositions may be packaged for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MC ⁇ receptor activation (e.g., treatment of metabolic disorders such as diabetes, heart disease, stroke, obesity and eating disorders such as bulimia, skin disorders such as vitiligo, or sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence), or for promoting weight loss.
  • Packaged pharmaceutical preparations comprise a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of MC ⁇ receptor modulator as described herein and instructions (e.g., labeling) indicating that the contained composition is to be used for promoting weight loss or for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MC ⁇ receptor activation in the patient.
  • Prescribing information may be provided separately to a patient or health care provider, or may be provided as a label or package insert. Prescribing information may include, for example, efficacy, dosage and administration, contraindication and adverse reaction information pertaining to the pharmaceutical formulation. Certain packaged pharmaceutical preparations further include a second therapeutic agent as discussed above. Dosages
  • Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are generally present within a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • Compositions providing dosage levels ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are preferred (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per human patient per day), with dosages ranging from 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 30 mg or 10 mg particularly preferred.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the patient to be treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms generally contain from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
  • Dosage units generally contain from about 10 ⁇ g to about 500 mg of each active ingredient.
  • Optimal dosages may be established using routine testing and procedures that are well known in the art.
  • the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the development or progression of a disease or disorder responsive to MCH receptor modulation.
  • therapeutic methods provided herein may be used to treat a patient already afflicted with such a disease or disorder, or may be used to prevent or delay the onset of such a disease or disorder in a patient who is free of detectable disease or disorder that is associated with MCH receptor activation.
  • a disease or disorder is "associated with MCH receptor activation" if it is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity.
  • Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, stroke, eating disorders (such as obesity and bulimia nervosa), disorders of the skin such as vitiligo, and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence. These conditions may be diagnosed and monitored using criteria that have been established in the art.
  • MCH antagonists provided herein may be used to promote weight loss in patients
  • MCH agonists provided herein may be used to promote weight gain in patients.
  • Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals (pets, such as dogs and cats) and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above.
  • Additional conditions that are associated with MCH receptor activation include:
  • Cognitive impairment and memory disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), stroke, traumatic brain injury, AIDS associated dementia, and dementia associated with depression, anxiety and psychosis (including schizophrenia and hallucinatory disorders);
  • Anxiety, depression and other mood disorders including general anxiety disorder (GAD), agoraphobia, panic disorder with and without agoraphobia, social phobia, specific phobia, post traumatic stress disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), dysthymia, adjustment disorders with disturbance of mood and anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, anticipatory anxiety acute stress disorder, adjustment disorders and cyclothymia;
  • GAD general anxiety disorder
  • OCD obsessive compulsive disorder
  • Reward system disorders such as addiction (e.g., opioid, nicotine or alcohol);
  • Pain such as migraine, peripheral inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain and sympathetic nervous system associated pain.
  • Peripheral indications such as respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma), urinary disorders (e.g., urinary incontinence), gastrointestinal disorders, reproductive function disorders and cardiovascular disorders (e.g., arteriosclerosis and hypertension).
  • Frequency of dosage may vary depending on the compound used and the particular disease to be treated or prevented. In general, for treatment of most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is preferred. For the treatment of eating disorders and obesity, a dosage regimen of 1 or 2 times daily is particularly preferred. For the treatment of impotence a single dose that rapidly reaches effective concentrations is desirable.
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the patient's age, body weight, general health, sex and diet, the time and route of administration, the rate of excretion, any coadministered drugs and the severity of the particular disease. In certain embodiments, administration at meal times is preferred. In general, the use of the minimum dosage that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which will be familiar to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • methods for treating a patient comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of the disease or disorder with the need for MCH modulator administration, and administering an a effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine de ⁇ vative provided herein.
  • a method for treating a patient comprising administering an effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine de ⁇ vative of Formula I to a patient having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is also provided herein.
  • the disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is obesity, an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease or stroke.
  • the aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula I is administered orally, intranasally, intravenously or topically.
  • MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be used withm combination therapy for the treatment of conditions associated with MCH receptor modulation.
  • a MCH receptor modulator is administered to a patient along with a second therapeutic agent that is not primarily a MCH receptor modulator, but that is appropriate for treatment of the condition(s) of interest.
  • the MCH receptor modulator and second therapeutic agent(s) may be present in the same pharmaceutical composition, or may be administered separately in either order. Suitable second therapeutic agents include those listed above.
  • Suitable dosages for MCH receptor modulator(s) within such combination therapy are generally as desc ⁇ bed herein. Dosages and methods of administration of other therapeutic agents can be found, for example, in the manufacturer's instructions in the Physician's Desk Reference.
  • the combination administration results in a reduction of the dosage of the second therapeutic agent required to produce a therapeutic effect ( ⁇ e., a decrease in the minimum therapeutically effective amount).
  • the dosage of second therapeutic agent in a combination or combination treatment method of the invention is less than the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator.
  • this dosage is less than 3 A, even more preferably less than Vi, and highly preferably, less than 1 A of the maximum dose, while most preferably the dose is less than 10% of the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent(s) when administered without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator. It will be apparent that the dosage amount of MCH receptor modulator component of the combination needed to achieve the desired effect may similarly be affected by the dosage amount and potency of the second therapeutic agent component of the combination.
  • the combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator with a second therapeutic agent is accomplished by packaging one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents in the same package, either in separate containers within the package or in the same container as a mixture of one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents.
  • Preferred mixtures are formulated for oral administration (e.g., as pills, capsules, tablets or the like).
  • the package comprises a label or package insert indicating that the one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents are to be taken together for the treatment of a condition that is associated with MCH receptor activation, such as obesity.
  • one or more MCH receptor modulators provided herein are used along with one or more CB 1 antagonists within a combination therapy. Such combinations are of particular use for weight management, to reduce appetite and/or food intake or to prevent or treat obesity (e.g., promote weight loss).
  • Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above.
  • the MCH receptor modulator(s) may be administered to the patient at the same time as the CBl antagonist(s) (e.g., as a single dosage unit), or may be administered separately (before or after CBl antagonist).
  • the MCH receptor modulator(s) and CBl antagonist(s) are ultimately simultaneously present at effective concentrations in a body fluid (e.g., blood) of the patient.
  • An effective concentration of MCH receptor modulator or CBl antagonist is a concentration that is sufficient to reduce one or more of food consumption, appetite and/or body mass index in the patient when repeatedly coadministered as described herein.
  • the present invention provides a variety of in vitro uses for the compounds provided herein.
  • such compounds may be used as probes for the detection and localization of MCH receptors, in samples such as tissue sections, as positive controls in assays for receptor activity, as standards and reagents for determining the ability of a candidate agent to bind to MCH receptor, or as radiotracers for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging or for single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT).
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single photon emission computerized tomography
  • Such assays can be used to characterize MCH receptors in living subjects.
  • Compounds provided herein are also useful as standards and reagents in determining the ability of a test compound to bind to MCH receptor.
  • a sample may be incubated with a compound as provided herein under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor.
  • the amount of compound bound to MCH receptor in the sample is then detected.
  • a compound may be labeled using any of a variety of well- known techniques (e.g., radiolabeled with a radionucleide such as tritium, as described herein), and incubated with the sample (which may be, for example, a preparation of cultured cells, a tissue preparation or a fraction thereof).
  • a suitable incubation time may generally be determined by assaying the level of binding that occurs over a period of time.
  • unbound compound is removed, and bound compound detected using any method for the label employed (e.g., autoradiography or scintillation counting for radiolabeled compounds; spectroscopic methods may be used to detect luminescent groups and fluorescent groups).
  • a matched sample may be simultaneously contacted with radiolabeled compound and a greater amount of unlabeled compound. Unbound labeled and unlabeled compound is then removed in the same fashion, and bound label is detected. A greater amount of detectable label in the test sample than in the control indicates the presence of MCH receptor in the sample.
  • Detection assays including receptor autoradiography (receptor mapping) of MCH receptors in cultured cells or tissue samples may be performed as described by Kuhar in sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.9 of Current Protocols in Pharmacology (1998) John Wiley & Sons, New York.
  • Compounds provided herein may also be used within a variety of well-known cell culture and cell separation methods.
  • compounds may be linked to the interior surface of a tissue culture plate or other cell culture support, for use in immobilizing MCH receptor-expressing cells for screens, assays and growth in culture.
  • Compounds may also be used to facilitate cell identification and sorting in vitro, permitting the selection of cells expressing a MCH receptor.
  • the compound(s) for use in such methods are labeled as described herein.
  • a compound linked to a fluorescent marker such as fluorescein, is contacted with the cells, which are then analyzed by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • methods for modulating binding of MCH to an MCH receptor in vitro or in vivo comprising contacting a MCH receptor with a sufficient amount of a modulator provided herein, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to the receptor.
  • MCH binding to receptor is inhibited by the modulator.
  • the MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient.
  • the MCH receptor is a MCHlR receptor present in the hypothalamus.
  • the amount of compound contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro within, for example, a binding assay as described in Example 33 and/or Example 36.
  • MCH receptor preparations used to determine in vitro binding may be obtained from a variety of sources, such as from HEK 293 cells or Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells transfected with a MCH receptor expression vector, as described herein.
  • the MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient.
  • the amount of modulator contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH receptor signal transducing activity in vitro within, for example, a calcium mobilization assay as described in Example 37 and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay as described in Example 35.
  • An effect on signal -transducing activity may be assessed as an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cells, using standard techniques, such as intracellular patch clamp recording or patch clamp recording. If the receptor is present in an animal, an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cell may be detected as a change in the animal's feeding behavior.
  • 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated by reaction with acetyl chloride and AlCl 3 under Friedel-Crafts reaction conditions to yield l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethanone.
  • the racemic amine is resolved by salt formation (e.g., with L-(-)-dibenzoyltartaric acid in a solvent such as acetone, butanone, MeOH, EtOH, tetrahydrofuran, etc.).
  • salt formation e.g., with L-(-)-dibenzoyltartaric acid in a solvent such as acetone, butanone, MeOH, EtOH, tetrahydrofuran, etc.
  • acylation reaction with an appropriate acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions yields the corresponding 1 -benzyl -4-aroyl piperazine analogue.
  • the methylketone undergoes a tandem aldol condensation/Michael conjugated addition by reaction with l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethanone in the presence of LiCl and DBU as a base in THF as the solvent, yielding bicyclic (6R,9aS)-2-benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-8-one.
  • 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated with 3-choropropionyl chloride under Friedel-Crafts reaction conditions in the presence Of AlCl 3 and the resulting 3-chloro-l-(4-methoxy- 2,3-dimethylphenyl)-propan-l-one dehydrochlorinated by treatment with a base such as DBU in a solvent such as but not limited to DCM to produce the vinylic ketone l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)-propenone.
  • a base such as DBU
  • a solvent such as but not limited to DCM
  • the desired heteroaryl analogue [(6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-heteroaryl-methanone, is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions.
  • 2-chloropyrazine is transformed into 4-pyrazin-2-yl-but-3-yn-l-ol by Pd- catalyzed reaction with 3-butyn-l-ol in the presence of CuI as cocatalyst and a base such as but not limited to NEt 3 , piperidine, N-methylmorpholine and the like.
  • the alkyne is reduced by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of Pd/C to 4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol.
  • the alcohol is oxidized to the corresponding aldehyde, 4-pyrazin-2-yl-butyraldehyde.
  • Transformation to (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine is accomplished by a one-pot sequence involving catalytic hydrogenation with H 2 at atmospheric pressure in the presence of catalytic amounts of Adams catalyst and acetic acid in MeOH as the solvent.
  • the desired heteroaryl analogue, [(6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-heteroaryl-methanone is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions.
  • (6,9a)-6-(4- methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine can be reacted with an aryl halide, triflate or tosylate under Pd(O) catalysis to produce the corresponding (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl)-2-aryl-octahydro-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine.
  • SCHEME H SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC (6,9A)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-OCTAHYDRO-
  • l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-one is transformed to (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine by a one-pot sequence involving catalytic hydrogenation with H 2 at atmospheric pressure in the presence of catalytic amounts of Adams catalyst and acetic acid in MeOH as the solvent.
  • (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-py ⁇ do[l,2-a]pyrazme can be reacted with an aryl hahde, t ⁇ flate or tosylate under Pd(O) catalysis to produce the corresponding (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-2-aryl-octahydro- py ⁇ do[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine
  • 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated with 3-choropropionyl chloride under Friedel-Crafts reaction conditions in the presence Of AlCl 3 and the resulting 3-chloro-l-(4-methoxy- 2,3-dimethylphenyl)-propan-l-one dehydrochlorinated by treatment with a base such as DBU in a solvent such as but not limited to DCM to produce the vinylic ketone l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)-propenone.
  • a base such as DBU
  • a solvent such as but not limited to DCM
  • the desired heteroaryl analogue cw-[(6,8a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- hexahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-aryl-methanone is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions.
  • Demethylation with a strong Lewis acid such as, but not limited to, BBr 3 yields the corresponding phenol, which is then alkylated with an appropriate electrophile to produce the final target compound.
  • 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated with acetyl chlo ⁇ de under F ⁇ edel-Crafts reaction conditions in the presence of AlCl 3 and the resulting acetophenone, l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl)-ethanone.
  • the BOC protecting group is removed, for example, by treatment with HCl in dioxane or similar reagent(s) and (lS,4S)-2-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]- heptane is acylated with an acid chlo ⁇ de ArCOCl under -reaction conditions to furnish the corresponding ⁇ (1 S,4S)-5 -[(S)- 1 -(4-methoxy-2,3 -dimethylphenyl)-ethyl] -2,5 -diaza-bicyclo[2.2.
  • This is alkylated, for example, with l-chloro-3- iodopropane in a solvent such as acetonitnle, acetone or the like in the presence of a promoter such as KOH, Cs 2 CO 3 , K 3 PO 4 or similar base(s) to produce ((lS,4S)-5- ⁇ (S)-l-[4-(3-chloro-propoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]-ethyl ⁇ -2,5-diaza-bicyclo-[2.2.1]hept-2-yl) acylamide.
  • a promoter such as KOH, Cs 2 CO 3 , K 3 PO 4 or similar base(s)
  • l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethanone is converted to the corresponding chiral alcohol (S)-I -(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethanol by reaction with catalytic amounts of (S)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (Aldrich Chemical Co.) in the presence of BH 3 -SMe 2 as the reducing agent.
  • the chiral alcohol is converted to 1 -((S)-I -azi do-ethyl)-4-methoxy- 2,3-dimethylbenzene by reaction with DPPA and DBU.
  • the azide is reduced to the chiral amine (S)- l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethylamine by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of PaVC and MeOH as the reaction solvent.
  • This amine is converted to the corresponding amide by reaction with (2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester in the presence of pivaloyl chloride and N-methylmorpholine as a proton scavenger.
  • N-BOC group is removed by treatment with HCl, and the resulting aminolactam is reduced with alane-dimethylethylamine complex to the corresponding piperazine, (2S,4S)-2-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]-heptane.
  • 5-bromo-2-chlorophenol is alkylated following the Mitsunobu protocol by reaction with a monoprotected diol (for example, the mono-TBS ether of propylenglycol) in the presence of PPh 3 and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate and in THF as the reaction solvent.
  • a monoprotected diol for example, the mono-TBS ether of propylenglycol
  • PPh 3 and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate in THF as the reaction solvent.
  • the resulting bromide is submitted to a Pd-catalyzed amine arylation reaction by reaction with 1 -[I -(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperazine in the presence of potassium tert-butoxide as the base and catalytic amounts of BESTAP and Pd 2 (dba) 3 at temperatures around 9O 0 C.
  • the corresponding arylpiperazine is converted to the free alcohol by deprotecting the TBS group by treatment with an acidic catalyst such as />-toluenesulfonic acid at reflux temperature in a solvent mixture composed of water and THF.
  • the primary alcohol is converted to the desired amine by first transforming it into the mesylate (MsCl, NEt 3 ) followed by reaction with excess amine.
  • compounds of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. These compounds can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms. As noted above, all stereoisomers are encompassed by the present invention. Nonetheless, it may be desirable to obtain single enantiomers (i.e., optically active forms). Standard methods for preparing single enantiomers include asymmetric synthesis and resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography using, for example, a chiral HPLC column. As noted above, for compounds having an alpha-methyl benzyl group (R 3 is methyl, R 4 is hydrogen) the R enantiomer is generally preferred. Asymmetric synthesis of such compounds may be performed using the methods illustrated in Scheme D.
  • Compounds may be labeled by carrying out their synthesis using precursors comprising at least one atom that is an isotope.
  • Each isotope is preferably carbon (e.g., 14 C), hydrogen (e.g., 3 H or 2 H), fluorine (e.g., 18 F), sulfur (e.g., 35 S) or iodine (e.g., 125 I).
  • Tritium labeled compounds may also be prepared catalytically via platinum-catalyzed exchange in tritiated acetic acid, acid-catalyzed exchange in tritiated trifluoroacetic acid, or exchange with tritium gas under heterogeneous catalysis using the compound as substrate.
  • certain precursors may be subjected to tritium-halogen exchange with tritium gas, tritium gas reduction of unsaturated bonds, or reduction using sodium borotritide, as appropriate.
  • Preparation of radiolabeled compounds may be conveniently performed by a radioisotope supplier specializing in custom synthesis of radiolabeled probe compounds.
  • MS Mass spectra reported in the following Examples are collected using electrospray MS, obtained in positive ion mode using a Waters ZMD II Mass Spectrometer. MS conditions are as follows: Capillary voltage: 3.5 kV Cone voltage: 30 V
  • Step 1 (E)-l-((S)-4-Benzyl-p ⁇ peraz ⁇ n-2-yl)-4-(4-tnethoxy-2,3-d ⁇ methylphenyl)-but-3-en-2-one
  • a solution containing the compound obtained in step 3 (2.66 g, 7.30 mmol) and ammonium formate (6.90 g, 109.50 mmol, 15 eq) is treated with 665 mg of 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon, and heated at reflux under a nitrogen balloon for 2 h. The mixture is filtered through a celite pad. The pad is washed with 200 mL of chloroform and the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in 200 mL dichloromethane and washed with IN NaOH, water, and brine (75 mL each) to remove any residual ammonium formate.
  • the solution is stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h, and then concentrated in vacuo to produce the acid chloride as a white solid. This solid is suspended in toluene and concentrated again and used with no further purification.
  • Step 6 f(6R, 9aS)-6-(4-Hydroxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l, 2-a] pyrazin-2-yl] -(6- trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • the resulting solution is cooled to -7O 0 C (dry ice/isopropanol bath) under nitrogen and treated with BBr 3 (1 M in DCM, 20.6 mL) dropwise via syringe over 20 min.
  • the mixture is stirred for 18 h while warming to ambient temperature. After this time, the mixture is cooled to 0 0 C, treated with 150 mL saturated NaHCO 3 and stirred vigorously for 30 min.
  • the phases are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM.
  • Step 7 ⁇ (6R, 9aS)-6-[4-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl] -octahydro-py ⁇ do[ 1 , 2-a] -pyrazin-2- ylj-(6-tri ⁇ uoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Step 1 ((6R,9aS)-6- ⁇ 4-[2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-ethoxy]-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl ⁇ -octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • EXAMPLE 6 1 - ⁇ 2,3-DIMETHYL-4-[(6R,9AS)-2 -(6-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDINE-S-CARBONYL)- 0CTAHYDR0-PYRID0[l ,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL]-PHENOXY ⁇ -PROPAN-2-ONE OXIME
  • EXAMPLE 7 (6-CHLOROPYRIDIN-3-YL)-((1 S,4S)-5- ⁇ (S)-1 -[4-(2-MET ⁇ OXY-ETHOXY)-2,3- DIMETHYLPHENYL]-ETHYL ⁇ -2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2 -YL)-METHANONE
  • Aqueous NaHCO 3 saturated solution, 3 mL is slowly added to a mixture of (1S,4S)- 2- ⁇ (S)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-ethyl ⁇ -2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane m 5 mL of DCM.
  • the mixture is stirred vigorously at room temperature for 1 h, and is then diluted with IN NaOH (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 25 mL). The combined extracts are d ⁇ ed over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 5 cis-l-(2-Chloroacetyl)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)pyrrol ⁇ dine-2-carboxyl ⁇ c acid ethyl ester
  • Chloroacetyl chloride (1.7 mL, 21.5 mmol) is added to a solution of cis -5-(4- methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (16.56 mmol) and Et 3 N (3.5 mL, 24.8 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) at O 0 C.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at 0 0 C for 15 min and then at room temperature for 45 min.
  • the mixture is then poured into half-saturated aq. NaHCO 3 (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc.
  • the extract is further washed with water (1 x 50 mL) and brine (1 x 50 mL).
  • the aqueous washes are reextracted once with EtOAc and the combined extracts are dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated.
  • the crude material is used in the next step without further purification.
  • 6-Trifluoromethyl nicotinic acid (18.1 mg, 0.12 mmol), BOP (66.3 mg, 0.15 mmol), and NEt 3 (34.8 ⁇ L, 0.25 mmol) are added to a solution of (6R,8aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine (52.2 mg, 0.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMA (0.1 mL).
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 5O 0 C for 16 h, diluted with toluene, evaporated to dryness and the residue purified by filtration through an SCX cartridge, eluting with EtOAc-MeOH-NEt 3 (10-1-1) to produce an oil (LC/MS: 434).
  • the resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 65 0 C for 5h, cooled to room temperature and quenched by addition of a saturated solution of NaHCO 3 (200 ml) and stirring for 15 min.
  • the volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the organic residue is partitioned with EtOAc and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is submitted to flash chromatography over silica gel eluting with 60% EtOAc-hexanes to afford the title product.
  • Step 1 2-(3- ⁇ 4-[2-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyr ⁇ do[l,2-a]pyraz ⁇ n-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy ⁇ -propyl)-isoindole-l,3-d ⁇ one
  • This compound is prepared using the same protocols outlined in the previous two Examples, starting with 4-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-oxo-propyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-buty ⁇ ester.
  • Step 2 6-(4-Allyloxy-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- aJpyrazin-8-one
  • l-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3- dimethylbenzene (45.5 g, 0.28 mol) is dissolved in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) and added slowly over 1 hour, keeping the reaction mixture at a temperature below -6O 0 C by continuous addition of dry ice; the reaction mixture turns dark red. Stirring is continued overnight, allowing the reaction mixture to slowly reach room temperature. The reaction is quenched by pouring it into a large flask containing crushed ice (500 g) and concentrated HCl (50 mL) with vigorous stirring.
  • the 2 phases are separated, the organic phase washed with NaHCO 3 (5% in water) several times (until neutral pH of the aqueous phase is obtained) and then once with brine.
  • the organic phase is dried and flashed through a 10-cm plug of silicagel, eluting with EtOAc, to remove inorganic impurities and part of the dark color. Upon evaporation of the solvent, the title compound is obtained as an off-white solid.
  • EXAMPLE 15 SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC [(6R,9AS)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)- OCTA ⁇ YDRO-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-2 -YL]-(O-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN ⁇ -YL)-METHANONE
  • Step 7 [6-(4-Methoxy-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl)-octahydro-pyndo[l, 2-a] pyraz ⁇ n-2-yl] -(6-tr ⁇ fluoro- methyl-pyr ⁇ d ⁇ n-3-yl)-methanone
  • reaction mixture is taken to room temperature and treated with K 3 PO 4 (IM in H 2 O, 1.5 mL), chloropyrazine (0.054 mL, 0.6 mmol) and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (17.3 mg, 3 mol%) and heated for 16 h at 8O 0 C.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to O 0 C (ice-water bath) and treated with NaOH (0.5 mL, 2.5M) and H 2 O 2 (30% in H 2 O, 0.2 mL), stirring for 30 min at room temperature.
  • the mixture is partitioned between Et 2 O and H 2 O, the organic layer is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the light pink solid is collected via filtration and washed with water.
  • the solid is redissolved in EtOAc (500 mL), washed with water and b ⁇ ne, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords the title compound as a light pmk solid.
  • the organic layer from the filtration of the solid is separated, and the aqueous phase is extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (2 x 100 mL). The organic layers are combined, washed with water (2x 250 mL), brine (250 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue is triturated with CH 2 Cl 2 /Et 2 0 (1:1, 50 mL) to afford additional title compound as a light pmk solid.
  • the organic layer is washed with water (3 x 500 mL), brine (500 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to about 100 mL under reduced pressure.
  • the concentrated EtOAc solution is filtered through a silica gel plug (250 g), and eluted with EtOAc/hexane (4: 1, IL) to remove baseline impurities.
  • the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue is then treated with 6 N HCl (50 mL) at 100°C overnight. The reaction is cooled to O 0 C and the pH is adjusted to 5-6 with IO N NaOH.
  • Step 7 (IS, 4S)-2- ⁇ (lS)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylphenyl] ethyl ⁇ -5- ⁇ [5-(trifluromethyl)pyridin-2- yl]carbonyl ⁇ -2, 5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane
  • reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, diluted with IN NaOH (100 mL), and extracted with EtOAc.
  • the organic layer is isolated, washed with IN NaOH, water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue is purified by silica gel chromatography with EtOAc as the eluent to afford the title compound as a brown oil.
  • Step 8 3-Dimethylphenyl-4-[( IS)-I '((1S, 4S)-5- ⁇ [5-(trifluromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbonyl ⁇ -2, 5- diazabicyclo[2.2. l]hept-2-yl)ethyl] phenol
  • the reaction is quenched with aqueous HCl (IN, 150 mL), and extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 .
  • the organic phase is washed with saturated NaHCO 3 and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue is treated with 30 g of ammonium carbonate resin in CH 2 Cl 2 (200 mL) and MeOH (70 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 3 h, the resin is removed via filtration through celite, the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc: 8/1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at 6O 0 C under N 2 overnight.
  • the reaction is cooled to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL of water, and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic layer is washed with water (3x), brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the title compound is made from (6-ethylpyridin-3-yl)((lS,4S)-5-((S)-l-(4-hydroxy- 2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-2-yl)methanone and (2R)-2- ⁇ [(tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ -propyl -4-methylbenzenesulfonate via a synthetic procedure similar to that described in Example 17.
  • the title compound is obtained as a yellow oil.
  • Step 2 4-[2,3-Dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- ⁇ [6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl ⁇ octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethyl-l-butanamine
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by PTLC on a 2mm silica plate eluting with 14% MeOH (2N NH 3 )/CH 2 C1 2 to provide (6R, 105)- ⁇ 6-[4-(4-dimethylaminobutoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]octahydropyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine-2-yl ⁇ -(4- trifluoromethyl-3-pyridyl) methanone as a brown foam.
  • This is converted to the dihydrochloride salt by treating a CH 2 Cl 2 solution of the free base with 2 equivalents IM HCl in ether and concentrating.
  • the free base is characterized as follows.
  • EXAMPLE 25 SYNTHESIS OF 3-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2- ⁇ [2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5- PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL ⁇ OCT AHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[1 ,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N-(2- METHOXYETHYL)-1 -PROPANAMINE
  • Step 3 3-[2, 3-dimethyl-4-((6R, 9aS)-2- ⁇ [2-(t ⁇ fluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl] carbonyljocta- hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l-propanamine
  • EXAMPLE 27 SYNTHESIS OF 3-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2- ⁇ [2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5- PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL ⁇ OCT AHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N-(2- METHOXYETHYL)-I -PROPANAMINE
  • Step 1 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- ⁇ [2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl ⁇ octa-hydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-l-chloro-butane
  • the title compound is prepared by reacting 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- ⁇ [2- (trifluoromethyl)-5-pvrimidinyl]carbonyl ⁇ octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazm-6-yl)phenoxy]-l- chloro-butane with dimethylamine following the method described in Example 26.
  • the title compound is prepared by reacting 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- ⁇ [2- (trifiuoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl ⁇ octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-l- chloro-butane (obtained in Example 27) with equivalent amounts of (2-rnethoxy-ethyl)-methyl-amine following the method described in Example 26.
  • reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure diluted with Et 2 O (100 mL), washed with brine (2X), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue obtained is punfied by flash chromatography on silicagel elutmg with 60% EtOAc-hexane to afford the desired product as a foamy solid.
  • the MCHlR receptor source is a rat striatum homogenate.
  • the rats are na ⁇ ve Sprague Dawley or Wistar rats which are not food deprived overnight, and weigh roughly 250 ⁇ 25 grams.
  • the striatum is rapidly/carefully dissected away from the cortex, mid-brain and hippocampus.
  • the striatum is weighed, and homogenized in Prep buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM EGTA: 23 mL per gram of striatum, typically 150 mg of tissue plus 3.5 mL of prep buffer), homogenizing for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON at setting 5.
  • Prep buffer 50 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM EGTA: 23 mL per gram of striatum, typically 150 mg of tissue plus 3.5 mL of prep buffer
  • rat striatal membranes The protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "rat striatal membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA). EXAMPLE 33. RADIOLIGAND BINDING ASSAYS
  • This Example illustrates a standard assay of Melanin Concentrating Hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor.
  • 125 I-labeled S36057 New England Nuclear Corp., Boston, MA
  • a stable analogue of MCH is used as the radioligand.
  • rat striatal membranes prepared by the method given above, are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in binding buffer (50 mM Tris pH. 7.4, 1.0 mM Mg Cl 2 , 5 mM KCl, 1 mM CaCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, 1 mM bacitracin, 0.02 mg/mL Aprotinin & 0.1% BSA).
  • binding buffer 50 mM Tris pH. 7.4, 1.0 mM Mg Cl 2 , 5 mM KCl, 1 mM CaCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, 1 mM bacitracin, 0.02 mg/mL Aprotinin & 0.1% BSA.
  • the optimal rat striatal homogenate input has been determined, via a protein linearity experiment, to be 275 ⁇ g / data point / 250 ⁇ L.
  • 3OpM [ 125 I]-S36057 this amount of protein binds 10-15% of the input radioligand.
  • the specific binding signal is routinely 50%.
  • Non specific binding is defined with l ⁇ M MCH.
  • Displacement binding studies, designed to determine the IC 50 ZK; of exogenously added compounds, are run at 30 pM [ 125 I]-S36057. These displacement studies are routinely run to verify activity in the rat striatum homogenate MCHlR preparation.
  • rat striatal membranes (275 ⁇ g) are added to polypropylene tubes containing 25 pM - 0.5 nM [ 125 I]S36057.
  • Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 ⁇ M MCH (Tocris Cookson Inc., Ellisville, MO, USA) and accounts for less than 10 % of total binding.
  • MCH Tocris Cookson Inc., Ellisville, MO, USA
  • GTP7S is added to duplicate tubes at the final concentration of 50 ⁇ M.
  • membranes 275 ⁇ g are added to polypropylene tubes containing 0.03 nM [ 125 I]S36057.
  • Non-radiolabeled displacers are added to separate assays at concentrations ranging from 10 "10 M to 10 "5 M to yield a final volume of 0.250 mL.
  • Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 ⁇ M MCH and accounts for less than 30% of total binding.
  • the reaction is terminated by rapid vacuum filtration. Samples are filtered over presoaked (0.3% non-fat dry milk for 2 h prior to use) GF/C WHATMAN filters and rinsed 2 times with 5 mL cold 50 mM Tris pH 7.4. Remaining bound radioactivity is quantified by gamma counting.
  • Kj and Hill coefficient are determined by fitting the Hill equation to the measured values with the aid of SIGMAPLOT software.
  • Cynoniolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHlR cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1 (INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA) as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003.
  • the resulting MCHl expression vector is stably transfected into Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) via calcium precipitation.
  • CHO Chinese hamster ovary
  • CHO mMCHlR cell pellets are resuspended in homogenization buffer (10 mM HEPES, 250 mM sucrose, 0.5 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin, 2 ⁇ g/mL Aprotinin, 200 ⁇ M PMSF 3 and 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and homogenized using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON homogenizer (setting 5 for 30 seconds). The homogenate is centrifuged (536 x g/ 10 min/ 4 0 C) to pellet the nuclei.
  • homogenization buffer 10 mM HEPES, 250 mM sucrose, 0.5 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin, 2 ⁇ g/mL Aprotinin, 200 ⁇ M PMSF 3 and 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • BRINKMAN POLYTRON homogenizer setting 5 for 30 seconds.
  • the homogenate is centrifuged (536 x g/ 10 min/ 4 0 C) to pellet the nuclei
  • the supernatant containing isolated membranes is decanted to a clean centrifuge tube, centrifuged (48,000 X g/ 30 min, 4 0 C) and the resulting pellet resuspended in 30 mL homogenization buffer. This centrifugation and resuspension step is repeated twice. The final pellet is resuspended in ice cold Dulbecco's PBS containing 5 mM EDTA and stored in frozen aliquots at -80 0 C until needed.
  • the protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "P2 membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA).
  • GTP binding activity can be used to identify agonist and antagonist compounds and to differentiate neutral antagonist compounds from those that possess inverse agonist activity. This activity can also be used to detect partial agonism mediated by antagonist compounds. A compound being analyzed in this assay is referred to herein as a "test compound.”
  • Agonist-stimulated GTP binding on purified P2 membranes is assessed using MCH as agonist in order to ascertain the level of signal, and EC 50 value of MCH as measured by GTP binding.
  • P2 membranes from the CHO cells are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in GTP binding assay buffer (50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgC12, 2 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM bacitracin, 100 KIU/mL aprotinin, 5 ⁇ M GDP, 10 ⁇ g/mL saponin) and added to reaction tubes at a concentration of 50 ⁇ g protein/reaction tube. After adding increasing doses of the agonist MCH at concentrations ranging from 10 "12 M to 10 "6 M, reactions are initiated by the addition of 100 pM GTP gamma 35 S.
  • GTP binding assay buffer 50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgC12, 2 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM bacitracin, 100 KIU/mL aprotinin,
  • non-radiolabeled test compounds e.g., compounds provided herein
  • Neutral antagonists are those test compounds that reduce the MCH stimulated GTP binding activity towards, but not below, baseline (the level of GTP bound by membranes in this assay in the absence of added MCH or other agonist and in the further absence of any test compound).
  • An antagonist test compound that elevates GTP binding activity above baseline in the absence of added MCH in this GTP binding assay is characterized as having partial agonist activity.
  • Preferred antagonist compounds described herein do not elevate GTP binding activity under such conditions more than 10% above baseline, preferably not more than 5% above baseline, and most preferably not more than 2% above baseline.
  • Preferred compounds are MCHl receptor antagonists that do not possess significant (e.g., greater than 5%) agonist activity in any of the MCH mediated functional assays discussed herein. Specifically, this undesired agonist activity can be evaluated, for example, in the GTP binding assay described above, by measuring small molecule mediated GTP binding in the absence of the agonist, MCH.
  • the preferred extent of MCHlR agonist activity exhibited by compounds of the invention is less than 10%, more preferably less than 5% and most preferably less than 2% of the response elicited by the agonist, MCH.
  • This Example illustrates a standard assay of melanin concentrating hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor.
  • Cynomolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHlR cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1 (INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA), and HEK293 cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCHl expression vector as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003.
  • the disclosure of WO 03/059289 at page 52 directed to the preparation and storage of the transfected HEK293 cells is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • pellets are thawed by addition of wash buffer (25 mM HEPES with 1.0 mM CaCl 2 , 5.0 mM MgCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and homogenized for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON, setting 5.
  • wash buffer 25 mM HEPES with 1.0 mM CaCl 2 , 5.0 mM MgCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, pH 7.4
  • BRINKMAN POLYTRON setting 5.
  • Cells are centrifuged for 10 min at 48,000 x g. The supernatant is discarded and the pellet is resuspended in fresh wash buffer, and homogenized again. An aliquot of this membrane homogenate is used to determine protein concentration via the Bradford method (BIO-RAD Protein Assay Kit, #500-0001, BIO-RAD, Hercules, CA).
  • a 1- liter culture of cells typically yields 50-75 mg of total membrane protein.
  • the homogenate is centrifuged as before and resuspended to a protein concentration of 333 ⁇ g/mL in binding buffer (Wash buffer + 0.1% BSA and 1.0 ⁇ M final phosphoramidon) for an assay volume of 50 ⁇ g membrane protein/150 ⁇ l binding buffer.
  • Phosphoramidon was from SIGMA BIOCHEMICALS, St. Louis, MO (cat# R-7385).
  • Non-specific binding is defined as the binding measured in the presence of 1 ⁇ M unlabeled MCH.
  • MCH is purchased from BACHEM U.S.A., King of Prussia, PA (cat # H-1482).
  • Assay wells used to determine MCH binding contain 150 ⁇ L of MCH receptor containing membranes, 50 ⁇ L 125 I-TyT MCH, 25 ⁇ L binding buffer and 25 ⁇ L binding buffer.
  • Assay plates are incubated for 1 h at room temperature. Membranes are harvested onto WALLACTM glass fiber filters (PERKIN-ELMER, Gaithersburg, MD) which were pre-soaked with 1.0% PEI (polyethyleneimine) for 2 h prior to use. Filters are allowed to dry overnight, and then counted in a WALLAC 1205 BETA PLATE counter after addition of WALLAC BETA SCINTTM scintillation fluid.
  • WALLACTM glass fiber filters PERKIN-ELMER, Gaithersburg, MD
  • PEI polyethyleneimine
  • the concentration of 125 I-Tyr MCH is varied from 7 to 1,000 pM. Typically, 11 concentration points are collected per saturation binding curve.
  • Equilibrium binding parameters are determined by fitting the allosteric Hill equation to the measured values with the aid of the computer program FitPTM (BIOSOFT, Ferguson, MO).
  • K values are below 1 micromolar, preferably below 500 nanomolar, more preferably below 100 nanomolar.
  • This Example illustrates a representative functional assay for monitoring the response of cells expressing melanin concentrating hormone receptors to melanin concentrating hormone. This assay can also be used to determine if test compounds act as agonists or antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone receptors.
  • Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCH expression vector via calcium phosphate precipitation, and are grown to a density of 15,000 cells/well in FALCONTM black-walled, clear-bottomed 96-well plates (#3904, BECTON-DICKINSON, Franklin Lakes, NJ) in Ham's F12 culture medium (MEDIATECH, Herndon, VA) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 25 mM HEPES and 500 ⁇ g/mL (active) G418. Prior to running the assay, the culture medium is emptied from the 96 well plates.
  • Fluo-3 calcium sensitive dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) is added to each well (dye solution: 1 mg FLUO-3 AM, 440 ⁇ L DMSO and 440 ⁇ L 20% pluronic acid in DMSO, diluted 1:4, 50 ⁇ L diluted solution per well). Plates are covered with aluminum foil and incubated at 37°C for 1-2 h.
  • KRH buffer 0.05 mM KCl, 0.115 M NaCl, 9.6 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , 0.01 mM MgSO 4 , 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4
  • Fluorescence response is monitored upon the addition of either human MCH receptor or test compound by a FLIPRTM plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA) by excitation at 480 nm and emission at 530 nm.
  • the EC 50 of MCH is first determined. An additional 20 ⁇ L of KRH buffer and 1 ⁇ L DMSO is added to each well of cells, prepared as described above. 100 ⁇ L human MCH in KRH buffer is automatically transferred by the FLIPR instrument to each well. An 8- point concentration response curve, with final MCH concentrations of 1 nM to 3 ⁇ M, is used to determine MCH EC 50 .
  • Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO, diluted in 20 ⁇ L KRH buffer, and added to cells prepared as described above.
  • the 96 well plates containing prepared cells and test compounds are incubated in the dark, at room temperature for 0.5-6 h. It is important that the incubation not continue beyond 6 h.
  • 100 ⁇ L human MCH diluted in KRH buffer to 2 x EC 50 is automatically added by the FLIPR instrument to each well of the 96 well plate for a final sample volume of 200 ⁇ L and a final MCH concentration Of EC 50 .
  • the final concentration of test compounds in the assay wells is between 1 nM and 5 ⁇ M.
  • cells exposed to one EC 50 of MCH exhibit a fluorescence response of about 10,000 Relative Fluorescence Units.
  • Cells incubated with antagonists of the MCH receptor exhibit a response that is significantly less than that of the control cells to the p ⁇ 0.05 level, as measured using a parametric test of statistical significance.
  • antagonists of the MCH receptor decrease the fluorescence response by about 20%, preferably by about 50%, and most preferably by at least 80% as compared to matched controls.
  • IC 50 values for MCHR antagonists are determined using SIGMAPLOT software (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL) and standard techniques. The IC 50 is then used to generate K; as described by Cheng and Prusoff (1973) Biochem Pharmacol. 22(23):3099-108.
  • the ability of a compound to act as an agonist of the MCH receptor is determined by measuring the fluorescence response of cells expressing MCH receptors, using the methods described above, in the absence of MCH.
  • Compounds that cause cells to exhibit fluorescence above background are MCH receptor agonists (background autof ⁇ uorescence of the test compound may be assessed using standard methods).
  • Compounds that induce no detectable increase in the basal activity of the MCH receptor have no detectable agonist activity and are preferred.
  • This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound toxicity using a Madin Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cell cytotoxicity assay.
  • test compound 1 ⁇ L is added to each well of a clear bottom 96-well plate (PACKARD, Meriden, CT) to give final concentration of compound in the assay of 10 ⁇ M, 100 ⁇ M or 200 ⁇ M. Solvent without test compound is added to control wells.
  • MDCK cells ATCC no. CCL-34 (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA), are maintained in sterile conditions following the instructions in the ATCC production information sheet.
  • Confluent MDCK cells are trypsinized, harvested, and diluted to a concentration of 0.1 x 10 6 cells/mL with warm (37°C) medium (VITACELL Minimum Essential Medium Eagle, ATCC catalog # 30-2003). 100 ⁇ L of diluted cells is added to each well, except for five standard curve control wells that contain 100 ⁇ L of warm medium without cells. The plate is then incubated at 37°C under 95% O 2 , 5% CO 2 for 2 h with constant shaking.
  • mammalian cell lysis solution from the PACKARD (Meriden, CT) ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit
  • PACKARD TOPSEAL stickers from the PACKARD (Meriden, CT) ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit
  • ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit is generally used according to the manufacturer's instructions to measure ATP production in treated and untreated MDCK cells. PACKARD ATP LITE-M reagents are allowed to equilibrate to room temperature. Once equilibrated, the lyophilized substrate solution is reconstituted in 5.5 mL of substrate buffer solution (from kit). Lyophilized ATP standard solution is reconstituted in deionized water to give a 10 mM stock.
  • PACKARD substrate solution 50 ⁇ L is added to all wells, which are then covered, and the plates are shaken at approximately 700 rpm on a suitable shaker for 2 min.
  • a white PACKARD sticker is attached to the bottom of each plate and samples are dark adapted by wrapping plates in foil and placing in the dark for 10 min.
  • Luminescence is then measured at 22 0 C using a luminescence counter (e.g., PACKARD TOPCOUNT Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter or TECAN SPECTRAFLUOR PLUS), and ATP levels calculated from the standard curve.
  • ATP levels in cells treated with test compound(s) are compared to the levels determined for untreated cells.
  • Cells treated with 10 ⁇ M of a preferred test compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, of the untreated cells.
  • a 100 ⁇ M concentration of the test compound is used, cells treated with preferred test compounds exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50%, preferably at least 80%, of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
  • This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound half-life values (ti /2 values) using a representative liver microsomal half-life assay.
  • liver microsomes are obtained from XenoTech LLC (Kansas City, KS). Such liver microsomes may also be obtained from In Vitro Technologies (Baltimore, MD) or Tissue Transformation Technologies (Edison, NJ). Six test reactions are prepared, each containing 25 ⁇ L microsomes, 5 ⁇ L of a 100 ⁇ M solution of test compound, and 399 ⁇ L 0.1 M phosphate buffer (19 mL 0.1 M NaH 2 PO 4 , 81 mL 0.1 M Na 2 HPO 4 , adjusted to pH 7.4 with H 3 PO 4 ).
  • a seventh reaction is prepared as a positive control containing 25 ⁇ L microsomes, 399 ⁇ L 0.1 M phosphate buffer, and 5 ⁇ L of a 100 ⁇ M solution of a compound with known metabolic properties ⁇ e.g., DIAZEPAM or CLOZAPINE). Reactions are preincubated at 39°C for 10 min.
  • Cofactor mixture is prepared by diluting 16.2 mg NADP and 45.4 mg glucose-6- phosphate in 4 mL 100 mM MgCl 2 .
  • Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution is prepared by diluting 214.3 ⁇ L glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase suspension (Roche Molecular Biochemicals; Indianapolis, IN) into 1285.7 ⁇ L distilled water.
  • 71 ⁇ L of starting reaction mixture (3 mL cofactor mixture; 1.2 mL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution) is added to 5 of the 6 test reactions and to the positive control.
  • 71 ⁇ L 100 mM MgCl 2 is added to the sixth test reaction, which is used as a negative control.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrane Compounds (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are provided. Such compounds may be used to modulate MCH receptor activity in vivo or in vitro, and are particularly useful in the treatment of a variety of metabolic, feeding and sexual disorders in humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating such disorders are provided, as are methods for using such ligands for detecting MCH receptors (e.g., receptor localization studies).

Description

ARYL-SUBSTITUTED PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] This invention relates generally to aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives. The invention further relates to the use of such compounds for treating a variety of metabolic, eating and sexual disorders, and as probes for the detection and localization of melanin concentrating hormone receptors.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Melanin concentrating hormone, or MCH, is a cyclic 19 amino acid neuropeptide first identified as a regulator of skin coloration in fish and other vertebrates, and subsequently as a regulator of food intake and energy balance in higher Vertebrates. In many species, including humans, MCH is produced in the hypothalamus. MCH is also produced at various peripheral sites, including the gastrointestinal tract and testis.
[0003] The postulated role of MCH in feeding behavior and body weight regulation is confirmed by the finding that i.c.v. injection of MCH increases caloric consumption in rats over similarly treated control animals. Furthermore, rats having the ob/ob genotype exhibit a 50-80% increase in MCH mRNA expression as compared to leaner ob/+ genotype mice, and prepro-MCH knockout mice, as well as MCH receptor knockout mice, are leaner than normal mice, due to hypophagia and an increased metabolic rate.
[0004] MCH activity is mediated via binding to specific receptors. Like other G protein- coupled receptors (e.g., neuropeptide Y and beta-adrenergic receptors), MCH receptors are membrane-spanning proteins that are generally found on cell surfaces, and consist of a single contiguous amino acid chain comprising an extracellular N-terminal domain, seven membrane- spanning alpha helical domains (connected by three intracellular loop domains alternating with three extracellular loop domains), and an intracellular C-terminal domain. Signal transduction is typically initiated by the binding of extracellular MCH to the receptor, which elicits conformational changes in the extracellular domains. When the receptor is functioning properly, these conformational changes propagate through the transmembrane domains and result in a coordinated change in the intracellular portions of the receptor. This precise alteration in the intracellular domains acts to trigger the associated G-protein complex to modulate intracellular signaling.
[0005] Human Melanin Concentrating Hormone Receptor-1 (MCHlR) is a 353 amino acid, 7-transmembrane, alpha-helical, G protein-coupled receptor, initially reported as orphan receptor SLC-I. Immunohistochemistry studies of rat brain sections indicate that MCHlR is widely expressed in brain. MCHlR expression is found in olfactory tubercle, cerebral cortex, substantia nigra, basal forebrain CAl, CA2, and CA3 fields of the hippocampus, amygdala, and in nuclei of the hypothalamus, thalamus, midbrain and hindbrain. Strong signals are observed in the ventromedial and dorsomedial nuclei of the hypothalamus, two areas of the brain involved in feeding behavior. Upon binding MCH, MCHlR recombinantly expressed in HEK 293 cells mediates a dose dependent release of intracellular calcium. Cells expressing MCHlR also exhibit a pertussis toxin sensitive dose-dependent inhibition of forskolin-elevated cyclic AMP, indicating that the receptor couples to a Gj/o G-protein alpha subunit. Certain monkey and human MCHlR sequences, as well as various chimeric MCHlR proteins, have been disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/309,515 (published as 2003/0114644 on June 19, 2003).
[0006] A second MCH receptor (designated MCH2R) has also been identified. MCH2R has an overall amino acid identity of more than 30% with MCHlR, and is detected specifically in the same regions of the brain as MCHlR. Monkey and canine MCH2R sequences, as well as various chimeric MCH2R proteins, have been disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/291,990 (which published as 2003/0148457 on August 7, 2003).
[0007] Agents capable of modulating MCH receptor activity are highly desirable for the treatment of a variety of diseases and disorders, including obesity, eating disorders (e.g., bulimia and anorexia), sexual disorders (e.g., anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence) and metabolic disorders, such as diabetes. Small molecule, non-peptide antagonists of MCH receptors would be of particular value for such therapies. The present invention fulfills this need, and provides further related advantages.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0008] The present invention provides aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000003_0001
as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds. Within Formula I:
V is absent or -(C=O)-.
W is nitrogen, CH or C-OH.
Yi, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are independently optionally substituted carbon (e.g., CRi) or nitrogen.
Z is nitrogen or optionally substituted carbon (e.g., CR2).
Each R1 is independently: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, aminocarbonyl, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi- C6alkoxy, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, (C rC4alkoxy)C i-C4alkyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, aminoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(d-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0- C6alkyl or (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R2 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is optionally substituted, and preferably each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl and haloC,- C4alkoxy.
R2 is halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, C2-C6alkyloxime, C,-C6alkoxy, (C1-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cβalkylaminocarbonyl, CrC6alkylthio, Ci- C6alkylsulfonyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, aminoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Cr C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl; or
R2 is (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, phenylC0-C2alkyl, phenylC0-C2alkoxy or (5- or 6-membered heteroaryl)C0-C2alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted, and each of which is preferably substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci- C2alkoxy and Ci-C2alkyl; or
R2 is taken together with a Ri to form a fused optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
The variable n is 1 or 2.
R3 is: (i) hydrogen, CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl or haloCrC6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with one or both of R6 and Ri0 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle having one or two rings, wherein each ring contains from 5 to 8 ring members and 0, 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S, which fused carbocycle or heterocycle is optionally substituted and is preferably substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, CrC2alkoxy and CrC2alkyl.
R4 is hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl or haloCi-Qalkyl.
R5 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloQ-Cδalkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(CrC6alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R6 to form a fused, optionally substituted C5- Cgcarbocycle or 5- to 8-membered heterocycle.
Each R5a is independently: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCi-Qalkyl, ImIoC1 -C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Cr C6alkyl)amino or aminoCi-Qalkyl; or (ii) taken together with R6 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
R6 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCrC6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C6alkyl; (ii) taken together with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; (iii) taken together with R5 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle; or (iv) taken together with R5a to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
P is N or CR7; Q is N or CR8; U is N or CR9; and T is N or CR10. R7 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; (ii) taken together with Rg to form a fused, optionally substituted C5-C6carbocycle or 5- to 6-membered heterocycle; or (iii) taken together with R12 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered heterocycle that is optionally substituted, and is preferably substituted with from 0 to 3 substiruents independently chosen from halogen, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy and oxo.
R8 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused, optionally substituted C5-C8carbocycle or 5- to 6-membered heterocycle.
R9 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R10 or Rn to form a fused Cs-Ciocarbocycle or a fused 5- to 10-membered heterocycle, each of which is optionally substituted and each of which is preferably substituted with from O to 3 substiruents independently chosen from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, CrC6alkoxy, C,-C6alkylthio, C,-C6alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, (CrC6alkoxy)Ci- C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, C]-C6alkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, haloCrC6alkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, aminoCrC6alkyl and haloCr C6alkoxy.
R10 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R3 or R9 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle.
R11 is:
(i) a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is hydrogen, CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCrC6alkyl, saturated C3-C10cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; in certain embodiments, G is not hydrogen, G is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, and G is further substituted with from O to 5 substituents (preferably from 1 to 5 substituents) independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0, wherein:
Ra is oxo, oxime, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2, -(C=N)OH, or imino;
Rb is Ci-C6alkoxy,
Figure imgf000005_0001
mono- or
Figure imgf000005_0002
C2- Qalkanoyl, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, Cj-Cβalkylthio, CrCealkylaminosulfonyl, Ci-C6alkylsulfonylamino, d-C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, arylCrC6alkanoylamino, heteroarylCi-Cβalkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl or Ci-C6alkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, Ci-C4alkyl, (Ci-C4alkoxy)C0-C4alkyl, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)amino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Cr Qalkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloC]-C2alkoxy; and R0 is carbocycleC0-C6alkyl, heterocycleC0-C6alkyl, carbocycleC0-C6alkoxy, heterocycleCo- C6alkoxy, carbocycleC0-C6alkylammo or heterocycleCo-C6alkylamino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q- Qalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and
Figure imgf000006_0001
C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3- C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Q-Calkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC6alkyl and haloCrC6alkoxy;
(ii) C5-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (CrC6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q- C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ- C6alkyl and haloCi-C6alkoxy; or
(iii) taken together with R9 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle. In certain embodiments, the fused carbocycle or heterocycle is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, CrC6alkyl, (CrC6alkoxy)Co- C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (C1-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2- C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloC!-C6alkyl and haloCi-C6alkoxy.
R12 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino,
Figure imgf000006_0002
C2-C6alkenyl, C2- C6alkynyl, C!-C6alkoxy, haloCj-Cβalkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, mono- or
Figure imgf000006_0003
or aminoCi-C6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle.
Each L is independently a single covalent bond, N(R13) (i.e., ~~N — ), O, S, C(=O) (i.e.,
-
Figure imgf000006_0004
SO2N(R13)
O1 O R13 R 13 O O O I I R I 13
(i.e., "S"N" ), N(R13)SO2 (i.e., N^S~), C(K))N(R13) (i.e., -C-N- ) Or N(R13)C(=O)
Rn O < //
(i.e., — N-C- ); wherein each R13 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl or haloC]-C6alkyl.
Each M is independently hydrogen, CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCrCβalkyl, hydroxyCrCealkyl, aminod-Cβalkyl, (d-C6alkoxy)C1-C6alkyl, C5-C10cycloalkyl or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted.
[0009] In certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I, W is CH or C-OH. Such compounds are referred to herein as compounds of Formula I-a. [0010] Other aryl -substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I further satisfy Formula 1-b:
Formula I-b
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein: R5 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, d-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCrC6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with R6 to form a fused C5-C8carbocycle or 5- to 8-membered heterocycle.
Each R5a is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, CrC6alkoxy, haloQ-Cβalkyl, haloCrC6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Cr C6alkyl)amino or aminoCi-C6alkyl. R6 is:
(iii) taken together with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; or (iv) taken together with R5 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; and the remaining variables are as described for Formula I.
[0011] Further aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I further satisfy Formula 1- c:
Formula I-c
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein
Rn is:
(i) a group of the formula G-Li-, wherein G is CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- C6alkynyl, haloC|-C6alkyl, saturated C3-C10cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, and wherein G is also substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0; (n) a group of the formula G1-O- wherein Gi is C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCV C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, wherein Gi is also substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and
Figure imgf000008_0001
(in) a group of the formula G2-O- wherein G2 is Ci-C6alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 ammo groups, and wherein G2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb and R0; such that Rb is not N- methyl, N-cyclopentylamino, and R0 is not (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl; (iv) C5-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci- Qalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)ammoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCr C6alkyl and haloCrC6alkoxy, or (v) taken together with R9 to form a fused optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle.
L, is independently a single covalent bond, N(Rj3), C(=O), SO2, SO2NH, C(=O)N(Rπ) or N(RI3)C(=O); and the remaining variables, including Ra, Rb and R0, are as described for Formula I [0012] Withm certain aspects, aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives provided herein are MCH receptor modulators and exhibit a K1 of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in a MCH receptor binding assay and/or have an EC50 or IC50 value of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in an assay for determining MCH receptor agonist or antagonist activity.
[0013] Within certain aspects, aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives provided herein are labeled with a detectable marker (e g , radiolabeled or fluorescein conjugated).
[0014] The present invention further provides, within other aspects, pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one aryl-substituted piperazme derivative provided herein in combination with a physiologically acceptable earner or excipient Within certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition provided herein may further comprise one or more additional active agents (i e , drugs). Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated, for example, as an injectable fluid, an aerosol, a cream, an oral liquid, a tablet, a gel, a pill, a capsule, a syrup or a transdermal patch.
[0015] Methods are further provided for modulating binding of hgand (e g , MCH) to cellular MCH receptor, comprising contacting cells expressing MCH receptor with a MCH receptor modulator as described above, in an amount that would be sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro. The cells may, but need not, be present in a human nor non-human animal.
[0016] In other aspects, methods are provided for modulating binding of ligand (e.g., MCH) to MCH receptor in vitro, comprising MCH receptor with a MCH receptor modulator as described above, in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor.
[0017] Within further aspects, the present invention provides methods for modulating the signal-transducing activity of MCH receptor in a cell, comprising contacting a cell expressing MCH receptor, either in vivo or in vitro, with a MCH receptor modulator as described above, under conditions and in an amount that is sufficient to detectably alter the electrophysiology of the cell.
[0018] Within certain embodiments of the above methods, the MCH receptor is a MCHlR.
[0019] The present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for treating a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a MCH receptor modulator as described above. Such diseases and disorders include, for example, obesity, eating disorders (e.g., bulimia nervosa), sexual disorders, diabetes, heart disease and stroke. The MCH receptor modulator may be administered orally, or via another means such as intranasally, intravenously or topically. Within certain embodiments, the patient is a human, companion animal (e.g., dog or cat) or livestock.
[0020] Also provided herein are methods for treating a patient, comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation with the need for administration of a MCH receptor modulator, and administering to the patient an effective amount of a MCH receptor modulator as described above.
[0021] Methods are provided, within other aspects, for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, comprising: (i) contacting a sample with a compound as described above under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor; and (ii) detecting a level of the compound bound to MCH receptor. Within certain embodiments, the compound is radiolabeled, and the step of detection comprises: (i) separating unbound compound from bound compound; and (ii) determining an amount of bound compound in the sample. Detection may be achieved, for example, using autoradiography. Representative samples include, for example, tissue sections.
[0022] Packaged pharmaceutical preparations are also provided, comprising: (a) a pharmaceutical composition as described above in a container; and (b) instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from or at risk for developing a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation.
[0023] In yet another aspect, methods for preparing the compounds disclosed herein, including the intermediates, are also provided herein. [0024] These and other aspects of the present invention will become apparent upon reference to the following detailed descπption
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0025] As noted above, the present invention provides aryl-substituted piperazine denvatives of Formula I Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor modulators that may be used in vitro or in vivo, to inhibit MCH binding to MCH receptors, activate MCH receptors, or to otherwise modulate MCH receptor activity in a variety of contexts, as discussed in further detail below TERMINOLOGY
[0026] Compounds are generally described herein using standard nomenclature For compounds having asymmetric centers, it should be understood that (unless otherwise specified) all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed In addition, compounds with carbon- carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E- forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included in the present invention unless otherwise specified Where a compound exists in various tautomeric forms, a recited compound is not limited to any one specific tautomer, but rather is intended to encompass all tautomeric forms Compound descriptions are intended to encompass compounds with all possible isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds Isotopes are those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers By way of general example, and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuteπum and isotopes of carbon include 11C, 13C and 14C Certain compounds are descπbed herein using a general formula that includes vaπables (e g , X, V, R3) Unless otherwise specified, each variable within such a formula is defined independently of any other variable, and any vaπable that occurs more than one time in a formula is defined independently at each occurrence In general, the vaπables may have any definition descπbed herein that results in a stable compound
[0027] The term "aryl-substituted piperazine deπvative" refers to any compound that satisfies Formula I, or is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such a compound Certain aryl- substituted piperazine denvatives further satisfy one or more additional formulas provided herein, the phrase "aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula X" is intended to encompass both compounds of Formula X and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds
[0028] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound recited herein is an acid or base salt that is suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings or animals without excessive toxicity or carcinogenicity, and preferably without irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication Such salts include mineral and organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines, as well as alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxyhc acids Specific pharmaceutical salts include, but are not limited to, salts of acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, malic, glycolic, fumaπc, sulfuric, sulfamic, sulfanilic, formic, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, benzene sulfonic, ethane disulfonic, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonic, nitric, benzoic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, citric, tartaric, lactic, stearic, salicylic, glutamic, ascorbic, pamoic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, propionic, hydroxymaleic, hydroiodic, phenylacetic, alkanoic such as acetic, HOOC-(CH2)n-COOH where n is 0- 4, and the like. Similarly, pharmaceutically acceptable cations include, but are not limited to sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, lithium, and ammonium. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize further pharmaceutically acceptable salts for the compounds provided herein, including those listed by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985). In general, a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base salt can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by any conventional chemical method. Briefly, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, the use of nonaqueous media, such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol or acetonitrile, is preferred.
[0029] It will be apparent that each aryl-substituted piperazine derivative may, but need not, be formulated as a hydrate, solvate or non-covalent complex. In addition, the various crystal forms and polymorphs are within the scope of the present invention. Also provided herein are prodrugs of the aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein. A "prodrug" is a compound that may not fully satisfy the structural requirements of the compounds provided herein, but is modified in vivo, following administration to a patient, to produce an aryl-substituted piperazine derivative. For example, a prodrug may be an acylated derivative of a compound as provided herein. Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, phosphate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups within the compounds provided herein. Prodrugs of the compounds provided herein may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved in vivo to yield the parent compounds.
[0030] "Acetyl" refers to a group of the formula -(C=O)CH3.
[0031] As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to a straight or branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon. Alkyl groups include groups having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms (Ci-C8alkyl), from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (Ci-C6alkyl) and from 1 to 4 carbon atoms (C]-C4alkyl), such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, ter/-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2- hexyl, 3-hexyl and 3-methylpentyl. "C0-Cnalkyl" refers to a single covalent bond (C0) or an alkyl group having from 1 to n carbon atoms; for example, "Co-C6alkyl" refers to a single covalent bond or a Ci-Cβalkyl group. In some instances, a substituent of an alkyl group is specifically indicated. For example, "hydroxyCi-C6alkyr refers to a CrC6alkyl group that has at least one hydroxy substituent; aminoCi-C6alkyl refers to a CrC6alkyl group that has at least one amino substituent. [0032] "Alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl group, as defined above. C0-C4alkylene is a single covalent bond or an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
[0033] "Alkenyl" refers to straight or branched chain alkene groups, which comprise at least one unsaturated carbon-carbon double bond. Alkenyl groups include C2-C8alkenyl, C2-Cealkenyl and C2-C4alkenyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6 or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively, such as ethenyl, allyl or isopropenyl. "Alkynyl" refers to straight or branched chain alkyne groups, which have one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, at least one of which is a triple bond. Alkynyl groups include C2-Cgalkynyl, C2-C6alkynyl and C2-C4alkynyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6 or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
[0034] A "cycloalkyl" is a group that comprises one or more saturated and/or partially saturated rings in which all ring members are carbon, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, decahydro-naphthalenyl, octahydro-indenyl, and partially saturated variants of the foregoing, such as cyclohexenyl. Certain cycloalkyl groups are C3- Cycycloalkyl, in which the ring contains from 3 to 7 ring members. Cycloalkyl groups that comprise at least one carbon-carbon double bond are specifically designated "cycloalkenyl" (e.g., 5- to 10- membered cycloalkenyl). A "cycloalkylC0-Cnalkyl" is a cycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or a Ci-Cnalkylene group (e.g., C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl). "C5-Ci0cycloalkenyl" indicates a partially saturated cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 ring members.
[0035] By "alkoxy," as used herein, is meant an alkyl group as described above attached via an oxygen bridge. Alkoxy groups include C!-C6alkoxy and Ci-C4alkoxy groups, which have from 1 to 6 or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec- butoxy, /ert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3-pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3- hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy are representative alkoxy groups. Similarly, "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group as described above attached via a sulfur bridge.
[0036] "Alkylsulfonyl" refers to groups of the formula -(SO2)-alkyl, in which the sulfur atom is the point of attachment. Alkylsulfonyl groups include Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl and Q- C4alkylsulfonyl groups, which have from 1 to 6 or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively. Methylsulfonyl is one representative alkylsulfonyl group.
[0037] The term "oxo," as used herein, refers to a keto group (C=O). An oxo group that is a substituent of a nonaromatic carbon atom results in a conversion of -CH2- to -C(=O)-. An oxo group that is a substituent of an aromatic carbon atom results in a conversion of -CH- to -C(=O)- and a loss of aromaticity.
[0038] Similarly, "oxime" refers to a group of the formula C=NOH. An oxime group that is a substituent of a nonaromatic carbon atom results in a conversion of -CH2- to -C(=NOH)-. "Alkyloxime" is an alkyl group as described above attached via a -(C=NOH)- linker.
[0039] The term "alkanoyl" refers to an acyl group (e.g., -(C=O)-alkyl). Alkanoyl groups have the indicated number of carbon atoms, with the carbon of the keto group being included in the numbered carbon atoms. For example, a C2alkanoyl group is an acetyl group having the formula - (C=O)CH3. Alkanoyl groups include, for example, C2-C8alkanoyl, C2-C6alkanoyl and C2-C4alkanoyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively. "C^lkanoyl" refers to -(C=O)H, which (along with C2-C8alkanoyl) is encompassed by the term "CrCsalkanoyl."
[0040] "(Alkoxy)alkyl" refers to a linear or branched ether substituent (i.e., an alkyl group that is substituted with an alkoxy group). Such groups include (CrC4alkoxy)C1-C6alkyl and (Cr C4alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl. A (C ialkoxy)Ci alkyl group has the structure -CH2-O-CH3.
[0041] The term "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to an alkoxy group attached through a keto (- (C=O)-) bridge (i.e., a group having the general structure -C(=O)-O-alkyl). Alkoxycarbonyl groups include Ci-C8, C1-C6 and Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl groups, which have from 1 to 8, 6 or 4 carbon atoms, respectively, in the alkyl portion of the group (i.e., the carbon of the keto bridge is not included in the indicated number of carbon atoms). "Cialkoxycarbonyl" refers to -C(=O)-O-CH3; C3alkoxycarbonyl indicates -C(=O)-O-(CH2)2CH3 or -C(=O)-O-(CH)(CH3)2.
[0042] "Alkanoylamino," as used herein, refers to an alkanoyl group attached through an amino linker (i.e., a group having the general structure -N(R)-C(=O)-alkyl), in which R is hydrogen or CrC6alkyl. Alkanoylamino groups include C2-C8, C2-C6 and C2-C4alkanoylamino groups, which have from 2 to 8, 6 or 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
[0043] "Alkylamino" refers to a secondary or tertiary amine having the general structure - NH-alkyl or -N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each "alkyl" is selected independently from alkyl, cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups. Such groups include, for example, mono- and di-(Ci-C8alkyl)amino groups, as well as mono- and di-(CrC6alkyl)amino groups and mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)amino groups.
[0044] "Alkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkylamino group linked via an alkylene group (i.e., a group having the general structure -alkylene-NH-alkyl or -alkylene-N(alkyl)(alkyl)) in which each alkyl is selected independently from alkyl, cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups. Alkylaminoalkyl groups include, for example, mono- and di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCi-C8alkyl, mono- and di-(Cj- C6alkyl)aminoCi-C6alkyl and mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCi-C4alkyl. "Mono- or di-(C]- C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl" refers to a mono- or di-(CrC6alkyl)amino group linked via a single covalent bond or a Ci-C6alkylene group. The following are representative alkylaminoalkyl groups:
Figure imgf000013_0001
[0045] It will be apparent that the definition of "alkyl" as used in the terms "alkylamino" and "alkylaminoalkyl" differs from the definition of "alkyl" used for all other alkyl -containing groups, in the inclusion of cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups (e.g., (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl). [0046] The term "aminocarbonyl" refers to an amide group (i.e., -(C=O)NH2). "Mono- or di- (Ci-C8alkyl)aminocarbonyl" is an aminocarbonyl group in which one or both of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with Ci-Cgalkyl. If both hydrogen atoms are so replaced, the alkyl groups may be the same or different.
[0047] "Aminosulfonyl" refers to groups of the formula -(SO2)-NH2, in which the sulfur atom is the point of attachment. The term "mono- or di-(Ci-Cnalkyl)aminosulfonyl" refers to groups that satisfy the formula -(SO2)-NR2, in which the sulfur atom is the point of attachment, and in which one R is Ci-C,,alkyl and the other R is hydrogen or an independently chosen Ci-Cnalkyl.
[0048] The term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
[0049] A "haloalkyl" is an alkyl group that is substituted with 1 or more independently chosen halogens (e.g., "CpCshaloalkyl" groups have from 1 to 8 carbon atoms; "Cj-Cβhaloalkyl" groups have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Examples of haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, mono-, di- or tri-fluoromethyl; mono-, di- or tri-chloromethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- or penta- fluoroethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- or penta-chloroethyl; and 1,2,2,2-tetrafluoro-l-trifluoromethyl- ethyl. Typical haloalkyl groups are trifluoromethyl and difluoromethyl. The term "haloalkoxy" refers to a haloalkyl group as defined above attached via an oxygen bridge. "Ci-C6haloalkoxy" groups have 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0050] A dash ("-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -CONH2 is attached through the carbon atom.
[0051] A "carbocycle" or "carbocyclic group" comprises at least one ring formed entirely by carbon-carbon bonds (referred to herein as a carbocyclic ring), and does not contain a heterocycle. Unless otherwise specified, each ring within a carbocycle may be independently saturated, partially saturated or aromatic, and is optionally substituted as indicated. A carbocycle generally has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant or spiro rings; carbocycles within certain embodiments have one ring or two fused rings. Typically, each ring contains from 3 to 8 ring members (i.e., C3-C8); C5-C7 rings are recited in certain embodiments. Carbocycles comprising fused, pendant or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members. Certain carbocycles are C4-Ci0 (*'•£■. contain from 4 to 10 ring members and 1 or two rings). Certain representative carbocycles are cycloalkyl as described above. Other carbocycles are aryl (i.e., contain at least one aromatic carbocyclic ring, with or without one or more additional aromatic and/or cycloalkyl rings). Such aryl carbocycles include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl (e.g., 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl), biphenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthyl. In certain embodiments, preferred carbocycles are carbocycles having a single ring, such as phenyl and 3- to 7- membered cycloalkyl groups.
[0052] Certain carbocycles are attached via an indicated linker group (e.g., (carbocycle)alkyl, (carbocycle)alkoxy and (carbocycle)alkylamino groups). In each case the carbocycle is a substituent of the indicated linker group, each of which carries the definition set forth above. "CarbocycleC0- C6alkylamino" refers to a carbocycle linked via an amino (-NH-) linker or via a mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)amino group in which the point of attachment of the carbocycle may be at any carbon atom in a mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino group or at the nitrogen atom in a mono-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino group.
[0053] As used herein, the term "aryl" indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Such aromatic groups may be further substituted with carbon and/or non- carbon atoms or groups. Typical aryl groups contain 1 or 2 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 12 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. Aryl groups include those in which an aromatic ring is fused to a 5 to 7-membered saturated or partially saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S (e.g., a 3,4- methylenedioxy-phenyl group.
[0054] The term "arylalkyl" refers to an aryl group linked via an alkylene bridge. For example, phenylCo-C2alkyl indicates a phenyl group that is attached via a single covalent bond (phenylCoalkyl) or attached through an alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms. Similarly, an aryl group may be attached through other linker groups; such groups include, for example, arylQ- C6alkanoylamino and arylalkoxy groups, in which the aryl is attached via the indicated linker group.
[0055] A "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic group" has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant or spiro rings, at least one of which is a heterocyclic ring (i.e., one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom independently chosen from O, S and N, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon). Additional rings, if present, may be heterocyclic or carbocyclic. Typically, a heterocyclic ring comprises 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms; within certain embodiments each heterocyclic ring has 1 or 2 heteroatoms per ring. Each heterocyclic ring generally contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 ring members are recited in certain embodiments) and heterocycles comprising fused, pendant or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members. Certain heterocycles comprise a sulfur atom as a ring member; in certain embodiments, the sulfur atom is oxidized to SO or SO2. Heterocycles may be optionally substituted with a variety of substituents, as indicated. Unless otherwise specified, a heterocycle may be a heterocycloalkyl group (i.e., each ring is saturated or partially saturated) or a heteroaryl group (i.e., at least one heterocyclic ring within the group is aromatic), such as a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl (which may be monocyclic or bicyclic) or a 6-membered heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidyl). N-linked heterocyclic groups are linked via a component nitrogen atom. 4-to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, for example, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino and l,l-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl. Representative aromatic heterocycles include azocinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl and tetrazolyl. In certain embodiments, preferred heterocycles are 5- to 7-membered heterocycles having a single saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocyclic ring with 5 to 7 ring members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O and S, with remaining ring members being carbon.
[0056] Certain heterocycles are attached via an indicated linker group (e.g., (heterocycle)alkyl, (heterocycle)alkoxy and (heterocycle)alkylamino groups). In each case the heterocycle is covalently bound to the indicated linker group, each of which carries the definition set forth above.
[0057] As used herein, "heteroaryl" indicates a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system that comprises at least one 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic aromatic ring that contains from 1 to 4 (preferably from 1 to 3) heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. If the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1 , these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is generally preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2; in certain embodiments, the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridizinyl, pyridyl, pyπmidinyl, pyrrolyl, qumolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, tπazolyl, benzo[cT]oxazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, dihydrobenzodioxynyl, furanyl, lmidazolyl, indolyl, and isoxazolyl.
[0058] A "heterocyclolalkyl" group is a heterocycle as described above, which is fully or partially saturated. In certain embodiments preferred heterocycloalkyl groups are 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl groups having a single saturated ring with 5 to 7 πng members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O and S, and remaining πng members being carbon. A "heterocycloalkylC0-Cnalkyl" is a heterocycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or Q- Cnalkylene group, such as a Ci-C4alkylene group. A "5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl" is a partially saturated heterocycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 πng members.
[0059] A "substituent," as used herein, refers to a molecular moiety that is covalently bonded to an atom within a molecule of interest. For example, a ring substituent may be a moiety such as a halogen, alkyl group, haloalkyl group or other group discussed herein that is covalently bonded to an atom (preferably a carbon or nitrogen atom) that is a ring member. Substituents of aromatic groups are generally covalently bonded to a ring carbon atom. The term "substitution" refers to replacing a hydrogen atom in a molecular structure with a substituent, such that the valence on the designated atom is not exceeded, and such that a chemically stable compound (i.e., a compound that can be isolated, characterized, and tested for biological activity) results from the substitution.
[0060] Groups that are "optionally substituted" are unsubstituted or are substituted by other than hydrogen at one or more available positions, typically 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 positions, by one or more suitable groups (which may be the same or different). Optional substitution is also indicated by the phrase "substituted with from 0 to X substituents," where X is the maximum number of possible substiruents. Certain optionally substituted groups are substituted with from 0 to 2, 3 or 4 independently selected substiruents (ι e , are unsubstituted or substituted with up to the recited maximum number of substituents).
[0061] The term "MCH receptor" refers to any naturally-occurπng mammalian (especially human, monkey, or canine) MCH type 1 or type 2 receptor, as well as chimeric receptors in which one or more domains of a naturally-occurring MCHlR or MCH2R are replaced with a corresponding domain of a different G protein-coupled receptor, such that the ability of the chimeric receptor to bind MCH and mediate a dose-dependent release of intracellular calcium is not diminished. MCH receptors for use within the various assays and other methods described herein include, for example, recombinantly expressed human MCH receptor (e.g., Genbank Accession No. Z86090; SEQ ID NO:29 of U.S. Patent Application Publication Number 2003/0148457), monkey MCH receptor (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2, 34 or 36 of U.S. Patent Application Publication Number 2003/0114644) or canine MCH receptor (e.g., SEQ ID NO:39 of U.S. Patent Application Publication Number 2003/0114644). Chimeric MCH receptors that may be used as described herein include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication Numbers 2003/0114644 and 2003/0148457.
[0062] A "MCH receptor modulator," also referred to herein as a "modulator," is a compound that alters (increases or decreases) MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor- mediated signal transduction. MCH receptor modulators specifically provided herein are aryl- substituted piperazine derivatives. A modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist. In certain embodiments, a modulator may exhibit an EC50 or IC50 at MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, 500 nM, 200 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM in a standard calcium mobilization assay (as described in Example 37, herein) and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay (as described in Example 35, herein). A modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist, although, for certain purposes described herein, a modulator preferably inhibits MCH receptor activation resulting from binding of MCH (i.e., the modulator is an antagonist).
[0063] A MCH receptor modulator binds with "high affinity" if the K; at a MCH receptor is less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar or 10 nanomolar. A modulator binds "specifically" to MCH receptor if it binds to a MCH receptor (total binding minus nonspecific binding) with a Kj that is 10-fold, preferably 100-fold, and more preferably 1000-fold, less than the K; measured for modulator binding to other G protein-coupled receptors. For example, a modulator may have a Kj of 500 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay and a Kj of at least 1 micromolar in a dopamine receptor ligand binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 7 (pages 111-112) of PCT International Publication Number WO 02/094799, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Representative assays for determining Kj at MCH receptor are provided in Examples 33 and 36, herein.
[0064] A modulator is considered an "antagonist" if it detectably inhibits MCH binding to MCH receptor and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using, for example, the representative assay provided in Example 33 or Example 36); in general, such an antagonist has a IC50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within the assay provided in Example 33 and/or the assay provided in Example 36. MCH receptor antagonists include neutral antagonists and inverse agonists. [0065] An "inverse agonist" is a compound that reduces the activity of MCH receptor below its basal activity level in the absence of added hgand. Inverse agonists may also inhibit the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, and/or may also inhibit binding of MCH to MCH receptor. The ability of a compound to inhibit the binding of MCH to MCH receptor may be measured by a binding assay, such as the binding assays given in Examples 33 or 36. The basal activity of MCH receptor, as well as the reduction in MCH receptor activity due to the presence of antagonist, may be determined from a calcium mobilization assay, such as the assay of Example 37, or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 35.
[0066] A "neutral antagonist" of MCH receptor is a compound that inhibits the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, but does not significantly change the basal activity of the receptor (e.g , within an assay as descπbed in Example 35 or Example 37 performed in the absence of hgand, MCH receptor activity is reduced by no more than 10%, more preferably by no more than 5%, and even more preferably by no more than 2%; most preferably, there is no detectable reduction in activity). Neutral antagonists may also inhibit hgand binding to MCH receptor.
[0067] As used herein a "MCH receptor agonist" is a compound that elevates the activity of the receptor above the basal activity level of the receptor {i.e , enhances MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor-mediated signal transduction). MCH receptor agonist activity may be identified using the representative assays provided in Examples 35 and 37. In general, such an agonist has an EC50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within one or both of the assays provided in Examples 35 and 37.
[0068] A "therapeutically effective amount" (or dose) is an amount that, upon administration, is sufficient to provide a discernible patient benefit. For example, a therapeutically effective amount may reduce symptom severity or frequency, and/or may result in detectable weight loss. Alternatively, or in addition, a therapeutically effective amount may improve patient status or outcome and/or prevent or delay disease or symptom onset. A therapeutically effective amount or dose generally results m a concentration of compound in a body fluid (such as blood, plasma, serum, CSF, synovial fluid, lymph, cellular interstitial fluid, tears or uπne) that is sufficient to alter the binding of hgand to MCH receptor in vitro (using an assay provided in Example 33 or Example 36) and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using an assay provided in Example 35 or Example 37).
[0069] A "disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation," as used herein is any condition that is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or that is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity (i.e , the condition or a symptom thereof is alleviated by such modulation). Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, stroke, eating disorders (such as obesity and bulimia nervosa) and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic and psychogenic impotence, as well as other diseases and disorders recited herein. [0070] A "patient" is any individual treated with an aryl-substituted piperazme deπvative as provided herein. Patients include humans, as well as other animals such as companion animals (e g , dogs and cats) and livestock. Patients may be experiencing one or more symptoms of a condition responsive to MCH receptor modulation, or may be free of such symptom(s) (r e , treatment may be prophylactic) ARYL-SUBSTITUTED PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES
[0071] As noted above, the present invention provides aryl-substituted piperazine deπvatives of Formula I Certain such compounds are MCH receptor modulators, which may be specific for a particular MCH receptor (e g , type 1 or type 2) or may inhibit or enhance hgand binding to multiple MCH receptors MCH receptor modulators may be used to modulate MCH receptor activity in vivo, especially in the treatment of metabolic, feeding and sexual disorders in humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals. Modulators may also be used within a variety of in vitro assays, such as assays for receptor activity, as probes for detection and localization of MCH receptors and as standards in assays of MCH binding and MCH-mediated signal transduction The MCH receptor modulators provided herein are generally multi-aryl (ι e , have a plurality of unfused or fused aryl groups), non-peptide and ammo acid free, and detectably modulate MCH receptor activity at submicromolar concentrations, preferably at subnanomolar concentrations.
[0072] Certain aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives further satisfy Formula I-a, I-b or I-c, as described above Other aryl-substituted piperazme derivatives further satisfy one or more of Formulas II - VII-
Figure imgf000019_0001
Formula II Formula III
Figure imgf000019_0002
Formula IV-I Formula IV-2
Figure imgf000019_0003
Formula V-I Formula V-2
Figure imgf000020_0001
Formula VI Formula VII
Within Formulas II-VII:
R3 (of Formulas H-V) is hydrogen, CrC2alkyl or haloCi-C2alkyl;
Each R5, R5a and R6 of Formulas II and III is independently hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl or Cr C2alkoxy;
Rt2 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl or Ci-C2alkoxy;
Ri 4 (in Formulas VI and VII) represents from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, CpQalkoxy and oxo; in certain embodiments R14 is absent; and the remaining variables are as defined above.
[0073] Further provided herein are aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I-VII, wherein the variables satisfy one or more of the following conditions:
W is nitrogen.
W is CH.
V is absent.
V is -(C=O)-. The variable n is i.
R5 is: (a) hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl or d-C2alkoxy; or (b) taken together with R6 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
R6 is (a) hydrogen, d-C2alkyl or d-C2alkoxy; or (b) taken together with R3 to form a fused heterocycloalkyl; or (c) taken together with R5 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge.
Ri2 is (a) hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl or Ci-C2alkoxy; or (b) hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl or C1- C2alkoxy.
Ri is hydrogen and R2 is trifluoromethyl.
Y3 is carbon substituted with methoxy and R2 is halogen.
Y3 is carbon substituted with methoxy; Yi, Y4 and Y5 are each CH; and R2 is halogen.
Y3 is CRi, wherein the Ri of Y3 is taken together with R2 to form a 6-membered aryl ring that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl and haloCrC4alkoxy.
Y3 is N, and Y1, Y4 and Y5 are each CH.
Y3 and Y4 are N, and Y1 and Y5 are each CH.
R4 is hydrogen or methyl.
R3 is methyl and R4 is hydrogen.
R5, R6 (when present) and R)2 are independently hydrogen or methyl. R5, R6 and R12 are hydrogen.
Z is CR2.
Y1 Y3, Y4 and Y5 are CR1, and Z is CR2 (i.e., Formula VIII):
Formula VIII
Ri
Figure imgf000021_0001
Y1, Y4 and Y5 are CH, Y3 is CR1, and Z is CR2 (i.e., Formula IX):
Formula IX
Figure imgf000021_0002
Y1 is nitrogen, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are CR1, and Z is CR2, (i.e., Formula X):
Formula X
Figure imgf000021_0003
Y1 and Y4 are nitrogen, Y3 and Y5 are CR1, and Z is CR2 (i.e., Formula XI):
Formula XI
Figure imgf000021_0004
Y4 is nitrogen, Y1, Y3 and Y5 are CR1, and Z is CR2 (e.g., Formula XII):
Figure imgf000022_0001
The R1 Variable
[0074] Within certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I, and the subformulas thereof, each R1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, C1- C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C,-C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, hydroxyC,- Qalkyl, d-Qalkylthio, CrC8alkylether, aminoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or
Figure imgf000022_0002
mono- or di-Q-Cealkylaminocarbonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl or (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl. Within further aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, each R1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C]-C4alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C]-C4alkoxy, haloCi- C2alkyl, haloC]-C2alkoxy, or mono- or di-(C]-C2alkyl)amino. Additionally, aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are provided wherein each R1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, Q-Qalkyl, CrC2alkoxy or trifluoromethyl. The R2 Variable
[0075] Within certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I, and the subformulas thereof, R2 is halogen, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Cj-Cβalkyl, C2- Qalkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, C2-C6alkyloxime, CrC6alkoxy, (C1-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, hydroxyC]-C6alkyl,
Figure imgf000022_0003
mono- or
Figure imgf000022_0004
C1- C6alkylsulfonyl, haloCrCβalkyl, haloCpCβalkoxy, aminoCrCβalkyl, mono- or di-(Q- C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl. Within further such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, R2 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1- C4alkoxy, C!-C2alkylthio, haloCi-C2alkyl, haloCi-C2alkoxy, or mono- or di-(C1-C2alkyl)amino. Within still further such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, R2 is halogen, Q-Qalkyl, C1- Qalkoxy or trifluoromethyl. For example, R2 is trifluoromethyl in certain compounds, including those in which each R1 is hydrogen. In other compounds, R2 is a halogen and Y4 is CR1; in certain such compounds, the R1 at the Y4 position is methoxy. The Variables P, Q, U and T
[0076] Within certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula I (and the subformulas thereof), the variables P, Q, U and T satisfy one of the following conditions:
P is CR7, Q is CR8, U is CR9, and T is nitrogen (i.e.. Formula XIII): Formula XE
Figure imgf000023_0001
P is CR7, Q is CR8, U is nitrogen, and T is CR,0 (i.e., Formula XIV):
Formula XIV
Figure imgf000023_0002
P is CR7, Q is nitrogen, U is nitrogen, and T is CRio (i.e., Formula XV):
Formula XV
Figure imgf000023_0003
P is nitrogen, Q is CR8, U is nitrogen, and T is CRi0 (i.e., Formula XVI):
Formula XVI
Figure imgf000023_0004
P is CR7, Q is CR8, U is CR9, and T is CR10 (i.e., Formula XVII):
Formula XVII
Figure imgf000023_0005
[0077] In certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, R7, R8, R9 and Ri0 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; where L and M are as described above. It will be apparent that groups of the formula M-L- consist of the M component linked via the L component. If L is a single covalent bond, the group of the formula M-L- is M-.
[0078] Within further such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, R7, R8, R9 and Ri0 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, cyano or a group of the formula M-L-; wherein each L is independently a single covalent bond, N(R13) or O; each R13 is independently hydrogen or CrC6alkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, haloCi-C2alkyl or aminoCi-C6alkyl.
[0079] Within still further such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, R7, R8, R9 and R10 satisfy one or more of the following conditions:
R7, R8, R9 and R10 are each independently hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, CrC6alkyl, C2- C6alkenyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-Q-Cβalkylamino, halotVC^alkyl or haloC]-C2alkoxy.
R7, R8, R9 and R10 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, CVQalkyl, CVC2alkoxy, haloCrC2alkyl or haloCi-C2alkoxy.
R10 is hydrogen.
R7 and R10 are hydrogen, and R8 and R9 are each methyl.
R7, R9 and R10 are hydrogen, and R8 is methyl or methoxy.
R7 and R8 are methyl, and R9 and R10 are both hydrogen. The Ru Variable
[0080] In certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein, R11 is a group of the formula G-L- or G-L1-, wherein:
G is C,-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCpCealkyl, C5-C10cycloalkyl or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and CrC6alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0;
Ra and Rb are as described above;
Rc is carbocycleC0-C6alkyl, heterocycleC0-C6alkyl, carbocycleC0-C6alkoxy, heterocycleC0- C6alkoxy, carbocycleCo-Cόalkylamino or heterocycleCo-Cgalkylamino, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl or C3-C7cycloalkyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl,
Figure imgf000024_0001
C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl and haloQ-Cβalkoxy;
L is as described above; and L1 is a single covalent bond, N(R13), C(=O), C(O)O, OC(=O), SO2, SO2N(R13), N(R13)SO2, C(=0)N(R,3) or N(Ri3)C(=0), wherein R13 is as described above.
[0081] Within certain such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkenyl or C2-C6alkynyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra and Rb.
[0082] Within other such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkenyl or haloCi-Cβalkyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, R1, and R0. Representative R0 groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (C1-C6alkoxy)C1-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0- C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C]-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCpQalkoxy.
[0083] Within certain G groups, as defined above, at least one substituent is chosen from Ra and Rb; wherein Rb is CrC6alkoxy, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C1-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(C1-C8alkyl)aminoC0- C6alkyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, Q-Cβalkylsulfonyl, CrC6alkylthio, CrCδalkylaminosulfonyl, Ci- C6alkysulfonylamino, Cj-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Cr C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl or Ci-C6alkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, d-Qalkyl, (C1- C4alkoxy)C0-C4alkyl, mono- and di-(d-C4alkyl)ammo, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C1- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-Qalkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy. Within representative such compounds, G is d-Cβalkyl, substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino; and G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from: oxo, oxime, hydroxy, cyano, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H and imino; and d-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(C1-C8alkyl)amino, d-C6alkoxycarbonyl and C2- C6alkanoylamino, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-CrC4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, haloCrC2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0084] Other G groups include d-Cβalkyl substituted with from O to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; each of which G is further substituted with one substituent chosen from R0. Representative R0 groups include, for example: W
25
heterocycloalkylC0-C6alkyl, heterocycloalkylC0-C6alkoxy or heterocycloalkylC0- Qalkylamino, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, moφholinyl or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q- C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Cι-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy; heterocycloalkylC0-C6alkyl, heterocycloalkylC0-C6alkoxy or heterocycloalkylC0- Qalkylamino, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-CrC4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy; and phenylC0-C6alkyl, phenylC0-C6alkoxy, phenylC0-C6alkylamino, pyridylC0-C6alkyl, pyridylC0- C6alkoxy, pyridylC0-C6alkylamino, pyrimidinylCo-C6alkyl, pyrimidinylC0-C6alkoxy or pyrimidinylCo-Cβalkylamino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Cj-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Cj- C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0085] Within certain such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, G is C]-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkenyl, or haloCi-C6alkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from oxo, oxime, halogen, amino, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -SO2NH2, - (C=N)OH, -NH(C=O)H, and imino; and G is further substituted with one substituent chosen from phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl and benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, CrC6alkoxy, (CrC6alkoxy)C1-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(CrC6alkyl)aminoC0- C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy.
[0086] In certain such compounds, G is Ci-C6alkyl substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; and G is further substituted with one substituent chosen from: pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy; pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, OXO1 Ci-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-C1-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy, and phenyl and pyπdyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, ammo, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-Cr C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy
[0087] Still further G groups include C5-Ci0cycloalkyl and 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, ammo and C,-C6alkyl, each of which G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra and Rb Representative such G groups include, for example, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolmdinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazohdmyl, pipeπdmyl, piperazinyl, moφhohnyl, and thiomorpholmyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, each of which G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra and Rb In certain embodiments, Rb is Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(C,-C8alkyl)ammoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, C1- C6alkylsulfonyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-Cealkylammosulfonyl, Ci-Cβalkysulfonylamino, Q- C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, mono- or di-(d-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl or Cj-Cβalkyloxime.
[0088] In other aryl-substituted piperazine deπvatives provided herein, Ri1 is a group of the formula G-L- and L is O (ι e , R) i is G-O-)
[0089] In still other aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein, Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, and L is a single covalent bond (ι e , Rn is G)
[0090] In further aryl-substituted piperazine deπvatives provided herein, R11 is C5- Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Cβalkyl, (C1-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Cr C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCpQalkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy. In certain embodiments, Rn is C5-Ci0cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 6- membered heterocycloalkenyl having one nitrogen ring atom and 0 or 1 additional ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl having 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein no more than 1 ring atom is sulfur or oxygen, or 9- to 12-membered heteroaryl having 2 fused rings, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, and wherein at least one ring has 1, 2, 3 or 4 πng heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein no more than 3 ring atoms are sulfur or oxygen, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (d- C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and
Figure imgf000027_0001
C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy In further embodiments, Rn is C5- C10cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, dihydropyrrohdinyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyridmyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, lmidiazolyl, tπazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (C1- C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy. In still further embodiments, R11 is tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, or pyridinyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C2alkyl, and CrQalkoxy, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy.
[0091] In other aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein, R11 is taken together with R9 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle that is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (C1-COaIkOXy)C0- C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C1- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloQ-Qalkoxy. For example, in certain embodiments, Rn is taken together with R9 to form: (i) a fused C5-C7cycloalkyl or a fused phenyl; or (ii) a fused 5- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, each containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each of which (i) or (ii) is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (CrC6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(C1-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- C7cycloalkyl, C]-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy. In other embodiments, R11 is taken together with R9 to form a fused bicyclic heterocycle having one 6 membered aromatic ring and one 5-membered ring containing 1 nitrogen atom, wherein the bicyclic heterocycle is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C1- C6alkyl, d-C6alkoxy, (C1-C6alkoxy)C1-C6alkoxy, mono- and
Figure imgf000028_0001
C2- C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0092] Further provided herein are aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives (e.g., of Formula I- c) in which R11 is a group of the formula G1-O-, wherein G1 is C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, ImIoC1- C6alkyl, C3-C10cycloalkyl or 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and CrC6alkyl; and wherein G1 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0, as defined above. In certain embodiments, one or more of the following criteria are met:
[0093] G1 is C2-C6alkenyl, haloC,-C6alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and haloCi-C2alkoxy, wherein G1 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0 as defined above, such that R0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyπdinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazmyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, mdolyl, isoindolyl, mdazolyl, indanyl, quinohnyl, lsoqumolmyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy.
[0094] Gi is C2-C6alkenyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and haloCi-C2alkoxy, wherein Gi is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from: (a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H and imino; and (b) Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C8alkyl)ammo, Ci-Qalkoxycarbonyl, and C2- C6alkanoylamino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, d-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0095] G, is C2-C6alkenyl, haloC,-C6alkyl, a C3-C7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein Gi is further substituted with one substituent chosen from phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidmyl, pipeπdinyl, piperazinyl, moφhohnyl, thiomorpholmyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, lmidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridmyl, tefrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazmyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, mdolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinohnyl, lsoqumolmyl and benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, ammo, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)ammoCo- C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0096] G] is C2-C6alkenyl, haloCrC6alkyl, a C3-C7cycloalkyl, or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein Gi is further substituted with one substituent chosen from pyrrohndmyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidmyl, pipeπdinyl, piperazinyl, morpholmyl and thiomorpholmyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Qalkyl, Q-Qalkoxy, mono- and di-C)-C4alkylammo, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0097] G, is CrQalkenyl, haloC,-C6alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein G1 is further substituted with one substituent chosen from pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, lmidiazolyl, tπazolyl and tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci- C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-CrC4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloC,-C2alkyl and ImIoC1- C2alkoxy.
[0098] Gi is C2-C6alkenyl, haloC,-C6alkyl, a C3-C7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; wherein Gi is further substituted with one substituent chosen from phenyl and pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, C,-C4alkyl, C]-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-CrC4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0100] In yet other aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein {e.g., those of Formula I-c), R] i is a group of the formula G2-O- in which G2 is Ci-C6alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, wherein G2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0, as described above, such that R1, is not N-methyl,N-cyclopentylamino. In certain embodiments, one or more of the following criteria are met:
[0101] Rc is not (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl.
[0102] R0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0- Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Cp C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
[0103] G2 is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H and imino; and (b) Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C8alkyl)amino, C!-C6alkoxycarbonyl and C2-C6alkanoylammo, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and CU-C1- Qalkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, haloCrC2alkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy.
[0104] G2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from phenyl, naphthyl, C3- C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl and benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, d-C6alkyl, (Cr C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
[0105] G2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl and thiomoφholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2- C4alkanoyl, haloCrC2alkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
[0106] G2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci- C4alkoxy, mono- and di-C]-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCrC2alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
[0107] G2 is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from phenyl and pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, CrC4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi- C2alkoxy. In certain embodiments, G2 is substituted with exactly one such substituent.
[0108] Further provided herein are aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives in which Rn is a group of formula M-L- or M-Li-. In certain embodiments L is O; in other embodiments L is a single covalent bond. In certain such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives, M is a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl. For example, in some embodiments M is C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomoφholinyl. In other embodiments, M is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl or aminoCj-Cealkyl.
[0109] Also provided herein are aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formulas XVIII - XXI:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Formula XVIII Formula XDC
Figure imgf000031_0002
Formula XX Formula XXI
[0110] With Formula XVIII - Formula XXI, the variables n, R5, R6, R1 „ Ri2 Yi, Y3, Y4, Y5, P, Q, U, T, W and Z carry any of the values set forth above. [0111] Within certain aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula XXI: each Ri is hydrogen or methoxy;
R2 is chloro, fluoro or trifluoromethyl;
R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; and
Rn is: a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi- Qalkyl, saturated C3-C10cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cβalkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0; or
C5-C] ocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cόalkyl, (C]-C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Cj- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCr C6alkyl and haloCi-C6alkoxy.
[0112] Within further such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula XXI:
R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, C]-C2alkyl or haloCi-C2alkyl; and
Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C<salkenyl, Q-Cgalkynyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and C1- C6alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra and Rb.
[0113] Still further such compounds satisfy one of the following criteria:
Y1 is N and Y3 and Y4 are CR1.
Y3 and Y4 are CR1 (e.g., CH).
Y3 is N.
Y3 and Y4 are N.
Y1, Y3 and Y4 are N.
Yi and Y3 are N, and Y4 is CR1.
[0114] In yet another embodiment, aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula XXII are provided:
Formula XXII
Figure imgf000032_0001
[0115] Within Formula XXII: each R1 is hydrogen or methoxy;
R2 is chloro, fluoro or trifluoromethyl;
R3 is: hydrogen or methyl; or taken together with R6 to form a fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl that has 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms chosen from N, S and O, which fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, CrC2alkoxy and Ci-C2alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, methyl or methoxy;
hydrogen, methyl or methoxy; taken together with R6 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge;
R6 is: hydrogen, methyl, or methoxy; taken together with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted, 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; or taken together with R5a to form a methylene or ethylene bridge;
R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-;
Rn is: a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCr C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ciocycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0; or
C5-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (CrC6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Cr C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, d-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCr C6alkyl and haloCi-C6alkoxy; and
Ri2 is hydrogen, methyl or methoxy.
[0116] Further such aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formula XXIII satisfy Formula XXIII:
Formula XXIII
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein:
R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl or haloCrC2alkyl; and
Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and C1- C6alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra and Rb.
[0117] Still further such compounds satisfy one of the following criteria:
Y1 is N and Y3 and Y4 are CR1.
Y3 and Y4 are CR1 (e.g., CH).
Y3 is N and Y4 is CR1 (e.g., CH).
Y3 and Y4 are N.
[0118] Representative aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives of Formulas I-XXIII include, but are not limited to, those specifically described in Examples 1-31. It will be apparent that the compounds recited therein are representative only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Further, as noted above, all compounds may be present as a free base, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (such as an acid addition salt) or other form, such as a hydrate.
[0119] In certain embodiments, aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein detectably alter (modulate) MCH binding to MCHlR and/or MCH2R, as determined using a standard in vitro MCH receptor ligand binding assay and/or functional assay. References herein to a "MCH receptor ligand binding assay" refer to either of the assays provided in Examples 33 and 36. Within such assays, the receptor is incubated with labeled MCH (or other suitable ligand) and a test compound. A test compound that detectably modulates binding of ligand to MCH receptor will result in a decrease or increase in the amount of label bound to the MCH receptor preparation, relative to the amount of label bound in the absence of the compound. Preferably, such a compound will exhibit a Kj at an MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, more preferably less than 500 nM, 100 nM, 20 nM or 10 nM, within an assay performed as described in Example 33 and/or within an assay performed as described in Example 36. Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor antagonists, and exhibit IC50 values of about 4 micromolar or less, more preferably 1 micromolar or less, still more preferably about 100 nanomolar or less, or 10 nanomolar or less within a standard in vitro MCH receptor mediated calcium mobilization assay, as provided in Example 37 and/or an agonist- stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay, as described in Example 35.
[0120] If desired, aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein may be evaluated for certain pharmacological properties including, but not limited to, oral bioavailability (preferred compounds are orally bioavailable to an extent allowing for oral doses of less than 140 mg/kg, preferably less than 50 mg/kg, more preferably less than 30 mg/kg, even more preferably less than 10 mg/kg, still more preferably less than 1 mg/kg), toxicity (a preferred compound is nontoxic when a therapeutically effective amount is administered to a subject), side effects (a preferred compound produces side effects comparable to placebo when a therapeutically effective amount of the compound is administered to a subject), serum protein binding and in vitro and in vivo half-life (a preferred compound exhibits an in vitro half-life that is equal to an in vivo half-life allowing for Q.I.D. dosing, preferably T.I.D. dosing, more preferably B.I.D. dosing, and most preferably once-a-day dosmg). In addition, differential penetration of the blood brain barrier may be desirable for compounds used to treat CNS disorders, while low brain levels of compounds used to treat peripheral disorders are preferred. Routine assays that are well known in the art may be used to assess these properties and identify superior compounds for a particular use. For example, assays used to predict bioavailability include transport across human intestinal cell monolayers, including Caco-2 cell monolayers. Penetration of the blood brain barrier of a compound in humans may be predicted from the brain levels of the compound in laboratory animals given the compound (e.g., intravenously). Serum protein binding may be predicted from albumin binding assays. Compound half-life is inversely proportional to the frequency of dosage of a compound. In vitro half-lives of compounds may be predicted from assays of microsomal half-life as descπbed in Example 39.
[0121] As noted above, preferred aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein are nontoxic. In general, the term "nontoxic" shall be understood in a relative sense and is intended to refer to any substance that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") for administration to mammals (preferably humans) or, in keeping with established cπteπa, is susceptible to approval by the FDA for administration to mammals (preferably humans). In addition, a highly preferred nontoxic compound generally satisfies one or more of the following criteria when administered in minimum therapeutically effective amounts, or when contacted with cells at a concentration that is sufficient to inhibit the binding of ligand to MCH receptor in vitro: (1) does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production; (2) does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals; (3) does not cause substantial liver enlargement and (4) does not cause substantial release of liver enzymes.
[0122] As used herein, a compound that does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production is a compound that satisfies the criteria set forth m Example 38. In other words, cells treated as described in Example 38 with 100 μM of such a compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells. In more highly preferred embodiments, such cells exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells. The concentration of compound used in such assays is generally at least 10-fold, 100-fold or 1000-fold greater than the EC50 or IC50 for the modulator in the assay of Example 35 or 37.
[0123] A compound that does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals is a compound that does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals (as determined by electrocardiography) in guinea pigs, minipigs or dogs upon administration of a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound. In certain preferred embodiments, a dose of 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals. By "statistically significant" is meant results varying from control at the p<0.1 level or more preferably at the p<0.05 level of significance as measured using a standard parametric assay of statistical significance such as a student's T test.
[0124] A compound does not cause substantial liver enlargement if daily treatment of laboratory rodents (e.g., mice or rats) for 5-10 days with a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound results in an increase in liver to body weight ratio that is no more than 100% over matched controls. In more highly preferred embodiments, such doses do not cause liver enlargement of more than 75% or 50% over matched controls. If non-rodent mammals (e.g., dogs) are used, such doses should not result in an increase of liver to body weight ratio of more than 50%, preferably not more than 25%, and more preferably not more than 10% over matched untreated controls. Preferred doses within such assays include 0.01, 0.05. 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally.
[0125] Similarly, a compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if administration of twice the minimum dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound does not elevate serum levels of ALT, LDH or AST in laboratory rodents by more than 100% over matched mock-treated controls. In more preferred embodiments, such doses do not elevate such serum levels by more than 75% or 50% over matched controls. Alternatively, a compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if, in an in vitro hepatocyte assay, concentrations (in culture media or other such solutions that are contacted and incubated with hepatocytes in vitro) that are equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound do not cause detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels seen in media from matched mock-treated control cells. In more highly preferred embodiments, there is no detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels when such compound concentrations are five-fold, and preferably ten-fold, the EC50 or IC50 for the compound.
[0126] In other embodiments, certain preferred compounds do not inhibit or induce microsomal cytochrome P450 enzyme activities, such as CYP 1A2 activity, CYP2A6 activity, CYP2C9 activity, CYP2C19 activity, CYP2D6 activity, CYP2E1 activity or CYP3A4 activity at a concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound.
[0127] Certain preferred compounds are not clastogenic (e.g., as determined using a mouse erythrocyte precursor cell micronucleus assay, an Ames micronucleus assay, a spiral micronucleus assay or the like) at a concentration equal the EC50 or IC50 for the compound. In other embodiments, certain preferred compounds do not induce sister chromatid exchange (e.g., in Chinese hamster ovary cells) at such concentrations.
[0128] For detection purposes, as discussed in more detail below, aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein may be isotopically-labeled or radiolabeled. For example, compounds of Formula I may have one or more atoms replaced by an atom of the same element having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be present in the compounds provided herein include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F and 36Cl. In addition, substitution with heavy isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[0129] Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives can be administered as the neat chemical, but are preferably administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising such a compound, together with at least one physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient. Representative carriers include, for example, water, buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), ethanol, mineral oil, vegetable oil, dimethylsulfoxide, carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol and proteins. Additional optional components include, adjuvants, diluents, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione and/or preservatives. Preferred pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for oral delivery to humans or other animals (e.g., companion animals such as dogs).
[0130] Pharmaceutical carriers must be of sufficiently high purity and sufficiently low toxicity to render them suitable for administration to the animal being treated. The carrier can be inert or it can possess pharmaceutical benefits. The amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound. Representative pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or components thereof are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; synthetic oils; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil and corn oil; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; phosphate buffer solutions; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents; stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffer solutions.
[0131] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition, effective concentrations of one or more aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein are mixed with one or more a suitable pharmaceutical carriers or excipients. In instances in which the compounds exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for solubilizing compounds may be used. Such methods are known to those of skill in this art and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), using surfactant, such as TWEEN, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Upon mixing or addition of the compound(s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the chosen carrier.
[0132] Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated for administration by any suitable route, including orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray, sublingually, transdermally, via buccal administration, rectally, as an ophthalmic solution or by other means, and may be prepared in dosage unit formulations. Dosage formulations suitable for oral use include, for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, liquid solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, tinctures, syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may further contain one or more optional agents, such as sweetening agents (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose), flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide pharmaceutically appealing and palatable preparations. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. Orally Administered Liquid Formulations
[0133] Compounds provided herein can be incorporated into oral liquid preparations such as, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs. Moreover, formulations containing these compounds can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may further contain one or more conventional additives, such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose/sugar, syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminum stearate gel and hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin, sorbitan monsoleate or acacia); and/or non-aqueous vehicles such as edible oils (e.g., almond oil, fractionated coconut oil, silyl esters, propylene glycol and ethyl alcohol) and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate and sorbic acid). Suspensions
[0134] Aqueous suspensions contain the active material(s) in admixture with excipients (e.g., suspending agents, wetting agents and/or preservatives) suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Suspending agents include, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropylmethylcellulose, AVICEL RC-591, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia. Dispersing or wetting agents include, for example, lecithin, polysorbate 80, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin, condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitol substitute), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (e.g., polyethylene sorbitan substitute). Representative preservatives include, for example, ethyl- or n-propyl- p-hydroxybenzoate, sodium benzoate and methyl paraben.
[0135] Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil (e g, peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil), a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin) or a mixture of such oils. The oily suspensions may further contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to improve palatabihty. If desired, these compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. Emulsions
[0136] Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, mineral oil, or mixture thereof as descπbed above. Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums (e.g , gum acacia or gum tragacanth), naturally-occurring phosphatides (e.g , soy bean phosphatide, lecithin and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol), and anhydrides (e g., sorbitan monoleate and condensation products of the above partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate). Dispersible Powders
[0137] Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Tablets and Capsules
[0138] Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically compatible inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; and/or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture. Coloπng agents, such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance. Sweeteners and flavoring agents, such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets. Capsules (including time release and sustained release formulations) typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components often depends on secondary considerations such as taste, cost and shelf stability.
[0139] Such compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH- dependent or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action. Such coatings typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac. [0140] Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil. Injectable and Parenteral Formulations
[0141] Pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. Such a suspension may be formulated according to the known art using dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents as described above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent (e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butanediol). Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil synthetic {e.g., synthetic mono- or diglycerides) may be employed. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are useful in the preparation of injectable formulations.
[0142] Pharmaceutical compositions may be administered parenterally in a sterile medium. Parenteral administration includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal injection or infusion techniques. The active agent(s), depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle. Adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can also be dissolved in the vehicle. In many compositions for parenteral administration, at least about 90% by weight of the total composition is carrier. Preferred carriers for parenteral administration include propylene glycol, ethyl oleate, pyrrolidone, ethanol and sesame oil. Suppositories
[0143] Pharmaceutical compositions may also be administered rectally, in the form of suppositories. Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the active ingredient(s) with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols. Topical Formulations
[0144] Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin or mucous membranes. Topical compositions may be in any suitable form including, for example, solutions, creams, ointments, gels, lotions, milks, cleansers, moisturizers, sprays, skin patches and the like. Such solutions may, for example, be formulated as 0.01%-10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts. Pharmaceutical compositions may also be formulated for transdermal administration as a transdermal patch.
[0145] Topical compositions containing the active compound can be admixed with a variety of carrier materials well known in the art, such as, for example, water, alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerine, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate and the like. Other materials suitable for use in topical carriers include, for example, emollients, solvents, humectants, thickeners and powders. Examples of each of these types of materials, which can be used singly or as mixtures of one or more materials, are as follows: emollients, such as stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, glyceryl monostearate, propane- 1,2-diol, butane- 1, 3 -diol, mink oil, cetyl alcohol, iso-propyl isostearate, stearic acid, iso-butyl palmitate, isocetyl stearate, oleyl alcohol, isopropyl laurate, hexyl laurate, decyl oleate, octadecan-2-ol, isocetyl alcohol, cetyl palmitate, dimethylpolysiloxane, di-n-butyl sebacate, iso-propyl myristate, iso-propyl palmitate, iso-propyl stearate, butyl stearate, polyethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, lanolin, sesame oil, coconut oil, arachis oil, castor oil, acetylated lanolin alcohols, petroleum, mineral oil, butyl myristate, isostearic acid, palmitic acid, isopropyl linoleate, lauryl lactate, myristyl lactate, decyl oleate and myristyl myristate; propellants, such as propane, butane, iso-butane, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide; solvents, such as ethyl alcohol, methylene chloride, iso-propanol, castor oil, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dimethyl sulphoxide, dimethyl formamide, tetrahydrofuran; humectants, such as glycerin, sorbitol, sodium 2- pyrrolidone-5-carboxylate, soluble collagen, dibutyl phthalate and gelatin; and powders, such as chalk, talc, fullers earth, kaolin, starch, gums, colloidal silicon dioxide, sodium polyacrylate, terra alkyl ammonium smectites, trialkyl aryl ammonium smectites, chemically modified magnesium aluminium silicate, organically modified montmorillonite clay, hydrated aluminium silicate, fumed silica, carboxyvinyl polymer, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and ethylene glycol monostearate.
[0146] Pharmaceutical compositions may also be topically administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines. Other Formulations and Additional Components
[0147] Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically comprise one or more soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol, and/or binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
[0148] Compositions for inhalation are typically provided in the form of a solution, suspension or emulsion that can be administered as a dry powder or in the form of an aerosol using a conventional propellant {e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane).
[0149] In addition to or together with the above modes of administration, a pharmaceutical composition may be conveniently added to food or drinking water {e.g., for administration to non- human animals including companion animals, such as dogs and cats and livestock). Animal feed and drinking water compositions may be formulated so that the animal takes in an appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It may also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to feed or drinking water.
[0150] Pharmaceutical compositions may also optionally comprise an activity enhancer. The activity enhancer can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules that function in different ways to enhance MCH receptor modulator effect. Particular classes of activity enhancers include skin penetration enhancers and absorption enhancers. Pharmaceutical Compositions for Combination Therapy
[0151] Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also contain additional active agents, which can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules and can function in different ways to enhance the therapeutic effects of a MCH receptor modulator, or to provide a separate therapeutic effect that does not substantially interfere with the activity of the MCH receptor modulator. Such optional active agents, when present, are typically employed in the compositions described herein at a level ranging from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.1% to 25%, 0.2% to 15, 0.5% to 10% or 0.5% to 5% by weight of the composition. For example, compositions intended for the treatment of obesity and/or eating disorders, such as bulimia nervosa, may further comprise leptin, a leptin receptor agonist, a melanocortin receptor 4 (MC4) agonist, sibutramine, dexfenfiuramine, a growth hormone secretagogue, a beta-3 agonist, a 5HT-2 agonist, an orexin antagonist, a neuropeptide Y1 or Y5 antagonist, a galanin antagonist, a CCK agonist, a GLP-I agonist, a cannabinoid receptor antagonist {e.g., a CBl antagonist) and/or a corticotropin-releasing hormone agonist. Other active ingredients that may be included within the compositions provided herein include antidepressants, inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP IV) and/or diuretics.
[0152] In certain embodiments, an additional active agent is a CBl antagonist. Representative CBl antagonists include, for example, certain pyrimidines {e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/029,204), pyrazines {e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 01/111,038; WO 04/111,034 and WO 04/111,033), azetidine derivatives {e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,518,264; 6,479,479 and 6,355,631; and PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/053431), pyrazole derivatives {e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,509,367 and 6,476,060; and PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/020217 and WO 01/029007), pyrazolecarboxylic acid and pyrazole carboxamide derivatives {e.g., US patent Nos. 6,645,985; 6,432,984; 6,344,474; 6,028,084; 5,925,768; 5,624,941 and 5,462,960; published US applications US 2004/0039024; US 2003/0199536 and US 2003/0003145; and PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/078413; WO 03/027076; WO 03/026648 and WO 03/026647); aroyl substituted benzofurans {e.g., LY-320135, US Patent No. 5,747,524); substituted imidazoles {e.g., published US application US 2003/0114495 and PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/063781 and WO 03/040107); substituted furo[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives {e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/012671); substituted aryl amides {e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/087037 and WO 03/077847); substituted bicyclic or spirocyclic amides (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/086288 and WO 03/082190); and substituted 2,3-diphenyl pyridines (e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/082191). Other CBl antagonists are cannabidiol and its derivatives. Preferred CBl antagonists include, for example, aryl substituted pyrazole carboxamides such as SR-141716A (N-piperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide, also known as RIMONABANT™ or ACOMPLIA™) as well analogues thereof such as AM251 (N-piperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide) and AM281 (N-(morpholin-4-yl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-4-methyl-l -H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide); various azetidine compounds (e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,518,264; 6,479,479 and 6,355,631) and the imidazoles l-(4- chlorophenyl)-2-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-[(lS,2S)-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]-lH-imidazole-4-carboxamide and 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-l-(4-chlorophenyl)-N'-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazole-4- carbohydrazide. Packaged Pharmaceutical Preparations
[0153] Pharmaceutical compositions may be packaged for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MCΗ receptor activation (e.g., treatment of metabolic disorders such as diabetes, heart disease, stroke, obesity and eating disorders such as bulimia, skin disorders such as vitiligo, or sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence), or for promoting weight loss. Packaged pharmaceutical preparations comprise a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of MCΗ receptor modulator as described herein and instructions (e.g., labeling) indicating that the contained composition is to be used for promoting weight loss or for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MCΗ receptor activation in the patient. Prescribing information may be provided separately to a patient or health care provider, or may be provided as a label or package insert. Prescribing information may include, for example, efficacy, dosage and administration, contraindication and adverse reaction information pertaining to the pharmaceutical formulation. Certain packaged pharmaceutical preparations further include a second therapeutic agent as discussed above. Dosages
[0154] Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are generally present within a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount. Compositions providing dosage levels ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are preferred (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per human patient per day), with dosages ranging from 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 30 mg or 10 mg particularly preferred. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the patient to be treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms generally contain from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient. It will be understood, however, that the optimal dose for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time and route of administration; the rate of excretion; any simultaneous treatment, such as a drug combination; and the type and severity of the particular disease undergoing treatment. Dosage units generally contain from about 10 μg to about 500 mg of each active ingredient. Optimal dosages may be established using routine testing and procedures that are well known in the art. METHODS OF USE
[0155] Within certain aspects, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the development or progression of a disease or disorder responsive to MCH receptor modulation. In other words, therapeutic methods provided herein may be used to treat a patient already afflicted with such a disease or disorder, or may be used to prevent or delay the onset of such a disease or disorder in a patient who is free of detectable disease or disorder that is associated with MCH receptor activation. As noted above, a disease or disorder is "associated with MCH receptor activation" if it is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity. Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, stroke, eating disorders (such as obesity and bulimia nervosa), disorders of the skin such as vitiligo, and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence. These conditions may be diagnosed and monitored using criteria that have been established in the art. In addition, MCH antagonists provided herein may be used to promote weight loss in patients, and MCH agonists provided herein may be used to promote weight gain in patients. Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals (pets, such as dogs and cats) and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above.
[0156] Additional conditions that are associated with MCH receptor activation include:
[0157] Cognitive impairment and memory disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), stroke, traumatic brain injury, AIDS associated dementia, and dementia associated with depression, anxiety and psychosis (including schizophrenia and hallucinatory disorders);
[0158] Anxiety, depression and other mood disorders, including general anxiety disorder (GAD), agoraphobia, panic disorder with and without agoraphobia, social phobia, specific phobia, post traumatic stress disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), dysthymia, adjustment disorders with disturbance of mood and anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, anticipatory anxiety acute stress disorder, adjustment disorders and cyclothymia;
[0159] Reward system disorders such as addiction (e.g., opioid, nicotine or alcohol);
[0160] Pain such as migraine, peripheral inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain and sympathetic nervous system associated pain; and
[0161] Peripheral indications such as respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma), urinary disorders (e.g., urinary incontinence), gastrointestinal disorders, reproductive function disorders and cardiovascular disorders (e.g., arteriosclerosis and hypertension). [0162] Frequency of dosage may vary depending on the compound used and the particular disease to be treated or prevented. In general, for treatment of most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is preferred. For the treatment of eating disorders and obesity, a dosage regimen of 1 or 2 times daily is particularly preferred. For the treatment of impotence a single dose that rapidly reaches effective concentrations is desirable. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the patient's age, body weight, general health, sex and diet, the time and route of administration, the rate of excretion, any coadministered drugs and the severity of the particular disease. In certain embodiments, administration at meal times is preferred. In general, the use of the minimum dosage that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which will be familiar to those of ordinary skill in the art.
[0163] In other aspects, methods for treating a patient are provided, comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of the disease or disorder with the need for MCH modulator administration, and administering an a effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine deπvative provided herein. A method for treating a patient comprising administering an effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine deπvative of Formula I to a patient having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is also provided herein.
[0164] Withm certain embodiments the disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is obesity, an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease or stroke.
[0165] Within certain embodiments provided herein the aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula I is administered orally, intranasally, intravenously or topically.
[0166] Within certain aspects, MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be used withm combination therapy for the treatment of conditions associated with MCH receptor modulation. Within combination therapy, a MCH receptor modulator is administered to a patient along with a second therapeutic agent that is not primarily a MCH receptor modulator, but that is appropriate for treatment of the condition(s) of interest. The MCH receptor modulator and second therapeutic agent(s) may be present in the same pharmaceutical composition, or may be administered separately in either order. Suitable second therapeutic agents include those listed above.
[0167] Suitable dosages for MCH receptor modulator(s) within such combination therapy are generally as descπbed herein. Dosages and methods of administration of other therapeutic agents can be found, for example, in the manufacturer's instructions in the Physician's Desk Reference. In certain embodiments, the combination administration results in a reduction of the dosage of the second therapeutic agent required to produce a therapeutic effect (ι e., a decrease in the minimum therapeutically effective amount). Thus, preferably, the dosage of second therapeutic agent in a combination or combination treatment method of the invention is less than the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator. More preferably this dosage is less than 3A, even more preferably less than Vi, and highly preferably, less than 1A of the maximum dose, while most preferably the dose is less than 10% of the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent(s) when administered without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator. It will be apparent that the dosage amount of MCH receptor modulator component of the combination needed to achieve the desired effect may similarly be affected by the dosage amount and potency of the second therapeutic agent component of the combination.
[0168] In certain preferred embodiments, the combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator with a second therapeutic agent is accomplished by packaging one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents in the same package, either in separate containers within the package or in the same container as a mixture of one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents. Preferred mixtures are formulated for oral administration (e.g., as pills, capsules, tablets or the like). In certain embodiments, the package comprises a label or package insert indicating that the one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents are to be taken together for the treatment of a condition that is associated with MCH receptor activation, such as obesity.
[0169] In certain embodiments, one or more MCH receptor modulators provided herein are used along with one or more CB 1 antagonists within a combination therapy. Such combinations are of particular use for weight management, to reduce appetite and/or food intake or to prevent or treat obesity (e.g., promote weight loss). Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above. The MCH receptor modulator(s) may be administered to the patient at the same time as the CBl antagonist(s) (e.g., as a single dosage unit), or may be administered separately (before or after CBl antagonist). Within preferred embodiments, the MCH receptor modulator(s) and CBl antagonist(s) are ultimately simultaneously present at effective concentrations in a body fluid (e.g., blood) of the patient. An effective concentration of MCH receptor modulator or CBl antagonist is a concentration that is sufficient to reduce one or more of food consumption, appetite and/or body mass index in the patient when repeatedly coadministered as described herein.
[0170] Within separate aspects, the present invention provides a variety of in vitro uses for the compounds provided herein. For example, such compounds may be used as probes for the detection and localization of MCH receptors, in samples such as tissue sections, as positive controls in assays for receptor activity, as standards and reagents for determining the ability of a candidate agent to bind to MCH receptor, or as radiotracers for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging or for single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT). Such assays can be used to characterize MCH receptors in living subjects. Compounds provided herein are also useful as standards and reagents in determining the ability of a test compound to bind to MCH receptor.
[0171] Within methods for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, a sample may be incubated with a compound as provided herein under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor. The amount of compound bound to MCH receptor in the sample is then detected. For example, a compound may be labeled using any of a variety of well- known techniques (e.g., radiolabeled with a radionucleide such as tritium, as described herein), and incubated with the sample (which may be, for example, a preparation of cultured cells, a tissue preparation or a fraction thereof). A suitable incubation time may generally be determined by assaying the level of binding that occurs over a period of time. Following incubation, unbound compound is removed, and bound compound detected using any method for the label employed (e.g., autoradiography or scintillation counting for radiolabeled compounds; spectroscopic methods may be used to detect luminescent groups and fluorescent groups). As a control, a matched sample may be simultaneously contacted with radiolabeled compound and a greater amount of unlabeled compound. Unbound labeled and unlabeled compound is then removed in the same fashion, and bound label is detected. A greater amount of detectable label in the test sample than in the control indicates the presence of MCH receptor in the sample. Detection assays, including receptor autoradiography (receptor mapping) of MCH receptors in cultured cells or tissue samples may be performed as described by Kuhar in sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.9 of Current Protocols in Pharmacology (1998) John Wiley & Sons, New York.
[0172] Compounds provided herein may also be used within a variety of well-known cell culture and cell separation methods. For example, compounds may be linked to the interior surface of a tissue culture plate or other cell culture support, for use in immobilizing MCH receptor-expressing cells for screens, assays and growth in culture. Compounds may also be used to facilitate cell identification and sorting in vitro, permitting the selection of cells expressing a MCH receptor. Preferably, the compound(s) for use in such methods are labeled as described herein. Within one preferred embodiment, a compound linked to a fluorescent marker, such as fluorescein, is contacted with the cells, which are then analyzed by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
[0173] Within other aspects, methods are provided for modulating binding of MCH to an MCH receptor in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a MCH receptor with a sufficient amount of a modulator provided herein, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to the receptor. Preferably, within such methods, MCH binding to receptor is inhibited by the modulator. The MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient. Preferably, the MCH receptor is a MCHlR receptor present in the hypothalamus. In general, the amount of compound contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro within, for example, a binding assay as described in Example 33 and/or Example 36. MCH receptor preparations used to determine in vitro binding may be obtained from a variety of sources, such as from HEK 293 cells or Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells transfected with a MCH receptor expression vector, as described herein.
[0174] Also provided herein are methods for modulating the signal-transducing activity of cellular MCH receptors, by contacting MCH receptor, either in vitro or in vivo, with a sufficient amount of a modulator as described above, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to the receptor. Preferably, within such methods, signal -transducing activity is inhibited by the modulator. The MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient. In general, the amount of modulator contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH receptor signal transducing activity in vitro within, for example, a calcium mobilization assay as described in Example 37 and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay as described in Example 35. An effect on signal -transducing activity may be assessed as an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cells, using standard techniques, such as intracellular patch clamp recording or patch clamp recording. If the receptor is present in an animal, an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cell may be detected as a change in the animal's feeding behavior. PREPARATION OF MCH RECEPTOR MODULATORS
[0175] Compounds provided herein may generally be prepared using standard synthetic methods. Starting materials are generally readily available from commercial sources, such as Sigma- Aldrich Corp. (St. Louis, MO). For example, a synthetic route similar to that shown in any one of the following Schemes may be used. It will be apparent that the final product and any intermediate(s) shown in the following schemes may be extracted, dried, filtered and/or concentrated, and may be further purified {e.g., by chromatography). Each variable {e.g., "R") in the following Schemes, refers to any group consistent with the description of the compounds provided herein. An individual skilled in the art may find modifications of one or several of the synthetic steps described herein without diverting significantly from the overall synthetic scheme. Further experimental details for synthesis of representative compounds via these schemes are provided in Examples 1-30, herein.
[0176] In the following Schemes and elsewhere herein, the following abbreviations are used: Ac acetyl
9-BBN 9-borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane
BINAP [2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-l , 1 '-binaphthyl]
BOP benzotriazol- 1 -yl-oxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
DBU l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DCM dichloromethane
DIPE diisopropyl ether
DMA dimethylamine
DMAP N,N-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridine
DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide DMF dimethylformamide
DPPA diphenylphosphoryl azide
Et ethyl
EtOAc ethyl acetate
Et2O diethyl ether
EtOH ethanol
Fe(acac)3 Iron tris(acetylacetonate)
HOAc acetic acid
HMPA hexamethylphosphorotriamide
LDA lithium diisopropylamide
Me methyl
MeOH methanol
MTBE methyl t-butyl ether
NEt3 triethylamine
NMO N-methylmorpholine N-oxide
OiPr isopropoxy
OTf trifluoromethanesulfonate
Pd2(dba)3 tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (O)
PPh3 triphenyl phosphine pyBrop bromo-tris-pyrrolidine-phosphonium-hexafluorophosphate
PTLC preparative thin layer chromatography
TBDMS tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyl
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran
TLC thin layer chromatography
TPAP tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate h hour(s) mm minute(s)
SCHEME A (REDUCTIVE AMINATION)
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0177] Briefly, one equivalent each of an appropπately substituted piperazine and an appropriately substituted benzaldehyde are reacted under acidic catalysis with an excess of NaBH(OAc)3 under a nitrogen atmosphere until no starting mateπal is detectable by TLC. At that time, the reaction is quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc to yield the appropriate 1 -benzyl -4-substituted piperazine analogue. Extracts may be dπed over anhydrous MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed.
SCHEME B (REDUCTIVE AMINATION)
Figure imgf000050_0001
[0178] Briefly, one equivalent each of an appropriately substituted piperazine and an appropriately substituted acetophenone are heated with Ti(OzPr)4 {e.g., 700C for 2 hours). The reaction solution is cooled and after dilution with MeOH, reacted with NaBH4 to yield the 1 -benzyl -4- aryl piperazine analogue. The reaction is quenched by the addition of 1 N NaOH and may be extracted with DCM. DCM extracts may be dried over anhydrous MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo, and subjected to chromatography.
SCHEME C (REDUCTIVE ALKYLATION ALTERNATIVE TO REDUCTIVE AMINATION)
9 f| T' Λ W / \ EtOH/Toluene MeMgBrZEt2O \ / — \
1 + IL .JLM' + HN N-Ar' . ≤-~ >— N N-Ar
Ar^H v W V_/ 60o C THF A/ ^^
[0179] Briefly, a solution containing an appropriately substituted aromatic aldehyde, benzotπazole and an appropriately substituted aromatic piperazine in a mixture of EtOH and toluene is heated and the solution is concentrated. The residue is evaporated with toluene, then dissolved in THF and treated with an excess of methyl magnesium bromide in diethyl ether to yield the 1 -benzyl - 4-aryl piperazine analogue.
SCHEME D (SYNTHESIS OF ENANTIOMERICALLY PURE (4-[(R)-I -^-METHOXY^-DIMETHYL- PHENYL)-ETHYL]-PIPERAZIN-I -YLJDERJVATIVES BY RESOLUTION)
Figure imgf000051_0001
[0180] Briefly, 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated by reaction with acetyl chloride and AlCl3 under Friedel-Crafts reaction conditions to yield l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethanone. This is submitted to reductive amination reaction conditions (Scheme B) to produce racemic 4-[l-(4- methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid ethyl ester, which is converted to racemic l-[l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-piperazine by saponification with a strong base such as LiOH, NaOH, KOH and the like in the presence of a solvent mixture containing water and an alcohol such as MeOH, EtOH, isopropanol or n-butanol at temperatures between room temperature and the boiling point of the reaction mixture at atmospheric pressure. The racemic amine is resolved by salt formation (e.g., with L-(-)-dibenzoyltartaric acid in a solvent such as acetone, butanone, MeOH, EtOH, tetrahydrofuran, etc.). After converting the enantiomerically pure salt to its free base, acylation reaction with an appropriate acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions yields the corresponding 1 -benzyl -4-aroyl piperazine analogue. Demethylation with a strong Lewis acid such as but not limited to BBr3 yields the corresponding phenol, which is then alkylated with an appropriate electrophile to produce the final target compound SCHEME E (SYNTHESIS OF
Figure imgf000052_0001
DERIVATIVES FROM (N°-(T-
BUTYLOXYCARBONYL)-β-(BENZYL ESTER)-L-ASPARTIC ACID)
Figure imgf000052_0002
[0181] Briefly (essentially as described by WO 98/20001 and WO 99/65922), (N"-(t- butyloxycarbonyl)-β-(benzyl ester)-L-aspartic acid) is reacted with N-benzylglycine in the presence of DCC and butanol to produce the corresponding N-benzylglycine amide, which is further reacted with TFA to remove the BOC protecting group, yielding ((S)-4-benzyl-3,6-dioxo-piperazin-2-yl)-acetic acid ethyl ester. This is reduced to 2-((S)-4-benzyl-piperazin-2-yl)-ethanol by reaction with LiAlH4 in THF. As described by WO 02/094799, the free amine is reacted with (BOC)2O to produce the corresponding carbamate, and the primary alcohol is oxidized with catalytic TPAP in the presence of ΝMO to the corresponding aldehyde, ((S)-4-benzyl-piperazin-2-yl)-acetaldehyde. This is reacted with MeMgCl under Grignard reaction conditions to produce the secondary alcohol, l-((S)-4-benzyl- piperazin-2-yl)-propan-2-ol, as a mixture of diastereoisomers, which is oxidized to the corresponding methylketone, l-((S)-4-benzyl-piperazin-2-yl)-propan-2-one, by reaction with catalytic TPAP and ΝMO. The methylketone undergoes a tandem aldol condensation/Michael conjugated addition by reaction with l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethanone in the presence of LiCl and DBU as a base in THF as the solvent, yielding bicyclic (6R,9aS)-2-benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-8-one. This is deoxygenated to (6R,9aS)-2-benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine by conversion to the corresponding tosylhydrazone and subsequent reduction with NaBH3CN in the presence of zinc triflate. The benzyl group is removed by catalytic transfer hydrogenation reaction promoted by Pd(OH)2 in the presence of excess ammonium formate in MeOH. Finally, (6R,9aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine is converted to the desired heteroaroyl analog by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Bauman reaction conditions.
SCHEME F (SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC (6,9A)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-OCTAHYDRO-
PYRIDO[1 , 2-A]PYRAZINE DERIVATIVES)
Figure imgf000053_0001
[0182] Briefly, 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated with 3-choropropionyl chloride under Friedel-Crafts reaction conditions in the presence Of AlCl3 and the resulting 3-chloro-l-(4-methoxy- 2,3-dimethylphenyl)-propan-l-one dehydrochlorinated by treatment with a base such as DBU in a solvent such as but not limited to DCM to produce the vinylic ketone l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)-propenone. Michael addition of pyrazinylmethyllithium (obtained by reacting methylpyrazine with LDA in THF) yields l-(4-rnethoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan- 1-one. Transformation to (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine is accomplished by a one-pot sequence involving catalytic hydrogenation with H2 at atmospheric pressure in the presence of catalytic amounts of Adams catalyst and acetic acid in MeOH as the solvent. Finally, the desired heteroaryl analogue, [(6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-heteroaryl-methanone, is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions.
SCHEME G (SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC (6,9A)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-OCTAHYDRO-
PYRIDO[1 , 2- A]PYRAZINE DERIVATIVES)
Figure imgf000054_0001
2. Jones Oxidation
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000054_0003
ArBr, Pd(O) BINAP, KOtBu
Figure imgf000054_0004
[0183] Briefly, 2-chloropyrazine is transformed into 4-pyrazin-2-yl-but-3-yn-l-ol by Pd- catalyzed reaction with 3-butyn-l-ol in the presence of CuI as cocatalyst and a base such as but not limited to NEt3, piperidine, N-methylmorpholine and the like. The alkyne is reduced by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of Pd/C to 4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol. The alcohol is oxidized to the corresponding aldehyde, 4-pyrazin-2-yl-butyraldehyde. Grignard reaction with 2,3-dimethyl-4- methoxyphenylmagnesium bromide under anhydrous conditions in a solvent such as but not limited to Et2O, THF, DIPE, MTBE or dibutyl ether affords l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl- butan-1-ol. Jones oxidation yields l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-one. Transformation to (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine is accomplished by a one-pot sequence involving catalytic hydrogenation with H2 at atmospheric pressure in the presence of catalytic amounts of Adams catalyst and acetic acid in MeOH as the solvent. Finally, the desired heteroaryl analogue, [(6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-heteroaryl-methanone, is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions. Alternatively, (6,9a)-6-(4- methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine can be reacted with an aryl halide, triflate or tosylate under Pd(O) catalysis to produce the corresponding (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl)-2-aryl-octahydro-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine. SCHEME H (SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC (6,9A)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-OCTAHYDRO-
PYRIDO[1 , 2-A]PYRAZINE DERIVATIVES VIA HYDROBORATION/PD(0) COUPLINGS)
Figure imgf000055_0001
3. TPAP, NMO, CH2CI2
Figure imgf000055_0002
[0184] Briefly, 2,3-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzaldehyde is reacted under Grignard reaction conditions with allylmagnesium bromide in a solvent such as but not limited to THF, Et2O or MTBE, at temperatures between -780C and 2O0C to produce the corresponding alcohol, l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)but-3-en-l-ol. This is submitted to a hydroboration reaction with 9-BBN (or similar hydroborating reagent), followed by Pd(O)-catalyzed coupling reaction with 2-chloropyrazine in a solvent like THF and similar to yield l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol. This alcohol is oxidized to the corresponding ketone with, for example, CrO3 in H2SO4/acetone (Jones reagent), N-methylmorpholine N-oxide in the presence of catalytic amounts of TPAP and 4 Angstrom molecular sieves in a solvent such as dry DCM, or Dess-Martin reagent. l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-one is transformed to (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine by a one-pot sequence involving catalytic hydrogenation with H2 at atmospheric pressure in the presence of catalytic amounts of Adams catalyst and acetic acid in MeOH as the solvent. [(6,9a)-6-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]- heteroaryl-methanone is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten- Baumann reaction conditions. Demethylation with a strong Lewis acid such as, but not limited to, BBr3 yields the corresponding phenol, which is then alkylated with an appropriate electrophile to produce the final target compound. Alternatively, (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyπdo[l,2-a]pyrazme can be reacted with an aryl hahde, tπflate or tosylate under Pd(O) catalysis to produce the corresponding (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-2-aryl-octahydro- pyπdo[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine
SCHEME I (RACEMIC SYNTHESIS OF OCTAHYDRO-PYRIDO[1 ,2-A]PYRAZINE DERIVATIVES VIA SUZUKI ROUTE)
Figure imgf000056_0001
ArCOCI
Figure imgf000056_0002
Figure imgf000056_0003
[0185] Briefly, 5-bromopicolinic acid is reacted with thionyl chloride, followed by ethanolamine to yield the corresponding amide, 6-bromopyridine-2-carboxyhc acid (2-hydroxy- ethyl)-amide. The amide is then reacted under Suzuki reaction conditions with an aryl boronic acid, KO/Bu and catalytic Pd2(dba)3 until TLC shows no detectable starting material to produce the 6-aryl- pyridme-2-carboxylic acid (2-hydroxy-ethyl)-amide. Reduction of the pyridine ring to the 2,6-cis disubstituted pipeπdme compound, followed by LiAlH4 reduction of the amide group yields the ammoalcohol 2-[(6-aryl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-ethanol. Intramolecular Mitsunobu reaction is achieved using PPh3 and diethyl azodicarboxylate, to yield (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l ,2-a]pyrazine. Finally, (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine is converted to the desired heteroaroyl analog by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions. SCHEME J (SYNTHESIS OF OCTAHYDRO-PYRROLOH
Figure imgf000057_0001
DERIVATIVES VIA 6,5 BICYCLE SYNTHESIS)
Figure imgf000057_0002
ArCOCI
Figure imgf000057_0003
Figure imgf000057_0004
[0186] Briefly, 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated with 3-choropropionyl chloride under Friedel-Crafts reaction conditions in the presence Of AlCl3 and the resulting 3-chloro-l-(4-methoxy- 2,3-dimethylphenyl)-propan-l-one dehydrochlorinated by treatment with a base such as DBU in a solvent such as but not limited to DCM to produce the vinylic ketone l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)-propenone. Michael addition of (benzhydrylidene-amino)-acetic acid ethyl ester in the presence Of Cs2CO3 as a base yields 2-(benzhydrylidene-amino)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)- 5-oxo-pentanoic acid ethyl ester. Upon hydrogenolysis with H2 in the presence of catalytic PdlO%/C in EtOH as the solvent, this cyclizes to 2,5-cώ-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidine-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester, which reacts with chloroacetyl chloride in the presence of NEt3 in a solvent such as but not limited to DCM to furnish 2,5-cw-l-(2-chloro-acetyl)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. Upon treatment with ammonia in alcohol the chloroamide cyclizes to the corresponding c/s-(6,8a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- hexahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-l,4-dione, which is reduced to c/s-(6,8a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine by treatment with NaBH4 in the presence of BF3OEt2. Finally, the desired heteroaryl analogue, cw-[(6,8a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- hexahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-aryl-methanone is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions. Demethylation with a strong Lewis acid such as, but not limited to, BBr3 yields the corresponding phenol, which is then alkylated with an appropriate electrophile to produce the final target compound. SCHEME K (SYNTHESIS OF ((1 S,4S)-5-{(S)-1 -[4-(3-CHLORO-PROPOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL]- ETHYL}-2,5-DIAZA-BICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2-YL) ACYLAMIDE VIA REDUCTIVE AMINATION)
Figure imgf000058_0001
[0187] Briefly, 2,3-dimethylanisole is acylated with acetyl chloπde under Fπedel-Crafts reaction conditions in the presence of AlCl3 and the resulting acetophenone, l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl)-ethanone. Reductive animation with (lS,4S)-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2- carboxyhc acid tert-butyl ester under the reaction conditions of Scheme B [Ti(OiPr)4, NaBH4, MeOH) yields (lS,4S)-5-[l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]-heptane-2- carboxyhc acid /er/-butyl ester as a mixture of C-5 diastereoisomers (Ratio 5-S/5-R=2:l). The desired diastereoisomer, (lS,4S)-5-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza- bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxyhc acid ter/-butyl ester is separated by flash chromatography. The BOC protecting group is removed, for example, by treatment with HCl in dioxane or similar reagent(s) and (lS,4S)-2-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]- heptane is acylated with an acid chloπde ArCOCl under -reaction conditions to furnish the corresponding {(1 S,4S)-5 -[(S)- 1 -(4-methoxy-2,3 -dimethylphenyl)-ethyl] -2,5 -diaza-bicyclo[2.2. I]- hept-2-yl} -acylamide. Treatment of the HCl salt of this amide with BBr3 in solvents such as dichloromefhane yields the phenol, {(lS,4S)-5-[(S)-l-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5- diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl} -acylamide. This is alkylated, for example, with l-chloro-3- iodopropane in a solvent such as acetonitnle, acetone or the like in the presence of a promoter such as KOH, Cs2CO3, K3PO4 or similar base(s) to produce ((lS,4S)-5-{(S)-l-[4-(3-chloro-propoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]-ethyl}-2,5-diaza-bicyclo-[2.2.1]hept-2-yl) acylamide. Reaction with a nucleophile such as an amine, alcohol, thiol or heterocycle in the presence of a base such as K2CO3 and in a solvent such as acetonitnle, propionitrile, acetone, DMF or DMSO yields the final target compound. SCHEME L (CHIRAL SYNTHESIS OF ((1 S,4S)-5-{(S)-1 -[4-(3-CHLORO-PROPOXY)-2,3-
DIMETHYLPHENYL]-ETHYLI
Figure imgf000059_0001
ACYLAMIDES)
Figure imgf000059_0002
THF, NMM
Figure imgf000059_0003
[0188] Briefly, l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-ethanone is converted to the corresponding chiral alcohol (S)-I -(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethanol by reaction with catalytic amounts of (S)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine (Aldrich Chemical Co.) in the presence of BH3-SMe2 as the reducing agent. The chiral alcohol is converted to 1 -((S)-I -azi do-ethyl)-4-methoxy- 2,3-dimethylbenzene by reaction with DPPA and DBU. The azide is reduced to the chiral amine (S)- l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethylamine by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of PaVC and MeOH as the reaction solvent. This amine is converted to the corresponding amide by reaction with (2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester in the presence of pivaloyl chloride and N-methylmorpholine as a proton scavenger. Reaction with mesyl chloride affords (2S,4R)-4-methanesulfonyloxy-2-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-ethylcarbamoyl]- pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, which is submitted to intramolecular alkylation by treatment with LDA in THF at -780C to afford the lactam (lS,5S)-5-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-6-oxo-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid tert-buty\ ester. The N-BOC group is removed by treatment with HCl, and the resulting aminolactam is reduced with alane-dimethylethylamine complex to the corresponding piperazine, (2S,4S)-2-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]-heptane. {(lS,5S)-5-[(S)-l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]-hept-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzamide is obtained by reaction with the corresponding acid chloride under Schotten-Baumann reaction conditions. Demethylation with a strong Lewis acid such as, but not limited to, BBr3 yields the corresponding phenol, which is then alkylated with an appropriate electrophile to produce the final target compound. SCHEME M (PHENOL ALKYLATION)
Figure imgf000060_0001
[0189] Briefly, 5-bromo-2-chlorophenol is alkylated following the Mitsunobu protocol by reaction with a monoprotected diol (for example, the mono-TBS ether of propylenglycol) in the presence of PPh3 and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate and in THF as the reaction solvent. The resulting bromide is submitted to a Pd-catalyzed amine arylation reaction by reaction with 1 -[I -(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperazine in the presence of potassium tert-butoxide as the base and catalytic amounts of BESTAP and Pd2(dba)3 at temperatures around 9O0C. The corresponding arylpiperazine is converted to the free alcohol by deprotecting the TBS group by treatment with an acidic catalyst such as />-toluenesulfonic acid at reflux temperature in a solvent mixture composed of water and THF. The primary alcohol is converted to the desired amine by first transforming it into the mesylate (MsCl, NEt3) followed by reaction with excess amine.
[0190] In certain situations, compounds of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. These compounds can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms. As noted above, all stereoisomers are encompassed by the present invention. Nonetheless, it may be desirable to obtain single enantiomers (i.e., optically active forms). Standard methods for preparing single enantiomers include asymmetric synthesis and resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography using, for example, a chiral HPLC column. As noted above, for compounds having an alpha-methyl benzyl group (R3 is methyl, R4 is hydrogen) the R enantiomer is generally preferred. Asymmetric synthesis of such compounds may be performed using the methods illustrated in Scheme D.
[0191] Compounds may be labeled by carrying out their synthesis using precursors comprising at least one atom that is an isotope. Each isotope is preferably carbon (e.g., 14C), hydrogen (e.g., 3H or 2H), fluorine (e.g., 18F), sulfur (e.g., 35S) or iodine (e.g., 125I). Tritium labeled compounds may also be prepared catalytically via platinum-catalyzed exchange in tritiated acetic acid, acid-catalyzed exchange in tritiated trifluoroacetic acid, or exchange with tritium gas under heterogeneous catalysis using the compound as substrate. In addition, certain precursors may be subjected to tritium-halogen exchange with tritium gas, tritium gas reduction of unsaturated bonds, or reduction using sodium borotritide, as appropriate. Preparation of radiolabeled compounds may be conveniently performed by a radioisotope supplier specializing in custom synthesis of radiolabeled probe compounds.
[0192] The following Examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation. Unless otherwise specified all reagents and solvent are of standard commercial grade and are used without further purification.
EXAMPLES
[0193] Mass spectra (MS) reported in the following Examples are collected using electrospray MS, obtained in positive ion mode using a Waters ZMD II Mass Spectrometer. MS conditions are as follows: Capillary voltage: 3.5 kV Cone voltage: 30 V
Desolvation and source temperature: 2500C and 1200C respectively Mass range: 100-750 Scan time: 0.5 second Inter scan delay: 0.1 minute EXAMPLE 1. {(6R,9AS)-6-[4-(2-METHOXY-ETHOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL]-OCTAHYDRO- PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-2-YLH6-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN-3^a)-METHANONE
Figure imgf000062_0001
Step 1 (E)-l-((S)-4-Benzyl-pιperazιn-2-yl)-4-(4-tnethoxy-2,3-dιmethylphenyl)-but-3-en-2-one
[0194] (S)-4-Benzyl-2-(2-oxopropyl)-piperazme-l-carboxyhc acid ter/-butyl ester (15.0 g, 45.0 mmol, obtained as in WO 02/094799), 2,3-dimethylamsaldehyde (8.9 g, 54.0 mmol, 1.2 eq), and lithium chloπde (9.6 g, 226.0 mmol, 5.0 eq) are stirred together in 225 mL of anhydrous THF under a nitrogen atmosphere for 40 min at ambient temperature to effect dissolution of the lithium chloride. This solution is cooled to O0C and treated with DBU (7.45 mL, 49.8 mmol, 1.1 eq.), which is added slowly, dropwise via syringe. The mixture is stirred and allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature. After 22 h, the mixture is diluted with H2O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide 23.0 g of the BOC-protected enone as a mixture of cis- and /rans-isomers, which is used without additional purification. LC/MS: 479 (M+l). This material is dissolved m MeOH (225 mL) and diluted HCl (6N, 52.5 mL) and heated in a 6O0C oil bath for 3 h. After cooling, the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is suspended in MeOH (150 mL) and reconcentrated in vacuo. This step is repeated four times to complete water removal, leaving the desired crude enone as a red solid, which is used without purification. LC/MS: 379 (M+l). Step 2 (6R, 9aS)-2-Benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2, 3-dιmethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrιdo[l ,2-a] pyrazιn-8-one
[0195] The crude enone from step 1 is dissolved in 300 mL MeOH and treated with 160 mL of 2M ammonium acetate. The mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 14.5 h, then at 6O0C for 2 h. The MeOH is removed in vacuo and the aqueous residue extracted with DCM (3 x 250 mL). The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 80-60% hexanes/EtOAc as eluent to afford (6R,9aS)-2-benzyl-6- (4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-8-one as a white foam. LC/MS: 379 (M+l). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.79 (6H, m), 6.73 (IH, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.70 (IH, bs), 3.50 (2H, dd), 3.19 (IH, m), 2.79 - 2.28 (7H, bm), 2.25-1.94 (9H, bm). Step 3. (6R, 9aS)-2-Benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l, 2-aJpyrazine
[0196] (6R,9aS)-2-Benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-8-one (9.48 g, 25.0 mmol) is stirred with /?-toluenesulfonyl hydrazide (5.60 g, 30.0 mmol, 1.2 eq) in 40 mL anhydrous THF and 200 mL anhydrous MeOH for 20 h at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. LC/MS analysis indicates complete conversion to the /?-toluenesulfonyl hydrazone. The solution is sparged with argon for 30 min and then treated with 50 mL of a 1.5 M solution Of NaCNBH3 in MeOH. Zinc trifiuoromethanesulfonate (140 mg, 0.376 mmoles, 1.5%) is added and the solution is heated in a 650C oil bath for 5.5 h under an argon balloon. LC/MS analysis indicates consumption of the hydrazone. The mixture is allowed to cool and is quenched with 500 mL of saturated NaHCO3. After stirring vigorously for 30 min, the mixture is extracted with DCM (4 x 200 mL). The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 90-80% hexanes/EtOAc to yield (6R,9aS)-2-benzyl-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine as an oil. LC/MS: 365 (M+l). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.34 (IH, d), 7.27 (5H, m), 6.72 (IH, d), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.47 (2H, dd), 3.28 (IH, d), 2.68 (3H, m), 2.28-2.04 (8H, bm), 1.98-1.88 (2H, bm), 1.75 (IH, m), 1.59 (IH, d), 1.50-1.30 (4H, bm). Step 4. (6R, 9aS)-6-(4-Methoxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l, 2-aJpyrazine
[0197] A solution containing the compound obtained in step 3 (2.66 g, 7.30 mmol) and ammonium formate (6.90 g, 109.50 mmol, 15 eq) is treated with 665 mg of 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon, and heated at reflux under a nitrogen balloon for 2 h. The mixture is filtered through a celite pad. The pad is washed with 200 mL of chloroform and the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in 200 mL dichloromethane and washed with IN NaOH, water, and brine (75 mL each) to remove any residual ammonium formate. The organic solution is concentrated in vacuo to afford (6R,9aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine as an amber colored oil which is used in the next step with no further purification. LC/MS: 275 (M+l). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.36 (IH, dd), 6.74 (IH, dd), 4.50 (IH, dd), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.28 (IH, d), 2.86 (IH, dd), 2.78 (2H, m), 2.67 - 2.55 (3H, m), 2.22 (3H, s), 2.17 (3H, s), 1.78 - 1.67 (4H, bm), 1.56 - 1.31 (4H, bm).
Step 5. [(6R,9aS)-6-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6- tήfluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
[0198] A magnetically stirred suspension of 6-trifluoromethylnicotinic acid (1.54 g, 8.07 mmol) in 50 mL of anhydrous DCM (0.16M), under nitrogen, is treated with oxalyl chloride (2M in DCM, 10.0 mL, 20.0 mmol, 2.5 eq) followed by the careful dropwise addition of 250 μL of DMF. Vigorous gas evolution ensues and the mixture becomes homogeneous. The solution is stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h, and then concentrated in vacuo to produce the acid chloride as a white solid. This solid is suspended in toluene and concentrated again and used with no further purification.
[0199] A solution of (6R,9aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazine (1.77 g, 6.45 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (50 mL) is treated with NEt3 (1.4 mL, 10.08 mmol) and DMAP (78.8 mg, 0.65 mmol). This mixture is stirred under nitrogen and treated with a solution of the previously prepared acid chloride in 10 mL DCM (an additional 5 mL is used as a rinse). The mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h and quenched by the addition of 80 mL 50% saturated NaHCO3. The phases are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with DCM. The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified using flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 70% - 60% hexanes/EtOAc to give [(6R,9aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6- trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone as a white foam. LC/MS: 448 (M+l). 1H NMR (mixture of rotamers, 400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.74 (IH, d), 7.90 (IH, dd), 7.76 (IH, dd), 7.34 (IH, dd), 6.74 (IH, dd), 4.50 (IH, dd), 3.79 (3H, d), 3.42 - 3.32 (2H, bm), 3.23 - 3.00 (IH, m), 2.91 - 2.53 (3H, bm), 2.21 - 2.14 (6H, m), 1.90 - 1.74 (4H, bm), 1.52 - 1.30 (3H, bm).
Step 6. f(6R, 9aS)-6-(4-Hydroxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l, 2-a] pyrazin-2-yl] -(6- trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
[0200] A DCM solution of [(6R,9aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone obtained in step 5 (2.3O g, 5.14 mmol) is treated with 15.4 mL of HCl (1 M in diethyl ether) and allowed to stand for 10 min. This solution is concentrated in vacuo and then dissolved in 70 mL anhydrous DCM. The resulting solution is cooled to -7O0C (dry ice/isopropanol bath) under nitrogen and treated with BBr3 (1 M in DCM, 20.6 mL) dropwise via syringe over 20 min. The mixture is stirred for 18 h while warming to ambient temperature. After this time, the mixture is cooled to 00C, treated with 150 mL saturated NaHCO3 and stirred vigorously for 30 min. The phases are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted three times with DCM. The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford [(6R,9aS)-6-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone as a light brown solid which is used without additional purification. LC/MS: 434 (M+l). 1H NMR (mixture of rotamers, 400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.74 (IH, d), 7.94 (IH, dd), 7.88 (IH, dd), 7.22 (IH, dd), 6.64 (IH, dd), 4.92 (lH,bs), 4.50 (IH, dd), 3.41 - 3.30 (2H, bm), 3.21 (IH, m), 3.03 (IH, m), 2.91 - 2.53 (3H, bm), 2.25 - 2.14 (6H, m), 1.92 - 1.58 (5H, bm), 1.20- 1.32 (3H, bm).
Step 7. {(6R, 9aS)-6-[4-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl] -octahydro-pyήdo[ 1 , 2-a] -pyrazin-2- ylj-(6-triβuoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
[0201] A solution of [(6R,9aS)-6-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (1.54 g, 3.55 mmol) in CH3CN is treated with powdered KOH (400 mg, 7.10 mmol, 1.5 eq) and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (500 μL, 5.33 mmol, 2.0 eq) and heated in a sealed tube reactor with stirring in a 6O0C oil bath for 20.5 h. After cooling, the mixture is filtered through a celite pad. The pad is washed with DCM and the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50- 40% hexanes/EtOAc to yield {(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]-octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl}-(6-trifluoro-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone as a white foam with the following physical properties: LC/MS: 492 (M+l). 1H NMR (mixture of rotamers, 400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.73 (IH, d), 7.90 (IH, dd), 7.88 (IH, dd), 7.30 (IH, dd), 6.73 (IH, dd), 4.50 (lH.dd), 4.10 (2H, dd), 3.76 (2H, m), 3.46-3.30 (5H, bm), 3.20-3.02 (IH, bm), 2.91-2.51 (3H, bm), 2.25 (6H, m), 1.87-1.72 (4H, bm), 1.40-1.32 (3H, bm). The material is dissolved in EtOAc, treated with one equivalent of HCl (IM in diethyl ether) and allowed to stand for 10 min. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title product (monohydrochloride salt) as a white solid.
EXAMPLE 2. {(6R,9AS)-6-[4-(2-HYDROXY-ETHOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYL-PHENYL]-OCTA-HYDRO- PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-2 -YLJ-(O-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN^-YL)-METHANONE
Figure imgf000065_0001
Step 1. ((6R,9aS)-6-{4-[2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-ethoxy]-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl}-octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
[0202] A solution of [(6R,9aS)-6-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (100 mg, 0.23 mmoles, Example 1) in acetonitrile is treated with powdered KOH (26 mg, 0.461 mmoles, 2.0 equiv.) and (2-bromoethoxy)- tert-butyldimethylsilane (50 μL, 0.35 mmoles, 1.5 equiv.) and heated in a sealed tube with stirring in a 6O0C oil bath for 7 h and then allowed to stand at ambient temperature for 19 h. The mixture is filtered through a celite pad, the pad is washed with dichloromethane and the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by PTLC on a 2 mm silicagel plate eluting with 60% hexanes/EtOAc to yield ((6R,9aS)-6-{4-[2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-ethoxy]-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl}-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone as a white foam. LC/MS: 592 (M+l).
Step 2. {(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2- yl}-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
[0203] A solution of the TBDMS-ether from step 1 (117 mg) is dissolved in 3.0 mL of anhydrous THF, cooled to O0C under N2, treated with tetra-« -butyl ammonium fluoride (IM in THF, 250 μL) and stirred at that temperature for 15 min. Analysis by TLC and LC/MS indicates consumption of starting material. The reaction is quenched by the addition of brine and extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative TLC on a 2 mm silicagel plate eluting with 60% hexanes/EtOAc yields the desired product as a white foam. 1H NMR (mixture of rotamers, 400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.74 (IH, d), 7.91 (IH, dd), 7.73 (IH, dd), 7.34 (IH, dd), 6.73 (IH, dd), 4.52 (lH,dd), 4.06-3.90 (4H, m), 3.42- 2.52 (6H, bm), 2.52-1.18 (15H, bm). LC/MS: 478 (M+ 1). The material is dissolved in DCM, treated with one equivalent of HCl (IM in Et2O) and allowed to stand for 10 min at room temperature. Concentration in vacuo yields the title product, monohydrochloπde salt as a white amorphous solid.
EXAMPLE 3 {(6R,9AS)-6-[4-((S)-2-HYDROXY-PROPOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYL-PHENYL]-OCTAHYDRO-
P YRIDO[1, 2-A] P YRAZIN-2 -YL} -(ό-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN^ -YL)-METH ANONE
Figure imgf000066_0001
[0204] Using the protocols described in Example 2, steps 1 and 2, replacing (2- bromoethoxy)-tert-butyldimethylsilane with an equivalent amount of toluene-4-sulfonic acid (S)-2- (tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-propyl ester (obtained as described in J. Nat. Prod. 64:472-479 (2001)), the title product is obtained as an oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.74 (d, IH), 7.92 (dd, IH), 7.74 (dd, IH), 7.33 (dt, IH), 6.72 (dd, IH), 4.52 (dd, IH), 4.20 (br s, IH), 3.94-3.88 (m, IH), 3.82-3.74 (m, IH), 3.42-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.04 (m, IH), 2.92-2 53 (m, 4H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 1.89-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.49- 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 3H). LC/MS: 492 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 4. {(6R,9AS)-6-[4-((R)-2-HYDROXY-PROPOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYL-PHENYL]-OCTAHYDRO- PYRIDO[I , 2-A]PYRAZIN^-YL) -(O-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN-S-YL)-METHANONE
Figure imgf000066_0002
[0205] Using the protocol illustrated in Example 3, replacing toluene-4-sulfonic acid (S)-2- (tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-propyl ester with an equivalent amount of toluene-4-sulfonic acid (R)-2-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-propyl ester (obtained as described in J Nat. Prod. 64:472-479 (2001)), the title product is obtained as an oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.75 (d, IH), 7.92 (dd, IH), 7.74 (dd, IH), 7.33 (dt, IH), 6.72 (dd, IH), 4.53 (dd, IH), 4.19 (br s, IH), 3.94-3.88 (m,lH), 3.81-3.74 (m, IH), 3.40-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.04 (m, IH), 2.91-2.53 (m, 4H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.89-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.47- 1.33 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 3H). LC/MS: 492 (M+l). EXAMPLE 5. 1-{2,3-DIMETHYL-4-[(6R,9AS)-2-(6-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDINE-3-CARBONYL)-
OCTAHYDRO-PYRIDO[I ^-A]PYRAZ[N-O-YL]-PHENOXY) -PROP AN-2-ONE
Figure imgf000067_0001
[0206] Using the protocol illustrated in Example 4, replacing ((S)-2-bromo-l-methyl- ethoxy)-/er/-butyl-dimethyl-silane with excess of chloroacetone, the title product is obtained as an oil. LC/MS: 490 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 6. 1 -{2,3-DIMETHYL-4-[(6R,9AS)-2 -(6-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDINE-S-CARBONYL)- 0CTAHYDR0-PYRID0[l ,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL]-PHENOXY} -PROPAN-2-ONE OXIME
Figure imgf000067_0002
[0207] l-{2,3-Dimethyl-4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazm-6-yl]-phenoxy}-propan-2-one is treated with an excess OfNH2OH-HCl in MeOH m the presence of 3 equivalents of NaOAc at room temperature for 16 h. After concentrating the reaction mixture to dryness under reduced pressure, a white solid is obtained. This is partitioned between EtOAc and bπne, and the organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to produce a quantitative yield of the title compound as a white solid. LC/MS: 505 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 7. (6-CHLOROPYRIDIN-3-YL)-((1 S,4S)-5-{(S)-1 -[4-(2-METΉOXY-ETHOXY)-2,3- DIMETHYLPHENYL]-ETHYL} -2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2 -YL)-METHANONE
Figure imgf000067_0003
[0208] Aqueous NaHCO3 (saturated solution, 3 mL) is slowly added to a mixture of (1S,4S)- 2-{(S)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane m 5 mL of DCM. The mixture is stirred vigorously at room temperature for 1 h, and is then diluted with IN NaOH (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 25 mL). The combined extracts are dπed over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude mateπal is purified by flash chromatography on silicagel, elutmg with CHCl3-MeOH (40:1 to 20:1) to afford the title compound as a clear oil. LC/MS: 444 (M+l). EXAMPLE 8. (6-ETHYLPYRIDIN-3-YL)-((l S,4S)-5-{(S)-l-[4-(2-METHOXY-ETHOXY)-2,3- DIMETHYLPHENYLj-ETHYL^S-DIAZABICYCLOβ.2. l]HEPT-2 -YL)-METHANONE.
Figure imgf000068_0001
[0209] 5 mg of Fe(acac)3 followed by EtMgBr (0.73 mL, IN in THF) is added to a solution of 6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-((lS,4S)-5-{(S)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-ethyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-methanone (Example 3, 129 mg) dissolved in 3 mL of THF and 0.3 mL of N-methylpyrrolidinone at room temperature under N2. The dark purple reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 50 min and then diluted with brine and extracted 3 times with EtOAc (10 mL). The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product is purified by silicagel PTLC, developing 2 times with CHCl3-MeOH (25:1) to afford the title product as a clear oil. LC/MS: 438 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 9. [(6R,8AS)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-HEXAHYDRO-PYRROLO[1 ,2- A]PYRAZIN-2-YL]-(6-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN-3-YL)-METHANONE
Figure imgf000068_0002
Step 1. 3-Chloro-l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)propan-l-one
[0210] 3-Chloropropionyl chloride (12.70 g, 100 mmol) is slowly added to a suspension of AlCl3 (16.0 g, 120 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) at 00C under N2. Next, 2,3-dimethylanisole (13.62 g, 100 mmol) is slowly added at O0C. The resulting yellow solution is stirred at 00C for 30 min., and then quenched by the addition of ice-cold 1.0 N HCl (200 mL) (the first several mL are added very slowly). The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 20 min and then extracted with DCM. The extract is washed again with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to a yield white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.50 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.74 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 3.90 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.34 (t, J = 6 8 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H). Step 2. l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)propenone
[0211] The crude 3-chloro-l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)propan-l-one is redissolved in DCM (200 mL). The resulting solution is cooled to O0C and treated with DBU (15.0 mL, 100 mmol). After 30 mm, additional DBU (0.75 mL, 5 mmol) is added. After an additional 15 mm, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is partitioned between Et2O and water (150 mL). The layers are separated, and the Et2O extract is washed with additional water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The aqueous washes are reextracted once with Et2O and the combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.33 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.78 (dd, J = 17.4, 10.6 Hz, IH), 6.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.14 (dd, J = 17.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 5.94 (dd, J = 10.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H). Step 3 2-(benzhydryhdeneamιno)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dιmethylphenyl)-5-oxopentanoιc acid ethyl ester
[0212] Cs2CO3 (0.51 g, 1.58 mmol) is added to a solution of l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-propenone (3.15 g, 16.56 mmol) and N-(diphenylmethylene)glycine ethyl ester (4.22 g, 15.77 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at O0C. After 5 min, the ice bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is then diluted with Et2O and washed with water (1 x 50 mL) and brme (1 x 50 mL). The aqueous washes are reextracted once with Et2O, and the combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude oil is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel. Elution with 4:1 hexanes-EtOAc affords 2- (benzhydrylideneamino)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-5-oxopentanoic acid ethyl ester as a colorless syrup. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.64 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.20-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.93 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: 458 (M+l). Step 4 cis-5-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dιmethylphenyl)pyrrolidιne-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
[0213] A solution of 2-(benzhydryhdeneammo)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-5- oxopentanoic acid ethyl ester (16 56 mmol) in EtOH (80 mL) containing 10% Pd/C (760 mg) is stirred under 1 atm of H2 (double-stuffed balloon) for 18 h. The reaction mixture is then filtered through of pad of celite using MeOH for the nnse. The filtrated is concentrated in vacuo to a nearly colorless syrup, which is used in the next reaction without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.46 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.75 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 4.40 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.6 Hz, IH), 4.23 (q, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.05 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.65 (m, IH), 1.31 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: 278 (M+l).
Step 5 cis-l-(2-Chloroacetyl)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)pyrrolιdine-2-carboxylιc acid ethyl ester [0214] Chloroacetyl chloride (1.7 mL, 21.5 mmol) is added to a solution of cis -5-(4- methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (16.56 mmol) and Et3N (3.5 mL, 24.8 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) at O0C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 00C for 15 min and then at room temperature for 45 min. The mixture is then poured into half-saturated aq. NaHCO3 (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is further washed with water (1 x 50 mL) and brine (1 x 50 mL). The aqueous washes are reextracted once with EtOAc and the combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude material is used in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.90 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.78 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 5.30 (dd, J = 7.6, 3.6 Hz, IH), 4.53 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 4.37-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.77, 3.65 (ABq, J = 13.2 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.41 (m, IH), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.14 (m, IH), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.00 (m, IH), 1.96-1.89 (m, IH), 1.35 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: 354 (M+ 1). Step 6. cis-6-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-l,4-dione
[0215] A mixture of the crude cw-l-(2-chloroacetyl)-5-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (approximately 16.6 mmol) and ca. 7M NH3 in MeOH (50 mL) is stirred in a sealed flask at room temperature for 2.5 days. The mixture is then diluted with water (ca. 200-300 mL). The resulting suspension is cooled to 00C and stirred well. The mixture is then filtered and the solid thoroughly washed with water, followed by Et2O. Drying affords c/5-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-α]pyrazine-l,4-dione as a slightly off- white powder. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 6.70 (br, IH), 6.68 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.64 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 5.38 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 4.29 (dd, J = 10.8, 6.4 Hz, IH), 4.10, 3.93 (ABXq, J^ = 16.8 Hz, JAX = 1.0 Hz, JBX = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.31 (m, IH), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.85 (dd, J = 12.2, 5.8 Hz, IH). LC/MS: 289 (M+l). Step 7. cis-6-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)octahydropyrrolo[ 1 ,2-a] pyrazine
[0216] The diketopiperazine from step 6 is dissolved in 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (30 mL) at room temperature. NaBH4 (0.158 g, 4.18 mmol) is added in one portion, followed by BF3OEt2 (350 μL, 2.51 mmol). The mixture is heated at reflux temperature (ca. 9O0C) for 3 h and then cooled to O0C. The reaction is quenched by addition of MeOH (50 mL) and then HCl (cone, 35 mL). The resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 20 min and then at reflux temperature for 45 min. The organic solvents are evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is taken with NaOH IN. Extractive work-up with EtOAc washing with brine, drying with MgSO4, filtration and concentration under reduced pressure affords the desired amine as an oil. Purification is carried out by flash chromatography on silicagel eluting with EtOAc to produce the title compound as a while solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.3 (br, IH), 6.7 (br, IH), 4.8 (br, IH), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.6 (br, IH), 3.4 (d, IH), 3.2 (d, IH), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, IH), 2.4 (br, IH), 2.1-2.3 (m, 8H), 1.9 (m, IH), 1.5 (m, IH). LC/MS: 261 (M+l). Step 8. [(6,8a)-6-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-hexahydro-pyrrolo[ 1 ,2-a] pyrazin-2-yl] -(6- tήfluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
[0217] 6-Trifluoromethyl nicotinic acid (18.1 mg, 0.12 mmol), BOP (66.3 mg, 0.15 mmol), and NEt3 (34.8 μL, 0.25 mmol) are added to a solution of (6R,8aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine (52.2 mg, 0.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMA (0.1 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred at 5O0C for 16 h, diluted with toluene, evaporated to dryness and the residue purified by filtration through an SCX cartridge, eluting with EtOAc-MeOH-NEt3 (10-1-1) to produce an oil (LC/MS: 434).
EXAMPLE 10. [2-(2-CHLORO-5-{4-[l-(3,4-DIMETHOXYPHENYL)-ETHYL]-PIPERAZIN-l-YL}- PHENOXY)-ETHYL]-DIMETHYL-AMINE
Figure imgf000071_0001
Step 1. [2-(5-Bromo-2-chloro-phenoxy)-ethoxy]-tert-butyldimethylsilane
[0218] 5-Bromo-2-chlorophenol (4.14 g, 20 mmol) and then tert- (butyldimethylsilyloxy)ethanol (3.8 g, 20 mmol) are added to a solution of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (4.04 g, 20 mmol) and PPh3 (5.26 g, 20 mmol) in THF (200 ml) at 00C. The reaction mixture is allowed to return to room temperature and stirred overnight. The residue is partitioned between EtOAc and IM NaOH and further extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts are dried (MgSO^ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (90% hexane/ 10% ether) to give the title compound. LC/MS: 367 (M + 1), 389 (M + 23). Step 2. l-{3-[2-(text-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-ethoxy]-4-chloro-phenyl}-4-[l-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)- ethyl] -piperazine
[0219] (3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-ethyl-piperazine (1.62 g, 6.5 mmol) followed by potassium ter/-butoxide (3.7 g, 33 mmol) are added to a solution of [2-(5-bromo-2-chloro-phenoxy)-ethoxy]- tert-butyldimethylsilane (2.0 g, 5.5 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (594 mg, 0.66 mmol), and BINAP (550 mg, 0.88 mmol) in toluene (75 mL) under nitrogen. The mixture is heated at 900C for 2 h, diluted with aqueous ammonium chloride, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc) to give the title compound. LC/MS: 535 (M + 1). Step 3. 2-(2-Chloro-5-{4-[l-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-piperazin-l-yl}-phenoxy)-ethanol
[0220] l-{3-[2-(rer/-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-ethoxy]-4-chloro-phenyl}-4-[l-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperazine (2.0 g, 3.7 mmol) and /?-toluenesulfonic acid (200 mg) are mixed in THF:water (100 ml, 4: 1) and heated at reflux for 48 h. The residue is partititioned between EtOAc and NaHCO3 solution and extracted with further EtOAc. The combined extracts are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% MeOH/ 90% dichloromethane) to give the title compound. LC/MS: 421 (M + 1). Step 4. 2-(2-Chloro-5-{4-[l-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-piperazin-l-yl}-phenoxy)-ethyl] -dimethyl amine
[0221 ] 2-(2-Chloro-5- {4-[ 1 -(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-piperazin- 1 -yl} -phenoxy)- ethanol (84 mg, 0.2 mmol) and dry NEt3 (22 mg, 0.2 mmol) are mixed in DCM (4 mL) and methanesulfonyl chloride (24 mg, 0.2 mmol) is added. The solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 h and evaporated to dryness. The residue is re-dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL), transferred to a sealed tube, potassium carbonate (55 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DMA (1 mmol) are added and the mixture is heated at 800C for 8 h. The residue is partitioned between EtOAc and NaHCO3 solution and extract with further EtOAc. The combined extracts are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5% MeOH / 95% DCM) to yield the title compound. LC/MS: 449 (M + 1).
EXAMPLE 11. (6R,9AS)-2-(4-CHLORO-3 -METHOX YPHEN YL)-6-[2,3 -DIMETHYL-4-(3 -MORPHOLIN-4- YL-PROPOXY)-PHENYL]-OCT AH YDRO-P YRlDO [1,2- A] P YRAZINE
HCI
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
Step 1. 2-[4-(4-Allyloxy-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-but-3-enyl]-4-(4-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
[0222] To a cooled (O0C) solution of 4-(4-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-2-(2-oxo-propyl)- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid /er/-butyl ester (obtained as described in PCT International Publication No. WO 02/094799, page 57; 17 g, 0.044 mol) and 4-allyloxy-2,3-dimethyl-benzaldehyde (9.3 g, 0.048 mol) in anhydrous THF (200 mL), is added anhydrous LiCl (9.4 g, 0.22) with stirring. The reaction mixture is stirred for 45 min to dissolve most of the LiCl. DBU (6.65 mL, 0.048 mol) is added dropwise to the above mixture and stirring is continued overnight at room temperature. The reaction is quenched by pouring onto ice-cold water (300 mL), and is then partitioned with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with water, followed by brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the title product. LC-MS: 556 (M+l).
Step 2. 4-(4-Allyloxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-2-yl]-but-3- en-2-one, hydrochloride salt
[0223] The crude product from step 1 (24 g, 0.043 mol) is dissolved in 200 mL of MeOH, and 30 mL of 6 N HCl is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 6O0C for 3 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water is removed from this crude product by taking it to dryness under reduced pressure twice in the presence of added toluene. Then it is triturated with Et2O dried under high vacuum to remove traces of solvents from the title product. LC/MS: 458 (M+l). Step 3. 6-(4-Allyloxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a] pyrazin-8-one
[0224] To a solution of the HCl salt from step 2 (19.5 g) in a mixture of MeOH (400 mL) and dichloroethane (100 mL) is added an aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (210 mL, 2M). The resulting suspension is stirred overnight at 6O0C. The reaction mixture is cooled to O0C and quenched by addition of NaOH (IN, 100 mL), stirring for 15 min. It is then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned with EtOAc. After washing the organic layer with brine and drying over Na2SO4, the organic residue is submitted to flash chromatography over silicagel eluting with 25% EtOAc - hexanes to afford the title product as an oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.18 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.71-6.82 (m, IH), 6.39-6.47 (m, 2H), 6.02-6.16 (m, IH), 5.35 (dd, J = 33, 15 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.88 (m, IH), 3.45-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.93 (m, 5H), 2.50-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 6H). LC/MS: 456 (M+l).
Step 4. 2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a] pyrazin-8-one
[0225] To a solution of 6-(4-allyloxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-8-one (9.5 g, 0.02 mol) in anhydrous DCM (100 mL) are added morpholine (2 mL, 0.022 mol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.7 g, 0.6 mmol) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and submitted to flash chromatography over silica gel eluting with 40% EtOAc- hexanes to afford the title product. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 6.99 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.51-6.62 (m, IH), 6.22-6.29 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.60 (m, IH), 3.20-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.85 (m, 5H), 2.30-2.41 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 6H); LC/MS: 416 (M+l) Step 5. 4-[2-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3-dimethyl-phenol
[0226] To a solution of 2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-8-one (8.1 g, 0.019 mol) in a mixture of anhydrous THF (100 mL) and MeOH (50 mL) is added TsNHNH2 (4.2 g, 0.02 mol) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. Argon is bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 min and NaCNBH3 (3.85 g, 0.06 mol) is added followed by addition of Zn(OTf)2 (0.15 g, 0.4 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at 650C for 5h, cooled to room temperature and quenched by addition of a saturated solution of NaHCO3 (200 ml) and stirring for 15 min. The volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the organic residue is partitioned with EtOAc and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product is submitted to flash chromatography over silica gel eluting with 60% EtOAc-hexanes to afford the title product. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.29 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 7.17 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.64 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.46 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.42(dd, J= 6.6, 1.8 Hz, IH), 4.8 (br, IH), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.32 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.72-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.31-2.35 (m, IH), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.81-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.50 (m, 2H); LC/MS: 401 (M+l). Step 6. Preparation of(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-6-[4-(3-chloro-propoxy)-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine
[0227] To a solution of 4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3-dimethylphenol (1.54 g, 3.84 mmol) in DMF (19 mL) at room temperature is added Cs2CO3 (1.50 g, 4.61 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 15 min before 1- chloro-3-iodopropane (0.61 mL, 5.76 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and then diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract is washed with additional water (30 mL) and then with brine (30 mL). The aqueous washes are reextracted once with EtOAc, and the combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with 4:1 hexanes-EtOAc followed by 2:1 hexanes-EtOAc and finally 1:1 hexanes-EtOAc affords the title product as a colorless foam. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.38 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, -0.8 H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.90 (br, -0.2 H), 6.75 (d, 8.4 Hz, -0.8 H), 6.63 (br, -0.2 H), 6.46 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, IH), 6.42 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, IH), 4.09 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.78 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (br d, J = 11.6 Hz, IH), 3.34 (m, ~2H), 3.08 (br, -0.2H), 2.82-2.55 (m), 2.35 (br t), 2.28-2.22 (m), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.98 (m), 1.82 (m), 1.68 (m), 1.48 (m) ppm. LC/MS: 477 (M+l).
Step 7. Preparation of(6R, 9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[2, 3-dimethyl-4-(3-morpholin-4-yl- propoxy)-phenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine
[0228] A solution of (6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(3-chloropropoxy)-2,3- dimethyl-phenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine (1.40 g, 2.93 mmol) in CH3CN (19 mL) at room temperature is treated with morpholine (1.28 mL, 14.7 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (0.61 g, 4.40 mmol) and a catalytic amount of KI (0.1 g). The reaction mixture is stirred at 800C overnight. After cooling, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted three times with DCM. The combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with 1: 1 hexanes-EtOAc followed by 100% EtOAc and finally 20: 1 CHCl3-MeOH affords the title product, which is dissolved in EtOAc (-10 mL) and treated with 1.0 M HCl in Et2O (2.0 eq). The resulting slurry is stirred at room temperature for 30 min, filtered, and the solid washed with Et2O and dried to yield the bis-HCl salt. Free base 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, -0.8H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.89 (br, -0.2H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, -0.8H), 6.61 (br, -0.2H), 6.46 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, IH), 6.41 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.8 Hz, IH), 4.00 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.73 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.45 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, IH), 3.34 (m, ~2H), 3.08 (br, -0.2H), 2.82-2.72 (m), 2.63 (m), 2.55 (m), 2.48 (br), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.99 (m), 1.82 (m), 1.70 (m), 1.48 (m) ppm. LC/MS: 528 (M+l). EXAMPLE 12. N-(3-{4-[(6R,9AS)-2-(4-CHLORO-3 -METHOX Y-PHENYL)-OCTAH YDRO-PYRIDO[1, 2- A] P YRAZIN-6-Y L] -2 , 3 -DIMETH YL-PH ENOXY } -PR0PYL)-ACETAM IDE
Figure imgf000076_0001
Step 1 2-(3-{4-[2-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrιdo[l,2-a]pyrazιn-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-propyl)-isoindole-l,3-dιone
[0229] To a solution of 4-[2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyπdo[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl]-2,3-dimethylphenol (obtained as in Example 11, 8g, 0.026 mol) in anhydrous DMF (100 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (7.8 g, 0.024) with stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 30 mm, N-(3- bromopropyl)-phthahmide (7g, 0.026 mol) is added and the stirring is continued for 18 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold water (300 mL) with stirring. The precipitated solid is filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to afford the title product. 1H ΝMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.81-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 7.17 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.70 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.43 (brs, IH), 6.41 (dd, J= 6.6, 4.8 Hz, IH), 4.0 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.46 (m,lH), 3.32 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.81 (m, 4H), 2.32 (t, 7.5 Hz, IH), 2.14-2.21 (m, 8H), 1.97-2.0 (m, 2H), 1 64-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.41- 1.49 (m, 2H); LC/MS: 588 (M+l).
Step 2. 3-{4-[2-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxyj-propylamine
[0230] 2-(3-{4-[2-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-isomdole-l,3-dione obtained m step 6 (10 g, 0.017 mol) and N2H4-H2O (150 mL) are dissolved in 300 mL of EtOH and refluxed for 3 h. The reaction mixture is cooled down to room temperature, diluted with 200 mL of DCM, washed with 100 mL of IN NaOH solution, water, brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silicagel chromatography eluting with 10% MeOH-DCM containing 1% Of NH4OH to afford the title product as a dry foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.37 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 7.17 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.74 (d, J = 6 6 Hz, IH), 6.46 (brs, IH), 6.41(dd, J =1.8, 4.8 Hz, IH), 4.02 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.45 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 3.32-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.91-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.82 (m, 5H), 2.23
(s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.82-2.01 (m, 4H), 1.66-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.50 (m, 2H); LC-MS found 458
(MH+).
Step 3. N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-acetamide
[0231] To a cooled solution of 3-{4-[2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy}-propylamine (6.5 g, 0.014 mol) in dry DCM (80 mL) and NEt3 (3.9 mL, 0.028 mol) is added acetyl chloride (1 mL, 0.014 mol) dropwise, and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. The volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the organic residue is submitted to flash chromatography over silicagel eluting with 5% MeOH-DCM containing few drops of NH4OH to afford the title product in 92:8 enantiomeric ratio. This is recrystallized from j'-PrOH to obtain the title product in 99 % enantiomeric purity; [α]D = +20.9 (c = 0.34 g/100 mL, CHCl3); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.39 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 7.18 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.74 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.46 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 6.40 (dd, J =1.8, 4.5 Hz, IH), 5.91 (m, IH), 4.03 (t, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.44-3.51 (m, 3H), 3.32 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 2.72-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.99-2.0 (m, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.61- 1.82 (m, 4H), 1.45-1.50 (m, 2H). LC/MS: 500 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 13. N-(3 - {4-[(6R,9 AS)-2-(4-FLUORO-3 -METHOXY-PH ENYL)-OCTAH YDRO-P YRIDO[ 1,2- A]PYRAZIN-6-YL]-2,3-DIMETHYL-PHENOXY}-PROPYL)-ACETAMIDE
This compound is prepared using the same protocols outlined in the previous two Examples, starting with 4-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-oxo-propyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-buty\ ester.
HCI
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000078_0002
Step 1. 2-[4-(4-Allyloxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)-2-oxo-but-3-enyl]-4-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
[0232] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 8.02 (br, IH), 7.42 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.93 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.72 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.63 (d, J = 11 Hz, IH), 6.36-6.39 (m, IH), 5.99-6.12 (m,lH), 5.43 (d, J = 14 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J= 9 Hz, IH), 4.53 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, IH), 4.01-4.19 (m, IH), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.62 (m, 4H), 2.74-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s,9H); LC/MS: 539 (M+l).
Step 2. 6-(4-Allyloxy-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- aJpyrazin-8-one
[0233] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.41 (br, IH), 6.93-6.98(m, IH), 6.54-6.71 (m, IH), 6.53 (dd, J = 2.1; 3.6 Hz, IH), 6.38-6.41 (m, IH), 6.08-6.18 (m, IH), 5.43 (d, J = 14 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J= 9 Hz, IH), 4.53 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, IH), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.81 (m, IH), 3.42 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.33 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 2.71-2.88 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.05-2.07 (m, 2H). LC/MS: 439 (M+l). Step 3. 4-[2-(4-Fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l, 2-a] pyrazin-6-yl] -2, 3-dimethyl-phenol.
[0234] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.30 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.93 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.64 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.53 (dd, J = 2.1; 3.6 Hz, IH), 6.36-6.40 (m, IH), 4.01 (br, 2H), 4.74 (br, IH), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.39 (m, 3H), 2.68-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.34-2.38 (m,lH), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.81-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.50 (m, 2H). LC/MS: 385 (M+ 1). Step 4. 2-(3-{4-[2-(4-Fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-propyl)-isoindole-l,3-dione
[0235] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.81-7.84 ( m, 2H), 7.69-7.73 ( m, 2H), 7.33 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH),), 6.93 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.69 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.52 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.34-6.39 (m, IH), 4.0 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.91(t, J = 6.9Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.41 (m, 3H), 2.57- 2.81 (m, 4H), 2.36-2.38 (m,lH), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.56-2.80 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.52 (m, 2H). LC/MS: 572 (M+l).
Step 5. 3-{4-[2-(4-Fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2, 3- dimethylphenoxyj-propylamine
[0236] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.35 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.92(t, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.73 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.52 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 4.01 (brs, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.37 (m, 3H), 2.91-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.35 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.80-2.01 (m, 4H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.52 (m, 2H). LC/MS: 442 (M+l). Step 6. N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l, 2-a] pyrazin-6-yl] -2, 3- dimethyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-acetamide
[0237] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.38 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.93 (t, J = 9.0 Hz,lH), 6.73 (d, J= 8.4 Hz,lH), 6.53 (d, J= 8.4 Hz,lH), 6.37 (d, J= 8.4 Hz5IH), 5.88 (m, IH), 4.03 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.48 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.24-3.39 (m, 3H), 2.56 2.76 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.41 (m, IH), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.02 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.64-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.45-1.50 (m, 2H); LC/MS: 484 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 14. 4-(4-CHLORO-3-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PHENYL)-1 -[4-(2-METHOXY-ETΉOXY)-2,3-
DI METHYL-BENZYL] -P IPERIDIN -4-OL
TiCI4, CI2CHOMe
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0002
Figure imgf000079_0003
Step 1. l-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzene
[0238] To a solution of 2,3-dimethylphenol (57g, 0.47 mol) and allyl bromide (68g, 49 mL, 0.56 mol) in acetonitrile (700 mL) is added KOH (37 g, 0.65 mol). The reaction mixture is stirred vigorously at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure, and the solid residue is partitioned between water and Et2O. The aqueous layer is washed with Et2O, the organic layers are combined and washed with brine until neutral pH of the aqueous phase, dried with MgSO4 and filtered. Removal of solvent under reduced pressure yields the title compound as a dark- colored liquid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 7.03 (t, IH); 6.79 (d, IH); 6.72 (d, IH); 6.09 (m, IH), 5.44 (d, IH); 5.27 (d, IH); 4.52 (d, 2H); 2.3 (s, 3H); 2.2 (s, 3H). Step 2. 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde
[0239] A solution of TiCl4 (106.4 g, 62 mL, 0.56 mol) in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) is cooled down to -780C (acetone-dry ice bath) under a nitrogen atmosphere (balloon). α,α-Dichloro- methyl methyl ether (Cl2CHOMe, Aldrich Chemical Co., 35.5 g, 27 mL, 0.31 mol) is added dropwise via syringe maintaining the reaction temperature below -6O0C. l-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3- dimethylbenzene (45.5 g, 0.28 mol) is dissolved in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) and added slowly over 1 hour, keeping the reaction mixture at a temperature below -6O0C by continuous addition of dry ice; the reaction mixture turns dark red. Stirring is continued overnight, allowing the reaction mixture to slowly reach room temperature. The reaction is quenched by pouring it into a large flask containing crushed ice (500 g) and concentrated HCl (50 mL) with vigorous stirring. After 30 min, the 2 phases are separated, the organic phase washed with NaHCO3 (5% in water) several times (until neutral pH of the aqueous phase is obtained) and then once with brine. The organic phase is dried and flashed through a 10-cm plug of silicagel, eluting with EtOAc, to remove inorganic impurities and part of the dark color. Upon evaporation of the solvent, the title compound is obtained as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 10.3 (s, IH); 7.62 (d, IH); 6.81 (d, IH); 6.07 (m, IH), 5.44 (d, IH); 5.32 (d, IH); 4.62 (d, 2H); 2.6 (s, 3H); 2.2 (s, 3H).
Step 3. 4-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-benzyl]- piperidin-4-ol
[0240] To a solution of 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde (0.5 g, 2 mmol) and 4-[4-chloro-3(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-piperidinol (0.57 g, 2 mmol) in anhydrous CH2ClCH2Cl (10 mL) is added NaBH(OAc)3 (1.5g, 3 mmol) and catalytic amounts (0.1 mL) of AcOH. The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture is taken to dryness under reduced pressure (rotary evaporator) and the organic residue is diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to an oil under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% MeOH-DCM containing 1% Of NH4OH to afford the title compound as a dry foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 7.84 (s,lH), 7.59 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 7.45 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 7.07 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 6.67 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, IH), 4.09 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 2.87 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.51 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.69 (d, J= 9.Hz, 2H). LC/MS: 472 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 15. SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC [(6R,9AS)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)- OCTAΗYDRO-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-2 -YL]-(O-TRIFLUOROMETHYL-PYRIDIN^-YL)-METHANONE
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000081_0002
2. Jones Oxidation
Figure imgf000081_0003
Step 1. 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-but-3-yn-l-ol
[0241] A mixture of 2-chloropyrazine (65g, 0.57 mol), 3-butyn-l-ol (51.8g, 0.74 mol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (7g, 10 mmol), CuI (1.9 g, 10 mmol) and NEt3 (500 mL) is stirred in a pressure tube at 5O0C (oil bath temperature) for 4 h and then at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture is filtered through a thick celite plug (5 cm), and washed with NEt3 (100 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL). The solvents are eliminated under reduced pressure (rotavapor). The resulting black residue is taken in DCM and filtered through a silicagel column (10 cm), eluting with EtOAc, which removes black impurities and yields the title product as a cream-colored solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.62 (s, IH); 8.50 (s, IH); 8.44 (s, IH); 3.88 (t, 2H); 2.89 (t, 2H); 2.4 (br, IH). Step 2. 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol
[0242] 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-but-3-yn-l-ol (5.4 g, 36.5 mmol) is dissolved in EtOAc (300 mL) and EtOH (300 mL). Pd catalyst is added (0.7g, 10%/C). The reaction mixture is degassed for 5 min under vacuum and then H2 (balloon) is added. After 2 h an additional 0.15 g of catalyst is added and the hydrogenation reaction mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. The flask is evacuated and purged with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered through a celite plug to remove the heterogeneous catalyst. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure (rotavapor) and the oily residue is purified by flash chromatography, eluting with EtOAc. 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol is obtained as a yellow oil upon evaporation of the solvent. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 8.43 (s, 2H); 3.67 (t, 2H); 2.84 (m, 2H); 1.97 (br, IH); 1.82 (m, 2H); 1.62 (m, 2H). LC/MS: 135 (M+l). Step 3. 4-Pyrazin-2-yl-butyraldehyde
[0243] A solution of oxalyl chloride (6.6 mL, 2M in DCM, 13.2 mmol) is cooled to -420C (acetonitrile/dry ice bath). To this solution is added anhydrous DMSO (1.87 mL, 26.4 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 20 min at the same temperature. A solution of 4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol (1.0 g, 6.6 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (40 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at -42 0C for 1 h. NEt3 (7.4 mL, 52.8 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued at that temperature for 30 mm and then at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction is quenched by diluting with DCM. The resulting solution is washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Upon concentration in vacuo a dark-colored oil is obtained, which is filtered through a silicagel plug eluting with EtOAc/hexanes 1:1 to furnish the title product as a light brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 9.78 (s, IH); 8.50 (s, IH); 8.46 (s, IH); 8.42 (s, IH); 2.86 (t, 2H); 2.54 (t, 2H); 2.10 (m, 2H). Step 4. l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dιmethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazιn-2-yl-butan-l-ol
[0244] All glassware used in this reaction is oven-dried and cooled under a nitrogen stream. 4-Bromo-2,3-dimethylanisole (1.0 g, 4.65 mmol) is dissolved m anhydrous THF (10 mL). An aliquot of this solution (2 mL) is added to Mg turnings (226 mg, 9.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL). (The Mg turnings were previously placed in the flask and heated with heat-gun for 5 mm.) A small crystal of I2 is added to start the formation of the organomagnesium reagent, and the mixture is heated with heat-gun to reflux temperature. The purple color of the solution disappears in 5 mm. The rest of the solution of the aryl bromide in THF is then added in one portion and the reaction mixture is heated at reflux temperature for 4 h to complete the generation of the Gπgnard reagent. Upon cooling to -780C, a solution of 4-pyrazm-2-yl-butyraldehyde (1.9 mmol, 285 mg) in THF (10 mL) is added dropwise. The resulting mixture is stirred at -780C for 1 h and then at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of brine. The mixture is partitioned with EtOAc (2X), the organic layers combined and washed with bπne, dπed with Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by filtration through a silicagel plug to yield the title product as a yellow-brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.46 (s, IH); 8.44 (s, IH); 8.38 (s, IH); 7.27 (d, IH); 6.74 (d, IH); 4.97 (t, IH); 3.81 (s, 3H); 2.86 (t, 2H); 2.16 (s, 3H); 2.04 (s, 3H); 1.7-2.1 (m, 4H). LC/MS: 269 (M- H2O+1). Step 5 l-(4-Methoxy-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazιn-2-yl-butan-l-one
[0245] A solution of l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazm-2-yl-butan-l-ol (50 mg, 0.17 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (2 mL) is added to a solution of Dess-Martin peπodinane (168 mg, 0.26 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (3 mL). The resulting mixture is stirred for 45 mm at room temperature. The reaction is quenched by addition of EtOAc (10 mL) and NaOH (IN, 5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 10 mm. The organic layer is partitioned with IN NaOH and brme, dπed over Na2SO4. Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure yields the title product as a brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.49 (s, 2H), 8.41 (s, IH); 7.44 (d, IH); 6.70 (d, IH); 3.85 (s, 3H); 2.92 (m, 4H); 2.37 (s, 3H); 2.19 (m, 2H); 2.17 (s, 3H). LC/MS: 285 (M+l). Step 6 Racemic (6,9a)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dιmethylphenyl)-octahydro-pyrιdo[l,2-a]pyrazine
[0246] A solution of l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-one (44.8 mg, 0.16 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) containing acetic acid (0.47 mmol) and PtO2 (10 mg) is shaken under an atmosphere of H2 (balloon) for 24 h. The reaction mixture is then filtered through a pad of celite using MeOH. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with acetone and filtered. The solid is washed with acetone and dπed yielding the title product dihydrochloπde as a tan solid. A small sample is free-based (IN NaOH/DCM) and the resulting oil used to record the 1H NMR spectrum. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.36 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 0.9H), 6.88 (br, 0.1H), 6.73 (d, J = 8 8 Hz, 0.9H), 6.61 (br, 0.1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.28 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 0.9H), 3.02 (br, 0.1H), 2.88-2.55 (m, 6H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.18-1.31 (m, 8H). LC/MS: 274 (M+l).
Step 7 [6-(4-Methoxy-2, 3-dimethyl-phenyl)-octahydro-pyndo[l, 2-a] pyrazιn-2-yl] -(6-trιfluoro- methyl-pyrιdιn-3-yl)-methanone
[0247] A solution of ci^-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-octahydropyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine (5.5 mg, 0.02 mmol), 6-tπfluoromethylnicotmic acid (4.2 mg, 0.022 mmol) and BOP (13.3 mg, 0.03 mmol) in 5% NEt3 in DMA (0.5 mL) is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaOH IN (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is puπfied by PTLC on silicagel, elutmg with 5% MeOH and 1% NH3 in DCM to yield the title compound as an oil. LC/MS: 448 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 16. SYNTHESIS OF RACEMIC (6,9A)-6-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-
OCT AHYDRO-PYRIDO[I, 2-A]PYRAZINE THROUGH HYDROBORATION/PD(0)-COUPLING REACTIONS
Figure imgf000083_0001
3 TPAP, MNO, CH2CI2
Figure imgf000083_0002
Step 1 l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-but-3-en-l-ol
[0248] 2,3-Dimethyl-4-methoxybenzaldehyde (328 mg, 2.0 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous THF (16 mL) at -78 0C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Allylmagnesium chloride (2.0M in THF, 1.3 mL, 2.6 mmol) is added dropwise over 2 min. The reaction mixture is kept at -780C for 1 h and then allowed to reach room temperature. An additional amount of the Gπgnard reagent is added (0.3 mL) and the reaction is stirred for an additional hour at room temperature. The reaction is quenched by addition Of H2O (1 mL) at O0C and then NH4Cl (saturated solution). The crude product is isolated by partition between Et2O and brine. PTLC on silicagel eluting with 25% EtOAc in hexanes yields the title product as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 7.30 (d, IH); 6.76 (d, IH); 5.87 (m, IH); 5.28 (m, IH); 5.16 (m, IH); 4.98 (m, IH); 3.80 (s, 3H); 2.40-2.55 (m, 2H); 2.25 (s, 3H); 2.18 (s, 3H). LC/MS: 189 (M-H2CHl). Step 2. l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol
[0249] 9-BBN (solid dimmer, 146 mg, 1.2 mmol) is weighed out into a flame-dried flask. Anhydrous THF (10 mL) is added under a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution of l-(4-methoxy-2,3- dimethylphenyl)-but-3-en-l-ol (103 mg, 0.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (ImL) is added via syringe. The reaction mixture is heated at for 1 h at room temperature and then at 5O0C for 3h. The reaction mixture is taken to room temperature and treated with K3PO4 (IM in H2O, 1.5 mL), chloropyrazine (0.054 mL, 0.6 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (17.3 mg, 3 mol%) and heated for 16 h at 8O0C. The reaction mixture is cooled to O0C (ice-water bath) and treated with NaOH (0.5 mL, 2.5M) and H2O2 (30% in H2O, 0.2 mL), stirring for 30 min at room temperature. The mixture is partitioned between Et2O and H2O, the organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography on silicagel eluting with 75% EtOAc in hexanes yields the title product as a clear oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.46 (s, IH); 8.44 (s, IH); 8.38 (s, IH); 7.27 (d, IH); 6.74 (d, IH); 4.97 (t, IH); 3.81 (s, 3H); 2.86 (t, 2H); 2.16 (s, 3H); 2.04 (s, 3H); 1.7-2.1 (m, 4H). LC/MS: 269 (M- H2CHl). Step 3. l-(4-Methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-one
[0250] A solution of l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-ol (50 mg, 0.17 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (2 mL) is added to a solution of Dess-Martin periodinane (168 mg, 0.26 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (3 mL). The resulting mixture is stirred for 45 min at room temperature. The reaction is quenched by addition of EtOAc (10 mL) and NaOH (IN, 5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The organic layer is partitioned with IN NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure yields the title product as a brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): 8.49 (s, 2H); 8.41 (s, IH); 7.44 (d, IH); 6.70 (d, IH); 3.85 (s, 3H); 2.92 (m, 4H); 2.37 (s, 3H); 2.19 (m, 2H); 2.17 (s, 3H). LC/MS: 285 (M+l).
[0251] Racemic l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-4-pyrazin-2-yl-butan-l-one is transformed into [6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6- trifluoro-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone as described in the previous Example. EXAMPLE 17. SYNTHESIS OF ((lS,4S)-5-((S)-l-(4-((S)-3-HYDROXYBUTOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYL-
PHENYL)ETHYL)-2,5-DIAZA-BICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPTAN-2-YL)(5-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PYRIDIN-2-
YL)METHANONE
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step 1 l-(4-Methoxy-2, 3-dιmethylphenyl)ethanone
[0252] To a solution of aluminum chloride (70.4 g, 0.528 mol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (400 mL) under N2 at 00C is added acetyl chloπde (31.3 mL, 0.44 mol) slowly via an addition funnel, followed by 2,3-dimethylamsole (60 g, 0.44 mol). After stirring for 30 mm at 00C, the reaction mixture is poured onto 60Og of ice cubes and vigorously stirred as cone. HCl (300 mL) is added slowly. After 1 h stirring, the organic layer is isolated, washed with bπne, and dπed over Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords the title compound as an off white oil which becomes white crystalline after stored in refrigerator overnight. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.55 (d, IH), 6.72 (d, IH), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 179. Step 2 l-(4-Hydroxy-2, 3-dimethylphenyl)ethanone
[0253] To a solution of l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethanone (37g, 0.21 mol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (400 mL) under N2 at -78°C is added BBr3 (49.2 mL, 0.52 mol) dropwise via an addition funnel over a peπod of 45 min while maintaining the internal temperature below -700C. The reaction mixture is gradually warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture is poured carefully into saturated NaHCO3 solution (1500 mL) containing ice over 30 min with vigorous stirring, and warmed to room temperature gradually. The pH of the aqueous layer is about 6-7. The light pink solid is collected via filtration and washed with water. The solid is redissolved in EtOAc (500 mL), washed with water and bπne, and dried over Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords the title compound as a light pmk solid. The organic layer from the filtration of the solid is separated, and the aqueous phase is extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x 100 mL). The organic layers are combined, washed with water (2x 250 mL), brine (250 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is triturated with CH2Cl2/Et20 (1:1, 50 mL) to afford additional title compound as a light pmk solid. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ: 9.96 (s, IH), 7.49 (d, IH), 6.70 (d, IH), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 164. Step 3. l-[4-(Allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylphenyl] ethanone
[0254] To a solution of l-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethanone (26.26 g, 0.161 mol) in anhydrous acetonitπle (300 mL) under N2 at room temperature is added powdered KOH (9.92 g, 0.177 mol). After stirring for 10 min, allyl iodide (19.1 mL, 0.209 mol) is added, and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight Acetonitrile is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dπed over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane/EtOAc 95:5) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.51 (d, IH), 6.70 (d, IH), 6.07 (m, IH), 5.44 (m, IH), 5.30 (m, IH), 4.57-4.59 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H)- 205.
Step 4. tert-Butyl (IS, 4S)-5-{(ls)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylphenyl] ethyl}-2,5- dιazabιcyclo[2 2. lJheptane-2-carboxylate
[0255] A mixture of l-[4-(allyloxy)-2, 3 -dimethylphenyl] ethanone (24.2 g, 0.119 mol) and (lS,4S)-tert-butyl 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (22.8 g, 0.115 mol) in Ti(OiPr)4 (65.4 g, 0.23 mol) under N2 is heated at 700C for 3 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to 00C, and anhydrous EtOH (500 mL) is added, followed by NaBH4 (6.53 g, 0.173 mol) in small portions. The mixture is stirred at 00C for 0.5 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous NaOH (IN, 500 mL), and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. Insoluble materials are removed by filtration through celite, and the filter cake is washed with EtOAc. The filtrate and wash are combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned between water and EtOAc, organic layer is washed with water and brine, dπed over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the mixture of two diastereoisomers (ratio 2/1). The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane/EtOAc: 95/5) to afford the undesired "R" diastereoisomer, mixture of "R" and "S" (S/R = 3/1), and the desired "S" diastereoisomer as a brown oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3 δ: 7.25 (d, IH), 6.70 (d, IH), 6.07 (m, IH), 5.43 (m, IH), 5.26 (m, IH), 4.51 (d, 2H), 4.34 (bs, 0.5H), 4.25 (bs, 0.5H), 3.80 (m, IH), 3.32-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, IH), 2.95 (m, IH), 2.55 (m, IH), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2 20 (s, 3H), 1.83 (m, IH), 1.61 (m, IH), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.24-1.28 (m, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+Na): 409. Step 5. (Is, 4s)-2-{(ls)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylphenyl] ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane
[0256] tert-Butyl (IS, 4S)-5-{(ls)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylphenyl] ethyl} -2, 5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]-heptane-2-carboxylate (10.0 g, 30 mmol) is dissolved in EtOAc (60 mL) and treated with 4 M HCl in dioxane (60 mL) at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture is then triturated with hexane, and resulting yellow solid is collected via filtration and washed with hexane. The solid is then partitioned between IN NaOH and EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords the title compound as a brown oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3 δ: 7.27 (d, IH), 6.70 (d, IH), 6.07 (m, IH), 5.43 (m, IH), 5.25 (m, IH), 4.50 (d, 2H), 3.81 (q, IH), 3.52 (s, IH), 3.30 (s, IH), 3.07-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.63 (dd, IH), 2.35 (d, IH), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.04 (bs, IH), 1.82 (d, IH), 1.47 (d, IH), 1.26 (d, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 287. Step 6. 5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
[0257] To a solution of 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (31.2g, 0.172 mol) in anhydrous DMF (200 mL) is added zinc cyanide (80.65 g, 0.686 mol). The suspension is stirred at room temperature for 10 min while N2 is bubbled through. Pd(PPh3)4 (9.92g, 8.6 mmol) is then added, and the reaction mixture is heated at 900C under N2 overnight. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, diluted with 1 N NaOH (2L), and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 500 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (3 x 500 mL), brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to about 100 mL under reduced pressure. The concentrated EtOAc solution is filtered through a silica gel plug (250 g), and eluted with EtOAc/hexane (4: 1, IL) to remove baseline impurities. The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is then treated with 6 N HCl (50 mL) at 100°C overnight. The reaction is cooled to O0C and the pH is adjusted to 5-6 with IO N NaOH. The yellow solid is collected via filtration, washed with Et2O (2 x 100 mL) and CH2Cl2 (2 x 50 mL) to remove impurities carrying over from the first step. The resulting off-white solid is dried by co-evaporation with toluene to afford the title compound. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.93 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, IH), 8.23 (d, IH).
Step 7. (IS, 4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylphenyl] ethyl}-5-{[5-(trifluromethyl)pyridin-2- yl]carbonyl}-2, 5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane
[0258] A mixture of (15, 45)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo-[2.2.1]heptane (7.3 g, 25.5 mmol), 5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4.97 g, 26.0 mmol), BOP (16.9 g, 38.3 mmol) and NEt3 (8.89 mL, 63.8 mmol) in NN-dimethylacetamide (50 mL) is heated at 400C under N2 overnight. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, diluted with IN NaOH (100 mL), and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is isolated, washed with IN NaOH, water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography with EtOAc as the eluent to afford the title compound as a brown oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.86 (s, 0.67H), 8.83 (s, 0.33H), 8.02-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, IH), 6.72 (m, IH), 6.07 (m, IH), 5.43 (m, IH), 5.26 (m, IH), 4.97 (s, IH), 4.49-4.53 (m, 2H), 3.72-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, IH), 3.35 (m, IH), 3.22 (m, IH), 2.83 (d, 0.67H), 2.78 (d, 0.33H), 2.33 (s, 2H), 2.25 (s, IH), 2.21 (s, 2H), 2.19 (s, IH), 1.95 (m, IH), 1.72 (m, IH), 1.25-1.31 (m, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 460.
Step 8. 2, 3-Dimethylphenyl-4-[( IS)-I '((1S, 4S)-5-{[5-(trifluromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbonyl}-2, 5- diazabicyclo[2.2. l]hept-2-yl)ethyl] phenol
[0259] To a solution of (15,45)-2-{(15)-l-[4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-{[5- (trifluromethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (from step 7, 9.2 g, 20.0 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (200 mL) is added morpholine (1.92 mL, 22.0 mmol). The solution is purged with nitrogen for 10 min, Pd(PPh3)4 (1.16 g, 1.0 mmol) is then added, and the reaction mixture is stirred under nitrogen for 2 h. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), insoluble bright yellow catalyst is removed by filtration, and washed with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The filtrate and washings are combined, washed with 1 : 1 water-saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (eluted first with 800 mL of EtOAc, then EtOAc/MeOH (95/5)) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.87 (s, 0.67H), 8.83 (s, 0.33H), 8.04-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.19 (m IH), 6.65 (m, IH), 5.22 (bs, 0.67H), 5.10 (bs, 0.33H), 4.97 (s, IH), 3.73-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, IH), 3.36 (m, IH), 3.22 (dd, 0.67H), 3.17 (dd, 0.33H), 2.81 (d, 0.67H), 2.76 (d, 0.33H), 2.32 (s, 2H), 2.24 (s, IH), 2.18 (s, 2H), 2.17 (s, IH), 1.96 (m, IH), 1.71 (m, IH), 1.24-1.30 (m, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 420. Step 9. (3S)-3-{[(tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}butyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonate
[0260] To a solution of methyl-(S)-3-hydroxybutyrate (15 g, 127 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (100 mL) under N2 is added tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (21.1 g, 140 mmol), followed by imidazole (9.52 g, 140 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction is quenched with water (100 mL), and extracted with hexane. The organic phase is washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords a colorless oil which is dissolved in anhydrous THF (100 mL) and cooled to -78°C. DIBAL (381 mL, IM in THF) is added slowly, and the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is cooled to O0C, quenched with saturated sodium tartrate carefully, and then extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic layers are combined, washed with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure affords a colorless oil, which is dissolved in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (80 mL). TsCl (18.2, 95.6 mmol) is added in one portion, the mixture is cooled to O0C, and pyridine (15.5 mL, 191.2 mmol) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction is quenched with aqueous HCl (IN, 150 mL), and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase is washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with 30 g of ammonium carbonate resin in CH2Cl2 (200 mL) and MeOH (70 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 3 h, the resin is removed via filtration through celite, the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc: 8/1) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 4.10 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, IH), 2.44 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.09 (d, 3H), 0.80 (s, 9H), 0.01 (s, 3H), -0.03 (s, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+Na): 381.
Step 10. (2S)-4-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2. l]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy}-2-butanol
[0261] To a suspension of 2,3-dimethylphenyl-4-[(15)-l((15,4.S)-5-{[5- (trifluromethy^pyridin^-y^carbonyll^.S-diazabicyclop^.^hept^-y^ethy^phenol (3.0 g, 7.16 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (7.0 g, 21.4 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (30 mL) under N2 is added (35)-3-{[(tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}butyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonate compound (5.13 g, 14.32 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 6O0C under N2 overnight. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL of water, and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The organic layer is washed with water (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane/EtOAc: 1/1) to afford ((lS,45)-5-((S)-l-(4-((5)-3-(tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)butoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]-heptan-2-yl)(5- (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methanone as a yellow oil. The oil is dissolved in THF (30 mL), terra n- butylammonium fluoride (9.7 mL, IM in THF) is added at 00C, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with 1 : 1 water-saturated brine and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2/MeOH: 90/10) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.86 (s, 0.67H), 8.83 (s, 0.33H), 8.04-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, IH), 6.74 (m, IH), 4.96 (s, IH), 4.07- 4.18 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m IH), 3.35 (m, IH), 3.20 (m, IH), 2.82 (d, 0.67H), 2.77 (d, 0.33H), 2.33 (s, 2H), 2.25(s, IH), 2.22 (m, IH), 2.18 (s, 2H), 2.16 (s, IH), 1.92-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.71(m, IH), 1.25-1.30 (m, 6H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 492.
EXAMPLE 18. SYNTHESIS OF (2Λ)-l-{2,3-DIMETHYL-4-[(l1S)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[5-(TRIFLUORO-
METHYL)-2-PYRIDINYL]CARBONYL}-2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2-YL)ETHYL]PHENOXY}-2-
PROPANOL
Figure imgf000089_0001
[0262] In an analogous manner to Example 17, the title compound is made from (2R)-2- {[(ter/-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-propyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonate (obtained from (R)-methyl 2- hydroxypropanoate via protection as the TBDMS ether and reduction with BH3THF) and 2,3- dimethylphenyl-4-[( 1 S)- 1 (( 1 S,4S)-5 - { [5 -(trifluromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]carbonyl } -2,5 -diazabicyclo- [2.2.1]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenol, and is obtained as an off-white solid. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8 86 (s, 0.67H), 8.83 (s, 0.33H), 8.04-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, IH), 6.72 (m, IH), 4.97 (s, IH), 4.22 (m, IH), 3.71-4.00 (m, 4H), 3.51 (m IH), 3.35 (m, IH), 3.23(bs, IH), 2.84 (d, 0.67H), 2.78 (d, 0.33H), 2.35 (m, IH), 2.32(s, 2H), 2.25 (s, IH), 2.20 (s, 2H), 2.18 (s, IH), 1.98 (m, IH), 1.71(m, IH), 1.25- 1.30 (m, 6H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 478.
EXAMPLE 19. SYNTHESIS OF (2R)- 1- {2,3 -DIMETHYL-4-[( IS)-I -((lS,4S)-5-{ [6-(TRIFLUORO-
METHYL)-3-PYRIDINYL]CARBONYL}-2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2-YL)ETΉYL]PHENOXY}-2-
PROPANOL
Figure imgf000090_0001
[0263] In an analogous manner to Example 17, the title compound is made from ((lS,4S)-5- ((S)-l-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)(6- (tnfluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)methanone and (2R)-2-{[(tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} -propyl -4- methylbenzenesulfonate. The title compound is obtained as a yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.85 (m, IH), 8.04 (m, IH), 7.75 (m, IH), 7.27 (m, IH), 6.70 (m, IH), 4.88 (s, 0.33H), 4.22 (m, IH), 4.16 (s, 0.67H), 3.88-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, IH), 3.39 (m, IH), 3.17 (m, IH), 2.75 (m, IH), 2.15-2.33 (m, 7H), 1.98 (m, IH), 1.64-1.77(m, 2H), 1.25-1.30 (m, 6H). LC- MS m/z (M+H): 478.
EXAMPLE 20. SYNTHESIS OF (2S)-4-{2,3-DIMETHYL-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(TRIFLUORO-
METHYL)-3-PYRIDINYL]CARBONYL}-2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2-YL)ETHYL]PHENOXY}-2-
BUTANOL
Figure imgf000090_0002
[0264] The title compound is made from 6-(tπfiuoromethyl)pyπdine-3-carboxylic acid via a synthetic procedure similar to that described in Example 17. The title compound is obtained as a yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.84(m, IH), 8.04 (m, IH), 7.75 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 6.72 (m, IH), 4.88 (s, 0.33H), 4.05-4.17 (m, 3.67H), 3.91 (m, IH), 3.68 (m, IH), 3.54 (m, IH), 3.38 (m, IH), 3.16 (m, IH), 2.74 (m, IH), 2.12-2.33 (m, 7H), 1.91-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.25- 1.30 (m, 6H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 492. EXAMPLE 21. SYNTHESIS OF (2R)-l-[4-((15)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[(6-ETHYL-3-PYR]DINYL)CARBONYL]- 2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2-YL)ETHYL)-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENOXY]-2-PROPANOL
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step 1. β-EthylpyήdineS-carboxylic acid
[0265] A flame-dried flask is charged under N2 with methyl-6-chloronicotinate (11 g, 64.1 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (1.13 g, 3.19 mmol), anhydrous THF (200 mL) and N-methylpyrrolidinone (20 mL). A solution of ethylmagnesium bromide (IM in THF, 76.9 mL, 76.9 mmol) is added. The resulting mixture is stirred for 10 min. The reaction is quenched with 1: 1 water-saturated brine and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with aqueous NaOH (5N, 64 mL) and EtOH (64 mL) at room temperature overnight. EtOH is then removed under reduced pressure. The pH of the aqueous solution is adjusted to 4-5 with 6N HCl, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography with EtOAc as the eluent to afford the title compound as a white solid. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 9.29(d, IH), 8.37 (dd, IH), 8.10 (bs, IH), 7.34(d, IH), 2.99 (q, 2H), 1.37 (t, 3H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 152.
Step 2. (2R)-l-[4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[(6-ethyl-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl)ethyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy]-2-propanol
[0266] The title compound is made from (6-ethylpyridin-3-yl)((lS,4S)-5-((S)-l-(4-hydroxy- 2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-2-yl)methanone and (2R)-2- {[(tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} -propyl -4-methylbenzenesulfonate via a synthetic procedure similar to that described in Example 17. The title compound is obtained as a yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.70 (s, 0.33H), 8.66 (s, 0.67H), 7.78 (m, IH), 7.20-7.29(m, 2H), 6.69 (m, IH), 4.84 (s, 0.33H), 4.25(s, 0.67H), 4.22 (m, IH), 3.87-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.18 (m, IH), 2.86 (q, 2H), 2.79(d, 0.33H), 2.70(d, 0.67H), 2.42(d, 0.67H), 2.39(d, 0.33H), 2.33 (s, 2H), 2.19(s, 2H), 2.15(s, IH), 2.13(s, IH), 1.95(m, IH), 1.70(m, IH), 1.23-1.34(m, 9H). LC-MS m/z (M+H): 438.
EXAMPLE 22. SYNTHESIS OF 3-{2,3-DIMETHYL-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[5-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-2- PYRIDINYL]CARBONYL}-2,5-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-2-YL)ETHYL]PHENOXY}-N,N-DIMETHYL-l- PROPANAMINE
Figure imgf000091_0002
[0267] A mixture of 2,3-dimethylphenyl-4-[(lS)-l((lS,4S)-5-{[5-(trifluromethyl)pyridin-2- ylJcarbonyll^S-diazabicyclo-P^.lJhept^-ytyethylJphenol (from Example 17, 350 mg, 0.83 mmol), Cs2CO3 (680 mg, 2.1 mmol) and l-chloro-3-iodo-propane (135 μL, 1.25 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) is stirred at room temperature under N2 overnight. The reaction mixture is then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (3x) and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by passing through a silica gel plug (EtOAc/hexane: 1/1) to afford a yellow oil. To a solution of the oil (183 mg, 0.37 mmol) in DMA (3.7 mL) in a sealed tube is added DMA (3.7 mL, 2M in THF), Cs2CO3 (181 mg, 0.55 mmol) and catalytic amounts of NaI. The mixture is heated at 8O0C overnight. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by PTLC (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH: 90/9/1) to yield the title compound as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ: 8.86 (s, 0.67H), 8.82 (s, 0.33H), 8.0-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, IH), 6.71 (m, IH), 4.96 (s, IH), 3.71-4.02 (m, 4H), 3.52 (m, IH), 3.34 (m, IH), 3.21 (m, IH), 2.79 (m, IH), 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s), 2.32 (s), 2.24 (s), 2.17 (s), 2.15 (s) (total 12 H), 1.94-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.69 (m, IH), 1.28 (m, 3H). LC-MS (M+H): 505.
EXAMPLE 23. SYNTHESIS OF 4-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[6-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-3- PYRIDINYL]CARBONYL}OCT AHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[1 ,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N,N-DIMETHYL-1 - BUTANAMINE
Figure imgf000092_0001
Step 1. (6R,10S)-{6-[4-(4-bromobutoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]octahydropyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine-2-yl}- (4-trifluoromethyl-3-pyridyl) methanone
[0268] A solution of (6R, 10S)-[6-(2,3-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)octahydropyrido[l,2- a]pyrazine-2-yl]-(4-trifiuoromethyl-3-pyridyl) methanone (from Example 1, 455 mg, 1.05 mmoles) in DMF (4 mL) is treated with powdered Cs2CO3 (311 mg, 1.57 mmoles, 1.5 equiv.) and 1,4- dibromobutane (630 μL, 5.25 mmoles, 5.0 equiv.) and heated in a sealed tube reactor with stirring in a 7O0C oil bath for 20 h. The mixture is diluted with 25 mL water and extracted with CH2Cl2. Then combined extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 60% hexanes/EtOAc to give the title compound as a brown oil. LC/MS: 568 (M+l)+.
Step 2. 4-[2,3-Dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethyl-l-butanamine
[0269] A solution of (6R, 10S)-{6-[4-(4-bromobutoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]octahydro- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-3-pyridyl) methanone (410 mg, 0.722 mmol) is dissolved in 3.0 mL of isopropyl alcohol, treated with 1.80 mL DMA (1 M in MeOH) and stirred in a 6O0C oil bath for 18 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by PTLC on a 2mm silica plate eluting with 14% MeOH (2N NH3)/CH2C12 to provide (6R, 105)-{6-[4-(4-dimethylaminobutoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]octahydropyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine-2-yl}-(4- trifluoromethyl-3-pyridyl) methanone as a brown foam. This is converted to the dihydrochloride salt by treating a CH2Cl2 solution of the free base with 2 equivalents IM HCl in ether and concentrating. The free base is characterized as follows. LC/MS: 533 (M+l)+; 1H NMR (mixture of rotamers, 400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.74 (IH, d), 7.93 (IH, dd), 7.73 (IH, dd), 7.30 (IH, dd), 6.70 (IH, dd), 4.52 (lH,dd), 4.06 - 3.90 (2H, m), 3.45 - 2.72 (5H, bm), 2.55 (3H, bm), 2.35, (7H, bm), 2.10 - 2.02 (8H, bm), 1.80 (8H, bm), 1.26 (3H, bm).
EXAMPLE 24. SYNTHESIS OF 3-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[6-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PYRIDIN-3-
YLJCARBONYLlOCTAHYDRO^H-PYRIDOf l ^-AjPYRAZIN-ό-Y^PHENOXYl-N^-DIMETHYLPROPAN-l - AMINE
Figure imgf000093_0001
[0270] This compound is made by a procedure analogous to Example 23, replacing 1,4- dibromobutane with l-chloro-3-iodo-propane in step 1 of the synthesis. LC/MS: 519 (M+l)+.
EXAMPLE 25. SYNTHESIS OF 3-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5- PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL}OCT AHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[1 ,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N-(2- METHOXYETHYL)-1 -PROPANAMINE
Figure imgf000093_0002
Step 1. 2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- pyrido[ 1 ,2-a] pyrazin-6-yl)phenol
[0271] The title compound is made by a procedure analogous to that for 2,3-dimethyl-4- ((6R,9aS)2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl)phenol, replacing 6-trifluoromethylnicotinic acid with 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrirnidine-5-carboxylic acid. Step 2. 3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6RSaS)-2-{[2-(tήfluoromethyl)-5-pyήmidinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l-chloro-propane
[0272] To a solution of 2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-5- pyrimidinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenol (2.3 g, 5.29 mmol) in 2- butanone (5O mL) is added Cs2CO3 (1.89 g, 5.82 mmol) under N2 atmosphere, and the resulting mixture is stirred for 25 min at room temperature. l-Chloro-3-iodo-propane (3.2 g, 15.6 mmol) and catalytic amounts of KI are added, and the resulting mixture is stirred at 800C for 16 h. The reaction mixture is taken to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc and washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography eluting with 30 % EtOAc-hexanes to afford the title compound as a foamy solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.95 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, IH), 7.33 -7.35 (m, IH), 6.70 -6.78 (m, IH), 4.51 (q, J = 13.8 Hz, IH), 4.04 - 4.10 (m, 2H), 3.76 (q, J = 6Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.40 (m, 4H), 2.53-2.90 (m, 3H), 2.14-2.29 (m containing two s at 2.20, 2.17, 8H), 1.73-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.32-1.58 (m, 3H). LC-MS found 511 (M+ 1)+.
Step 3. 3-[2, 3-dimethyl-4-((6R, 9aS)-2-{ [2-(tήfluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl] carbonyljocta- hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l-propanamine
[0273] To a solution of 3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]- carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l-chloro-propane (2 g, 3.92 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (30 mL) are added Cs2CO3 (1.27 g, 3.92 mmol), 2- methoxyethylamine (3.37 mL, 39.12 mmol) and catalytic KI under N2 atmosphere. The resulting mixture is stirred at 8O0C for 16 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered, washed with EtOAc and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography eluting with 2-5% MeOH-CH2Cl2 containing 0.5% NH4OH to afford the title compound as a foamy solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.96 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, IH), 7.30 -7.36 (m, IH), 6.69 -6.77 (m, IH), 4.51 (q, J = 13.8 Hz, IH), 4.03 - 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.68 (m, 3H), 3.31-3.37 (m containing s at 3.35, 5H), 2.95-3.16 (m, 9H), 2.14-2.24 (m containing two s at 2.21, 2.14, 8H), 1.66-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.42-1.54 (m, 3H); LC/MS found 550 (M+l)+.
EXAMPLE 26. SYNTHESIS OF 3-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5- PYRIMIDINYL]-CARBONYL}OCTAHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N,N- DIMETHYL-I -PROPANAMINE
Figure imgf000094_0001
[0274] This compound is made by a procedure analogous to Example 25, replacing 2- methoxyethylamine with equivalent amounts of dimethylamine in step 2 of the synthesis. LC/MS: 520 (M+l)+.
EXAMPLE 27. SYNTHESIS OF 3-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5- PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL}OCT AHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N-(2- METHOXYETHYL)-I -PROPANAMINE
Figure imgf000095_0001
Step 1. 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl}octa-hydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-l-chloro-butane
[0275] The title compound is prepared following the same protocol used in Example 25, step 1, using l-chloro-4-iodo-butane as the alkylating agent. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.95 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, IH), 7.29 -7.34 (m, IH), 6.70 -6.75 (m, IH), 4.50 (q, J = 14.7 Hz, IH), LC-MS found 525 (M+l)+.
Step 2. 3- [2, 3-dimethyl-4-((6R, 9aS)-2-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl}octa-hydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l-propanamine
[0276] The title compound is prepared by reacting 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2- (trifluoromethyl)-5-pvrimidinyl]carbonyl}octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazm-6-yl)phenoxy]-l- chloro-butane with dimethylamine following the method described in Example 26. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.95 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, IH), 7.29 -7.34 (m, IH), 6.66 -6.73 (m, IH), 4.50 (q, J = 13.5 Hz, IH), 3.85- 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.39 (m, 3H), 2.68-2.90 (m, 4H), 2.45-2.65 (m containing two s at 2.56, 7H), 2.13-2.20 (m, 7H), 1.70-1.97 (m, 7H), 1.35-1.54 (m, 3H) ; LC-MS found 534 (MH+).
EXAMPLE 28. SYNTHESIS OF 4-[2,3 -DIMETH YL-4-((6R,9 AS)-2-{ [2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5 -
PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL}OCTAHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-N-(2-
METHOXYETHYL)-N-METHYL-1-BUTANAMINE
Figure imgf000095_0002
[0277] The title compound is prepared by reacting 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2- (trifiuoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-l- chloro-butane (obtained in Example 27) with equivalent amounts of (2-rnethoxy-ethyl)-methyl-amine following the method described in Example 26. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.95 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, IH), 7.27 -7.33 (m, IH), 6.66 -6.74 (m, IH), 4.50 (q, J = 12.6 Hz, IH), 3.92-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.42 (m containing s at 3.34, 5H), 3.08-3.18 (m,lH), 2.66-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.14-2.28 (m, contains s at 2.28 , HH), 1.69-1.92 (m, 7H), 1.38-1.6 (m, 3H); LC-MS found 578 (M+l)+.
EXAMPLE 29. SYNTHESIS OF 2-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5-
PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL} OCTAHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[1 ,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]ETHANOL
Figure imgf000096_0001
[0278] To a solution of 2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2-(tnfluoromethyl)-5-pyπmidinyl]- carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenol (2 g, 4.6 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 rtiL) is added Cs2CO3 (3.7 g, 11.3 mmol) under N2 atmosphere, and the resulting mixture is stirred for 25 mm. (2-Bromo ethoxy)-tert-butyl dimethyl silane (2.19 g, 9.2 mmol) and catalytic amounts of KI are added and the resulting mixture is stirred at 600C for 16 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diluted with 100 mL of water, extracted with EtOAc, and the organic layers are washed with water, bπne, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The crude product is dissolved in 20 mL of anhydrous THF, 9 mL of 1.0 N TBAF (9.2 mmol) is added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure diluted with Et2O (100 mL), washed with brine (2X), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained is punfied by flash chromatography on silicagel elutmg with 60% EtOAc-hexane to afford the desired product as a foamy solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.94 (s, IH), 8.89 (s, IH), 7.25 -7.34 (m, IH), 6.70-6.78 (m, IH), 4.49 (q, J = 14.4 Hz, IH), 4.04-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.13 (t, J= 14.4 Hz, IH), 2.67-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.51 (br t, IH), 2.01-2.15 (m, 6H), 1.61-1.93 (m, 2H),1.34-1.57 (m, 2H); LC-MS found 479 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 30. SYNTHESIS OF (2R)-1-[2,3-DIMETHYL-4-((6R,9AS)-2-{[2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)-5-
PYRIMIDINYL]CARBONYL}OCTAHYDRO-2H-PYRIDO[l,2-A]PYRAZIN-6-YL)PHENOXY]-2-PROPANOL
Figure imgf000096_0002
[0279] The title compound is prepared following the protocol used to prepare [2, 3 -dimethyl - 4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl)phenoxy]ethanol, using (2R)-2-{[(tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-propyl-4-methylbenzene- sulfonate (as in Example 21). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.95 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, IH), 7.33 -7 36 (m, IH), 6.68-6.76 (m, IH), 4.50 (q, J = 15.6Hz, IH), 4.12 - 4.28 (m, IH), 3.73-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.09- 3.39 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.58 (m, 2H) 2.19 (s.3H), 2.16 (s,3H), 1.65-1.92 (m, 2H),1.38- 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.30 (m, 2H) ; LC-MS found 493 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 31. ADDITIONAL ARYL-SUBSTITUTED PlPERAZINE DERIVATIVES
[0280] Additional representative aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are shown in the following table, and are prepared according to the methods presented in the foregoing Schemes and Examples. The compounds in Tables I-IX satisfy at least one of the following criteria:
(i) exhibit an EC50 of less than 1 micromolar in the calcium mobilization assay of Example 37; and/or (ii) exhibit an EC50 of less than 1 micromolar in the GTP binding assay of Example 35.
[0281] Mass spectroscopy data in the "MS" column is obtained as described above and presented as (M+ 1).
TABLE I
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
COMPOUND NAME MS
(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)((6R,9aS)-6-(4- (1,1 -difluoro-2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,3 -
357 dimethylphenyl)-hexahydro- 1 H- 480 pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2(6H)- yl)methanone
{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-Hydroxy-l - hydroxymethyl-ethoxy)-2,3 -
358 dimethylphenyl]-octanydro-pyrido- 508 [1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl} -(6-trifluoro- methyl-pyridin-3 -yl)-methanone
{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-Hydroxy-l- hydroxymethyl-ethoxy)-2,3- ,
359 dimethylphenyl] -octahydro-pyrido- 474 [1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl} -(6-chloro-pyridin- 3-yl)-methanone
(2S)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- { [2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-
360 pyrimidinyl] carbonyl} octahydro-2H- 493 pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-2- propanol
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2- (trifluoromethyl)-5 -
361 pyrimidinyljcarbonyl} octahydro-2H- 493 pyrido [ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]- 1 - propanol
3-[2;3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2- (trifluoromethyl)-5 -pyrimidinyl] -
362 carbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2- 492 a]pyrazin-6-yl)ρhenoxy] - 1 - propanamine
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2- (trifluoromethyl) -5 -pyrimidinyl] -
363 carbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2- 506 a]pyrazm-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-methyl-l- propanamine
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3 -
364 yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-ρyrido[l,2- 505 a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy] -N- methylpropan- 1 -amine
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[2- (trifluoromethyl)-5-pyrimidinyl]-
365 carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- 520 a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-ethyl-l- propanamine
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6- (trifluorometliyl)pyridin-3 -
366 yl] carbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido [ 1 ,2- 519 a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy] -N-
Figure imgf000131_0001
ethylpropan- 1 -amine
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
COMPOUND NAME MS
2-({2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- {[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-
417 pyridinyljcarbonyl} octahydro-2H- 521 pyrido[l ,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl)phenoxy]ethyl}amino)ethanol
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6- (trifluoromethyl)-3 -
418 pyridinyl]carbonyl} octahydro-2H- 491 pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N- methylethanamine
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6- (trifluoromethyl)-3 -
419 pyridinyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- 505 pyrido[l,2-a]ρyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]- N,N-dimethylethanamine
(6R,9aS)-6-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[2- (meth.ylsulfanyl)ethoxy]phenyl} -2- {[6-
420 (trifluoromethyl)-3 -pyridinyl]- 508 carbonyl}octahydro-2H-ρyrido[l ,2-
Figure imgf000137_0001
a]pyrazine
TABLE π
Figure imgf000137_0002
Cpd. R (linked via O) NAME MS
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-
421 (trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piρerazin- 1 - 506 yl} ethyl)phenoxy]-N-propylpropan-l -amine
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]ρiperazin- 1 -
422 534 yl } ethyl)phenoxy]propyl} -2-methylbutan- 1 - amine
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-
423 {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - 518 yl } ethyl)phenoxy]propan- 1 -amine
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -
424 520 yl } ethyl)phenoxy]proρyl} -2-methylpropan- 1 - amine
N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-
425 [4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - 560
Figure imgf000137_0003
yl} ethyl)phenoxy]propan-l -amine
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl~4-(l-{4-[4- (trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -
426 534 yl} ethyl)phenoxy]propyl} -2,2-dimethylproρan- 1 -amine
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
-
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
-
Figure imgf000146_0001
TABLE in
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
TABLEIV
Figure imgf000167_0002
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
005/021340
179
Table VI
Figure imgf000180_0001
40
180
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
TABLE VE
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
TABLE VIE
Figure imgf000184_0002
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
TABLE IX
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
EXAMPLE 32. PURIFIED RAT STRIATUM CELL MEMBRANES.
[0282] The MCHlR receptor source is a rat striatum homogenate. The rats are naϊve Sprague Dawley or Wistar rats which are not food deprived overnight, and weigh roughly 250±25 grams. The striatum is rapidly/carefully dissected away from the cortex, mid-brain and hippocampus. The striatum is weighed, and homogenized in Prep buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl2, 2 mM EGTA: 23 mL per gram of striatum, typically 150 mg of tissue plus 3.5 mL of prep buffer), homogenizing for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON at setting 5. The crude striatal homogenate is washed 2 times with Prep buffer and sampled for protein analysis between washes. Once the protein concentration has been determined, the final protein pellet is suspended in binding buffer at a protein density of 275 μg / 200 μL binding buffer. The protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "rat striatal membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA). EXAMPLE 33. RADIOLIGAND BINDING ASSAYS
[0283] This Example illustrates a standard assay of Melanin Concentrating Hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor. 125I-labeled S36057 (New England Nuclear Corp., Boston, MA), a stable analogue of MCH, is used as the radioligand.
[0284] Purified rat striatal membranes, prepared by the method given above, are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in binding buffer (50 mM Tris pH. 7.4, 1.0 mM Mg Cl2, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM CaCl2, 120 mM NaCl, 1 mM bacitracin, 0.02 mg/mL Aprotinin & 0.1% BSA).
[0285] The optimal rat striatal homogenate input has been determined, via a protein linearity experiment, to be 275 μg / data point / 250 μL. At 3OpM [125I]-S36057, this amount of protein binds 10-15% of the input radioligand. At a [125I]-S36057 input of 30 pM (roughly 1/2 to 1/3 Kd) the specific binding signal is routinely 50%. Non specific binding is defined with lμM MCH. Displacement binding studies, designed to determine the IC50ZK; of exogenously added compounds, are run at 30 pM [125I]-S36057. These displacement studies are routinely run to verify activity in the rat striatum homogenate MCHlR preparation. Upon mixing of all assay components (100 μL tissue, lOOμl assay buffer, 25 μL radiolabel, and 2.5 μL compound if required, 25 μL assay buffer or nonspecific if required), the reaction is mixed and incubated at RT for 2 h in a 96-well deepwell dish. The binding reaction is terminated by rapid filtration over a 1% PEI treated filter on a 96-well Tomtec harvester, followed by washing with 50 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl. For saturation binding analysis, rat striatal membranes (275 μg) are added to polypropylene tubes containing 25 pM - 0.5 nM [125I]S36057. Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 μM MCH (Tocris Cookson Inc., Ellisville, MO, USA) and accounts for less than 10 % of total binding. For evaluation of guanine nucleotide effects on receptor affinity, GTP7S is added to duplicate tubes at the final concentration of 50 μM.
[0286] For competition analysis, membranes (275 μg) are added to polypropylene tubes containing 0.03 nM [125I]S36057. Non-radiolabeled displacers are added to separate assays at concentrations ranging from 10"10 M to 10"5 M to yield a final volume of 0.250 mL. Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 μM MCH and accounts for less than 30% of total binding. Following a 2-h incubation at room temperature, the reaction is terminated by rapid vacuum filtration. Samples are filtered over presoaked (0.3% non-fat dry milk for 2 h prior to use) GF/C WHATMAN filters and rinsed 2 times with 5 mL cold 50 mM Tris pH 7.4. Remaining bound radioactivity is quantified by gamma counting. Kj and Hill coefficient ("nH") are determined by fitting the Hill equation to the measured values with the aid of SIGMAPLOT software.
EXAMPLE 34. PURIFIED RECOMBINANT CHO CELL MEMBRANES EXPRESSING MONKEY MCHlR
[0287] Cynoniolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHlR cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1 (INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA) as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003. The resulting MCHl expression vector is stably transfected into Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) via calcium precipitation. The disclosure of WO 03/059289 at page 51-52 directed to the preparation and storage of membrane pellets prepared from CHO cells stably transfected with the MCHl vector is hereby incorporated by reference.
[0288] CHO mMCHlR cell pellets are resuspended in homogenization buffer (10 mM HEPES, 250 mM sucrose, 0.5 μg/mL leupeptin, 2 μg/mL Aprotinin, 200 μM PMSF3 and 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and homogenized using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON homogenizer (setting 5 for 30 seconds). The homogenate is centrifuged (536 x g/ 10 min/ 40C) to pellet the nuclei. The supernatant containing isolated membranes is decanted to a clean centrifuge tube, centrifuged (48,000 X g/ 30 min, 40C) and the resulting pellet resuspended in 30 mL homogenization buffer. This centrifugation and resuspension step is repeated twice. The final pellet is resuspended in ice cold Dulbecco's PBS containing 5 mM EDTA and stored in frozen aliquots at -800C until needed. The protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "P2 membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA).
EXAMPLE 35. AGONIST-INDUCED GTP BINDING
[0289] Agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding ("GTP binding") activity can be used to identify agonist and antagonist compounds and to differentiate neutral antagonist compounds from those that possess inverse agonist activity. This activity can also be used to detect partial agonism mediated by antagonist compounds. A compound being analyzed in this assay is referred to herein as a "test compound."
[0290] Agonist-stimulated GTP binding on purified P2 membranes (prepared as described above) is assessed using MCH as agonist in order to ascertain the level of signal, and EC50 value of MCH as measured by GTP binding.
[0291] P2 membranes from the CHO cells are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in GTP binding assay buffer (50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgC12, 2 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM bacitracin, 100 KIU/mL aprotinin, 5 μM GDP, 10 μg/mL saponin) and added to reaction tubes at a concentration of 50 μg protein/reaction tube. After adding increasing doses of the agonist MCH at concentrations ranging from 10"12 M to 10"6M, reactions are initiated by the addition of 100 pM GTP gamma35S. In competition experiments, non-radiolabeled test compounds (e.g., compounds provided herein) are added to separate assays at concentrations ranging from 10"10 M to 10"5M along with 10 nM MCH to yield a final volume of 0.25 mL.
[0292] Neutral antagonists are those test compounds that reduce the MCH stimulated GTP binding activity towards, but not below, baseline (the level of GTP bound by membranes in this assay in the absence of added MCH or other agonist and in the further absence of any test compound). [0293] An antagonist test compound that elevates GTP binding activity above baseline in the absence of added MCH in this GTP binding assay is characterized as having partial agonist activity. Preferred antagonist compounds described herein do not elevate GTP binding activity under such conditions more than 10% above baseline, preferably not more than 5% above baseline, and most preferably not more than 2% above baseline.
[0294] Following a 60-min incubation at room temperature, the reactions are terminated by vacuum filtration over GF/C filters (pre-soaked in wash buffer, 0.1% BSA) followed by washing with ice-cold wash buffer (50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl). The amount of G-alpha-bound (and thereby membrane-bound) GTP gamma35S is determined by measuring the bound radioactivity, preferably by liquid scintillation spectrometry of the washed filters. Non-specific binding is determined using 10 mM GTP gamma35S and typically represents less than 10% of total binding. Data is expressed as percent above basal (baseline). The results of these GTP binding experiments are analyzed using SIGMAPLOT software and IC50 determined. The IC50 is then used to generate Kj as described by Cheng and Prusoff (1973) Biochem Pharmacol. 22(23):3099-\0S.
[0295] Preferred compounds are MCHl receptor antagonists that do not possess significant (e.g., greater than 5%) agonist activity in any of the MCH mediated functional assays discussed herein. Specifically, this undesired agonist activity can be evaluated, for example, in the GTP binding assay described above, by measuring small molecule mediated GTP binding in the absence of the agonist, MCH. The preferred extent of MCHlR agonist activity exhibited by compounds of the invention is less than 10%, more preferably less than 5% and most preferably less than 2% of the response elicited by the agonist, MCH.
EXAMPLE 36. MELANIN CONCENTRATING HORMONE RECEPTOR BINDING ASSAY
[0296] This Example illustrates a standard assay of melanin concentrating hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor.
[0297] Cynomolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHlR cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1 (INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA), and HEK293 cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCHl expression vector as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003. The disclosure of WO 03/059289 at page 52 directed to the preparation and storage of the transfected HEK293 cells is hereby incorporated by reference.
[0298] At the time of assay, pellets are thawed by addition of wash buffer (25 mM HEPES with 1.0 mM CaCl2, 5.0 mM MgCl2, 120 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and homogenized for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON, setting 5. Cells are centrifuged for 10 min at 48,000 x g. The supernatant is discarded and the pellet is resuspended in fresh wash buffer, and homogenized again. An aliquot of this membrane homogenate is used to determine protein concentration via the Bradford method (BIO-RAD Protein Assay Kit, #500-0001, BIO-RAD, Hercules, CA). By this measure, a 1- liter culture of cells typically yields 50-75 mg of total membrane protein. The homogenate is centrifuged as before and resuspended to a protein concentration of 333 μg/mL in binding buffer (Wash buffer + 0.1% BSA and 1.0 μM final phosphoramidon) for an assay volume of 50 μg membrane protein/150 μl binding buffer. Phosphoramidon was from SIGMA BIOCHEMICALS, St. Louis, MO (cat# R-7385).
[0299] Competition binding assays are performed at room temperature in Falcon 96 well round bottom polypropylene plates. Each assay well contains 150 μL of MCH receptor-containing membranes prepared as described above, 50 μL 125I-Tyr MCH, 50 μL binding buffer, and 2 μL test compound in DMSO. 125I-Tyr MCH (specific activity = 2200 Ci/mmol) is purchased from NEN, Boston, MA (Cat # NEX 373) and is diluted in binding buffer to provide a final assay concentration of 3O pM.
[0300] Non-specific binding is defined as the binding measured in the presence of 1 μM unlabeled MCH. MCH is purchased from BACHEM U.S.A., King of Prussia, PA (cat # H-1482). Assay wells used to determine MCH binding contain 150 μL of MCH receptor containing membranes, 50 μL 125I-TyT MCH, 25 μL binding buffer and 25 μL binding buffer.
[0301] Assay plates are incubated for 1 h at room temperature. Membranes are harvested onto WALLAC™ glass fiber filters (PERKIN-ELMER, Gaithersburg, MD) which were pre-soaked with 1.0% PEI (polyethyleneimine) for 2 h prior to use. Filters are allowed to dry overnight, and then counted in a WALLAC 1205 BETA PLATE counter after addition of WALLAC BETA SCINT™ scintillation fluid.
[0302] For saturation binding, the concentration of 125I-Tyr MCH is varied from 7 to 1,000 pM. Typically, 11 concentration points are collected per saturation binding curve. Equilibrium binding parameters are determined by fitting the allosteric Hill equation to the measured values with the aid of the computer program FitP™ (BIOSOFT, Ferguson, MO). For preferred compounds, K; values are below 1 micromolar, preferably below 500 nanomolar, more preferably below 100 nanomolar.
EXAMPLE 37. CALCIUM MOBILIZATION ASSAY
[0303] This Example illustrates a representative functional assay for monitoring the response of cells expressing melanin concentrating hormone receptors to melanin concentrating hormone. This assay can also be used to determine if test compounds act as agonists or antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone receptors.
[0304] Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCH expression vector via calcium phosphate precipitation, and are grown to a density of 15,000 cells/well in FALCON™ black-walled, clear-bottomed 96-well plates (#3904, BECTON-DICKINSON, Franklin Lakes, NJ) in Ham's F12 culture medium (MEDIATECH, Herndon, VA) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 25 mM HEPES and 500 μg/mL (active) G418. Prior to running the assay, the culture medium is emptied from the 96 well plates. Fluo-3 calcium sensitive dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) is added to each well (dye solution: 1 mg FLUO-3 AM, 440 μL DMSO and 440 μL 20% pluronic acid in DMSO, diluted 1:4, 50 μL diluted solution per well). Plates are covered with aluminum foil and incubated at 37°C for 1-2 h. After the incubation, the dye is emptied from the plates, cells are washed once in 100 μL KRH buffer (0.05 mM KCl, 0.115 M NaCl, 9.6 mM NaH2PO4, 0.01 mM MgSO4, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4) to remove excess dye; after washing, 80 μL KRH buffer is added to each well.
[0305] Fluorescence response is monitored upon the addition of either human MCH receptor or test compound by a FLIPR™ plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA) by excitation at 480 nm and emission at 530 nm.
[0306] In order to measure the ability of a test compound to antagonize the response of cells expressing MCH receptors to MCH, the EC50 of MCH is first determined. An additional 20 μL of KRH buffer and 1 μL DMSO is added to each well of cells, prepared as described above. 100 μL human MCH in KRH buffer is automatically transferred by the FLIPR instrument to each well. An 8- point concentration response curve, with final MCH concentrations of 1 nM to 3 μM, is used to determine MCH EC50.
[0307] Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO, diluted in 20 μL KRH buffer, and added to cells prepared as described above. The 96 well plates containing prepared cells and test compounds are incubated in the dark, at room temperature for 0.5-6 h. It is important that the incubation not continue beyond 6 h. Just prior to determining the fluorescence response, 100 μL human MCH diluted in KRH buffer to 2 x EC50 is automatically added by the FLIPR instrument to each well of the 96 well plate for a final sample volume of 200 μL and a final MCH concentration Of EC50. The final concentration of test compounds in the assay wells is between 1 nM and 5 μM. Typically, cells exposed to one EC50 of MCH exhibit a fluorescence response of about 10,000 Relative Fluorescence Units. Cells incubated with antagonists of the MCH receptor exhibit a response that is significantly less than that of the control cells to the p<0.05 level, as measured using a parametric test of statistical significance. Typically, antagonists of the MCH receptor decrease the fluorescence response by about 20%, preferably by about 50%, and most preferably by at least 80% as compared to matched controls. IC50 values for MCHR antagonists are determined using SIGMAPLOT software (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL) and standard techniques. The IC50 is then used to generate K; as described by Cheng and Prusoff (1973) Biochem Pharmacol. 22(23):3099-108.
[0308] The ability of a compound to act as an agonist of the MCH receptor is determined by measuring the fluorescence response of cells expressing MCH receptors, using the methods described above, in the absence of MCH. Compounds that cause cells to exhibit fluorescence above background are MCH receptor agonists (background autofϊuorescence of the test compound may be assessed using standard methods). Compounds that induce no detectable increase in the basal activity of the MCH receptor have no detectable agonist activity and are preferred.
EXAMPLE 38. MDCK CYTOTOXICITY ASSAY
[0309] This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound toxicity using a Madin Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cell cytotoxicity assay.
[0310] 1 μL of test compound is added to each well of a clear bottom 96-well plate (PACKARD, Meriden, CT) to give final concentration of compound in the assay of 10 μM, 100 μM or 200 μM. Solvent without test compound is added to control wells.
[0311] MDCK cells, ATCC no. CCL-34 (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA), are maintained in sterile conditions following the instructions in the ATCC production information sheet. Confluent MDCK cells are trypsinized, harvested, and diluted to a concentration of 0.1 x 106 cells/mL with warm (37°C) medium (VITACELL Minimum Essential Medium Eagle, ATCC catalog # 30-2003). 100 μL of diluted cells is added to each well, except for five standard curve control wells that contain 100 μL of warm medium without cells. The plate is then incubated at 37°C under 95% O2, 5% CO2 for 2 h with constant shaking. After incubation, 50 μL of mammalian cell lysis solution (from the PACKARD (Meriden, CT) ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit) is added per well, the wells are covered with PACKARD TOPSEAL stickers, and plates are shaken at approximately 700 rpm on a suitable shaker for 2 min.
[0312] Compounds causing toxicity will decrease ATP production, relative to untreated cells. The ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit is generally used according to the manufacturer's instructions to measure ATP production in treated and untreated MDCK cells. PACKARD ATP LITE-M reagents are allowed to equilibrate to room temperature. Once equilibrated, the lyophilized substrate solution is reconstituted in 5.5 mL of substrate buffer solution (from kit). Lyophilized ATP standard solution is reconstituted in deionized water to give a 10 mM stock. For the five control wells, 10 μL of serially diluted PACKARD standard is added to each of the standard curve control wells to yield a final concentration in each subsequent well of 200 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM and 12.5 nM. PACKARD substrate solution (50 μL) is added to all wells, which are then covered, and the plates are shaken at approximately 700 rpm on a suitable shaker for 2 min. A white PACKARD sticker is attached to the bottom of each plate and samples are dark adapted by wrapping plates in foil and placing in the dark for 10 min. Luminescence is then measured at 220C using a luminescence counter (e.g., PACKARD TOPCOUNT Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter or TECAN SPECTRAFLUOR PLUS), and ATP levels calculated from the standard curve. ATP levels in cells treated with test compound(s) are compared to the levels determined for untreated cells. Cells treated with 10 μM of a preferred test compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, of the untreated cells. When a 100 μM concentration of the test compound is used, cells treated with preferred test compounds exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50%, preferably at least 80%, of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
EXAMPLE 39. MICROSOMAL IN VITRO HALF-LIFE
[0313] This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound half-life values (ti/2 values) using a representative liver microsomal half-life assay.
[0314] Pooled human liver microsomes are obtained from XenoTech LLC (Kansas City, KS). Such liver microsomes may also be obtained from In Vitro Technologies (Baltimore, MD) or Tissue Transformation Technologies (Edison, NJ). Six test reactions are prepared, each containing 25 μL microsomes, 5 μL of a 100 μM solution of test compound, and 399 μL 0.1 M phosphate buffer (19 mL 0.1 M NaH2PO4, 81 mL 0.1 M Na2HPO4, adjusted to pH 7.4 with H3PO4). A seventh reaction is prepared as a positive control containing 25 μL microsomes, 399 μL 0.1 M phosphate buffer, and 5 μL of a 100 μM solution of a compound with known metabolic properties {e.g., DIAZEPAM or CLOZAPINE). Reactions are preincubated at 39°C for 10 min.
[0315] Cofactor mixture is prepared by diluting 16.2 mg NADP and 45.4 mg glucose-6- phosphate in 4 mL 100 mM MgCl2. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution is prepared by diluting 214.3 μL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase suspension (Roche Molecular Biochemicals; Indianapolis, IN) into 1285.7 μL distilled water. 71 μL of starting reaction mixture (3 mL cofactor mixture; 1.2 mL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution) is added to 5 of the 6 test reactions and to the positive control. 71 μL 100 mM MgCl2 is added to the sixth test reaction, which is used as a negative control. At each time point (0, 1, 3, 5 and 10 min), 75 μL of each reaction mix is pipetted into a well of a 96-well deep-well plate containing 75 μL ice-cold acetonitrile. Samples are vortexed and centrifuged 10 min at 3500 rpm (Sorval T 6000D centrifuge, HlOOOB rotor). 75 μL of supernatant from each reaction is transferred to a well of a 96-well plate containing 150 μL of a 0.5 μM solution of a compound with a known LC/MS profile (internal standard) per well. LCMS analysis of each sample is carried out and the amount of unmetabolized test compound is measured as AUC, compound concentration vs. time is plotted, and the t1/2 value of the test compound is extrapolated. Preferred compounds provided herein exhibit in vitro t1/2 values of greater than 10 min and less than 4 h, preferably between 30 min and 1 h, in human liver microsomes.
[0316] From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims

CLAIMSWHAT is CLAIMED is:
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000200_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
V is absent or -(C=O)-;
W is CH or C-OH;
Yi, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are independently CRi or nitrogen;
Z is nitrogen or CR2; each R] is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβalkyl, QrCβalkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, hydroxyQ-Cealkyl, (Ci- C4alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, aminoQ-Cόalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo- C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, or (4- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R2 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl, and haloCi-C4alkoxy; R2 is halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-Csalkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C2-Cβalkanoyl, C2-C6allcyloxime, d-Qalkoxy, (Ci-Cβalkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, hydroxyCi-Cβalkyl, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cβalkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβalkylthio, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, aminoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl; or
R2 is (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, phenylCo-C2all<yl, phenylCo-C2alkoxy, or (5- or 6-membered heteroaryl)C<rC2alkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkoxy, and Ci-C2alkyl; or R2 is taken together with a Ri to form a fused optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle; n is 1 or 2; R3 is:
(i) hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl or haloCi-C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with one or both of Rs and Ri0 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle having one or two rings, wherein each ring contains from 5 to 8 ring members and 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, which fused carbocycle or heterocycle is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Q- C2alkoxy, and Ci-C2alkyl; R4 is hydrogen, Q-C6alkyl, or haloQ-Cβalkyl; R5 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-Cealkyl, Q-Cβalkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q- Cβalkoxy, haloCi-Cβalkyl, haloQ-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoQ- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with Rs to form a fused C5-C8carbocycle or a fused 5- to 8-membered heterocycle each R5a is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q- Cβalkoxy, haloQ-C6alkyl, haloQ-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Q-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoQ- Cβalkyl; or
(ii) taken together with Rs to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; R5 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-Cβalkyl, C2-Cealkenyl, Q-Cβalkynyl, Q- Cβalkoxy, haloQ-Cβalkyl, haloQ-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Q-Csalkyl)amino, or aminoQ- C6alkyl;
(ii) taken togetlier with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; (iii) taken together with R5 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; or (iv) taken together with R5a to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; P is N or CR7; Q is N or CR8; U is N or CR9;
Figure imgf000201_0001
R7 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-;
(ii) taken together with R8 to form a fused C5-C6carbocycle or a fused 5- to 6-membered heterocycle; or
(iii) taken together with Ri2 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered heterocycle that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, Ci-C2alkoxy and oxo; R8 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused Cs-Cβcarbocycle or a fused 5- to 6-membered heterocycle; R9 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with Rio or Rn to form a fused Cs-Ciocarbocycle or a fused 5- to 10-membered heterocycle, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, d-Qalkoxy, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci- C6alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-
Figure imgf000202_0001
C2-C6alkanoyl, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, hydroxyCi-Cβalkyl, aminoCi-Cβalkyl, and haloCi- Cβalkoxy;
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R3 or R9 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle; Rn is:
(i) a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, QrCealkynyl, haloCi- C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl, or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cβalkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb, and R0; wherein Ra is oxo, oxime, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2,
-(C=N)OH, or imino;
Rb is Ci-Cβalkoxy, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkanoyl, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, Ci-Cβalkylthio, Ci-Cβalkylaminosulfonyl, Ci- C6alkylsulfonylamino, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, arylCi- Cβalkanoylamino, heteroarylCi-C6alkanoylammo, mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, or Ci-C6alkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, Ci- C4alkyl, (Ci-C4alkoxy)Co-C4alkyl, mono- and di-(CrC4alkyl)amino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- Cycycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy; and Rc is carbocycleCo-Cβalkyl, heterocycleCo-Cβalkyl, carbocycleCo-Cβalkoxy, heterocycleCo- Cδalkoxy, carbocycleCo-Cβalkylarnino, or heterocycleCo-Cβalkylamino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, Ci- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cealkyl, and haloCi-C6alkoxy;
(ii) C5-Ci0cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl, or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Q-CβalkoxyJCo-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Qalkyl, and haloCi-C6alkoxy; or
(iii) taken together with R9 to form a fused optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle,
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, CrCβalkynyl, Ci- C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoCi- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; each L is independently a single covalent bond, N(Ri3), O, S, C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), SO, SO2, SO2N(Ri3), N(Ri3)SO2,
Figure imgf000203_0001
wherein each Ri3 is independently hydrogen, Q-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl or haloCi-C6alkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Ciocycloalkyl, or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl.
2. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000204_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
V is absent or -(C=O)-;
W is N, CH or C-OH;
Yi, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are independently CRi or nitrogen;
Z is nitrogen or CR2; each Ri is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, (Ci- C4alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, aminoCi-Cβalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo- Cβalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, or (4- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R2 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, d-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl, and haloCi-C4alkoxy; R2 is halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, Q-Cβalkynyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, C2-C6alkyloxime, Q-Cβalkoxy, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, hydroxyCi-Cβalkyl, d-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cδalkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβallcylthio, Ci-Cβalkylsulfonyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-Cβalkoxy, aminoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl; or
R2 is (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, phenylC0-C2alkyl, phenylCo-C2alkoxy, or (5- or 6-membered heteroaryl)Co-C2alkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkoxy and Ci-C2alkyl; or R2 is taken together with a Ri to form a fused optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle; n is 1 or 2; R3 is:
(i) hydrogen, Ci-Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl or haloCi-C6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with one or both Of R6 and Ri0 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle having one or two rings, wherein each ring contains from 5 to 8 ring members and 0, 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S, which fused carbocycle or heterocycle is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Q- C2alkoxy, and Ci-C2alkyl; R4 is hydrogen, Q-Cβalkyl, or haloQ-Cδalkyl; R5 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q- Cβalkoxy, haloQ-Cβalkyl, haloQ-Cgalkoxy, mono- or di-(Q-C6alkyl)amino or aminoQ- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with Re to form a fused Cs-Cscarbocycle or 5- to 8-membered heterocycle; Each R5a is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q-C6alkoxy, haloQ-Cβalkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Q-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoQ-Cβalkyl; R6 is:
(i) taken together with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; or (ii) taken together with R5 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; P is N or CR7; Q is N or CR8; U is N or CR9;
Figure imgf000205_0001
R7 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-;
(ii) taken together with R8 to form a fused C5-C8carbocycle or a fused 5- to 8-membered heterocycle; or
(iii) taken together with Rn to form a fused 5- or 6-membered heterocycle that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Q-C2alkyl, Q-Qalkoxy, and oxo; R8 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused C5-C8carbocycle or a fused 5- to 8-membered heterocycle; R9 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with Rω or Rn to form a fused Cs-Ciocarbocycle or a fused 5- to 10-membered heterocycle, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, irnino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci- Cβalkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-(d- C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, haloQ-Cealkyl, hydroxyQ-Cβalkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, and haloCi- C6alkoxy;
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or (ii) taken together with R3 or R9 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle; Rn is:
(i) a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi- C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl, or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cβalkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0; wherein R3 is oxo, oxime, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2,
-(C=N)OH or imino;
Rb is Ci-Cβalkoxy, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- C6alkanoyl, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-Cβalkylaminosulfonyl, Ci- C6alkylsulfonylamino, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, arylQ- C6alkanoylamino, heteroarylCi-Cealkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Ci-
C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, or Ci-C6alkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, Ci- C4alkyl, (Ci-C4alkoxy)Co-C4alkyl, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)amino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl or haloCi-C2alkoxy; and R0 is carbocycleCo-Cβalkyl, heterocycleCo-Cβalkyl, carbocycleCo-Cβalkoxy, heterocycleCo- Cβalkoxy, carbocycleCo-Cβalkylamino, or heterocycleCo-Cβalkylamino, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cδalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, C1- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, and haloCi-Cβalkoxy; (ii) C5-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCo-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, and haloCi-C6alkoxy; or
(iii) taken together with R9 to form a fused optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle;
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, d-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci- Cβalkoxy, haloCi-Cβalkyl, haloCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoCi- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; each L is independently a single covalent bond, N(Ri3), O, S, C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), SO, SO2, SO2N(Ri3), N(Rn)SO2, C(O)N(Ri3), or N(Ri3)C(O), wherein each Ri3 is independently hydrogen, Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, or haloCi-Cήalkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, hydroxyCi-Cβalkyl, aminoCi-Cήalkyl,
Figure imgf000207_0001
Cs-Ciocycloalkyl, or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl.
3. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000208_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
V is absent or -(C=O)-;
Yi, Ys, Y4 and Y5 are independently CRi or nitrogen;
Z is nitrogen or CR2; each Ri is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, aminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCrC6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, (Ci- C4alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, ammoCi-Cβalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo- Cβalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, or (4- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R2 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl, and haloCi-C4alkoxy; R2 is halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, C2-C6alkyloxime, Ci-C6alkoxy, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cδalkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-Cβalkylthio, Ci-Cβalkylsulfonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, haloCi-Cβalkoxy, aminoCi-Cβalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci- C6allcyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl; or
R2 is (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, phenylCo-C2alkyl, phenylCo-C2alkoxy, or (5- or 6-membered heteroaryl)C0-C2alkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkoxy, and Ci-C2alkyl; or R2 is taken together with a Ri to form a fused optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle; n is 1 or 2; R3 is:
(i) hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-Cβalkenyl, or haloCi-C6alkyl; or (ii) taken together with one or both OfR6 and Rio to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle having one or two rings, wherein each ring contains from 5 to 8 ring members and 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O and S, which fused carbocycle or heterocycle is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Q- Caalkoxy, and Ci-Qalkyl; R4 is hydrogen, Q-C6alkyl, or haloQ-C6alkyl; R5 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q- Cβalkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, hak>Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-Cδalkyl)amino, or aminoQ- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R6 to form a fused Cs-Cgcarbocycle or a fused 5- to 8-membered heterocycle; each R5s is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-C3alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q- Qalkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloQ-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoQ- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R6 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; R6 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q-C6alkyl, C2-Cealkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Q- Qalkoxy, haloQ-C6alkyl, haloQ-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoQ- Qalkyl;
(ii) taken together with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; (iii) taken together with R5 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; or (iv) taken together with R5a to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; P is N or CR7; Q is N or CR8; U is N or CR9;
Figure imgf000209_0001
R7 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-;
(ii) taken together with R8 to form a fused C5-C8carbocycle or a fused 5- to 8-membered heterocycle; or
(iii) taken together with R12 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered heterocycle that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, d-C2alkoxy, and oxo; Rs is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula M-L-; or
(ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused Cs-Cβcarbocycle or a fused 5- to 6-membered heterocycle; R9 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; or
(ii) taken together with Ri0 or Rn to form a fused C5-Ciocarbocycle or a fused 5- to 10-membered heterocycle, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, d-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci- C6alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, (Ci-CealkoxyJCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkanoyl, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi-Cβalkyl, and haloCi- C6alkoxy;
(i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; or
(ii) taken together with R3 or R9 to form a fused, optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle; Rn is:
(i) a group of the formula G-Li-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, Q-Cβalkynyl, haloCi- C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cδalkyl, and wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb and R0;
(ii) a group of the formula Gi-O- wherein Gi is CrCβalkenyl, Q-Cβalkynyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, saturated C3-Ciocycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci- Cβalkyl, wherein Gi is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen
Figure imgf000210_0001
R0;
(iii) a group of the formula G2-O- wherein G2 is Ci-Cβalkyl that is substituted with from O to 3 amino groups, and wherein G2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb and R0; such that Rb is not N-methyl, N-cyclopentylamino, and R0 is not (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl;
(iv) C5-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Cβalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl and haloCi-Cβalkoxy; or
(v) taken together with R9 to form a fused optionally substituted carbocycle or heterocycle; Ra is oxo, oxime, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2, -(C=N)OH or imino; Rb is Ci-C6alkoxy, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- Cβalkanoyl, Ci-Cβalkylsulfonyl, Q-Cβalkylthio, Ci-Cβalkylaminosulfonyl, C1- C6alkysulfonylamino, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, arylCrC6alkanoylamino, heteroarylCi-Qalkaαoylamino, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl or Ci-Cealkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, Ci-C4alkyl, (Ci-C4alkoxy)Co-C4alkyl, mono- and di-(Ci- C4alkyl)amino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi- C2alkoxy;
R0 is carbocycleCo-Cδalkyl, heterocycleCo-Cβalkyl, carbocycleCo-Cβalkoxy, heterocycleCo-Cβalkoxy, carbocycleCo-C6alkylamino or heterocycleCo-Cβalkylamino; each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci- C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl and haloCi-C$alkoxy;
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Ci- C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCi-Cealkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, or aminoCi- C6alkyl; or
(ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused, optionally substituted heterocycle; each L is independently a single covalent bond, N(R13), O, S, C(=0), C(=O)O, OC(O), SO, SO2,
SO2N(R13), N(R13)SO2, C(=O)N(R13) or N(R,3)C(=0); Li is independently a single covalent bond, N(R13), C(=0), C(=0)0, 0C(=0), SO2, SO2N(R13),
N(R13)SO2,
Figure imgf000211_0001
orN(Ri3)C(=O); each R13 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl or haloCi-Cβalkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloQ-Cealkyl, hydroxyCi-Cδalkyl, aminoCi-Cδalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkyl, C5-C10cycloalkyl or 5- to 10- membered heterocycloalkyl.
4. A compound or salt of Claim 2, wherein W is nitrogen.
5. A compound or salt of Claim 1 or 2, wherein W is CH.
6. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 5, wherein V is absent.
7. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 5, wherein V is -(C=O)-.
8. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 7, wherein n is 1.
9. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 or 3 to 8, wherein R-5 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; each R5a is independently:
(i) hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; or
(ii) taken together with Re to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; R6 is:
(i) hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; or
(ii) taken together with R3 to form a fused heterocycloalkyl; or
(iii) taken together with Rsa to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; and Ri2 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy.
10. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 8, wherein R5 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; or
R5 is taken together with R6 to form a fused 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; Rsa is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; Re is:
(i) hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; or
(ii) taken together with R3 to form a fused heterocycloalkyl; or
(iii) taken together with R5 to form a fused 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; and Ri2 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy.
11. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000213_0001
wherein:
R3 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl;
R5 and R5a are independently hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy;
Re is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and
Ri2 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy.
12. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000213_0002
wherein:
R3 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl; R5 and R5a are independently hydrogen, CrC2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; R6 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and Ri2 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy.
13. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000213_0003
wherein:
R3 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl; R5 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and Ri2 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy.
14. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000214_0001
wherein:
R3 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl; R5 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and R12 is hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy.
15. A compound or salt of Claim 2, wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000214_0002
wherein:
R5, R5a, and Ri2 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C∑alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and Ri4 represents from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, and 0x0.
16. A compound or salt of Claim 2, wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000214_0003
wherein:
R5, R5a, and Ri2 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and Ru represents from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, and 0x0.
17. A compound or salt of Claim 15 or 16, wherein RM represents 0 substituents.
18. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 17, wherein- Z is CR2.
19. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 17, wherein Yi Y3, Y4, and Y5 are CRi, and Z is CR2.
20. A compound or salt of Claim 19, wherein Yi3 Y4 and Y5 are CH, Y3 is CRi, and Z is CR2.
21. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 17, wherein Yi is nitrogen, Y3, Yt and Y5 are CRb and Z is CR2.
22. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 17, wherein Yi and Y4 are nitrogen, Y3 and Y5 are CRi, and Z is CR2.
23. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 17, wherein Y4 is nitrogen, Yi, Y3, and Y5 are CRh and Z is CR2.
24. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 23, wherein each Ri is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-Cβalkynyl Ci- Cβalkoxy, haloCi-Cβalkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, Q-Cealkylthio, Ci-Csalkylether, aminoCi-Cealkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cβalkylaminocarbonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, or (4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl.
25. A compound or salt of Claim 24, wherein each Ri is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, Ci-C4alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C2alkyl, haloCi-C2alkoxy, or mono- or di-(Ci-C2alkyl)amino.
26. A compound or salt of Claim 25, wherein each Ri is independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci-Qalkyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
27. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 26, wherein R2 is halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acetyl, aminocarbonyl, imino, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C2- Cβalkanoyl, C2-C6alkyloxime, d-C6alkoxy, (Ci-Cδalkoxy)Ci-C4alkyl, hydroxyCi-Cβalkyl, Ci- Cβalkoxycarbonyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cβalkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-Cδalkylthio, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, haloCi- Cβalkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, aminoCi-Cβalkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, or (C3- C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl.
28. A compound or salt of Claim 27, wherein R2 is halogen, hydroxy, cyano, Ci-C4alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Ci-C2alkylthio, haloCi-C2alkyl, haloCi-C2alkoxy, or mono- or di-(Ci- C2alkyl)amino.
29. A compound or salt of Claim 28, wherein R2 is halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
30. A compound or salt of Claim 29, wherein each Ri is hydrogen and R2 is trifluoromethyl.
31. A compound or salt of Claim 29, wherein Y4 is CRi and the Ri at Y4 is methoxy, and wherein R2 is halogen.
32. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 18, wherein Y3 is CRi; and R2 and the Ri of Y3 are taken together to foπn a 6-membered aryl ring that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Q- C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl, and haloCi-C4alkoxy.
33. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 32 wherein R4 is hydrogen or methyl.
34. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 14 and 18 to 33 wherein R3 is methyl and R4 is hydrogen.
35. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 34, wherein each R5 and Ri2, and R5 when present, is independently hydrogen or methyl.
36. A compound or salt of Claim 35, wherein each R5, Re, and Ri2 is hydrogen.
37. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 36, wherein P is CR7, Q is CR8, U is CR9, and T is nitrogen.
38. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 36, wherein P is CR7, Q is CR8, U is nitrogen, and T is CRi0.
39. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 36, wherein P is CR?, Q is nitrogen, U is nitrogen, and T is CR10.
40. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 36, wherein P is nitrogen, Q is CR8, U is nitrogen, and T is CRi0.
41. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 36, wherein P is CR7, Q is CR8, U is
Figure imgf000216_0001
42. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 36, wherein R7, R8, R9, and Ri0 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-.
43. A compound or salt of Claim 42, wherein R7, R8, Rg, and Rio are each independently hydrogen, halogen, cyano, or a group of the formula M-L-; wherein: each L is independently a single covalent bond, -N(Ri3)-, or -O-, wherein each R13 is independently hydrogen or Ci-Cβalkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, or aminoCi-C6alkyl.
44. A compound or salt of Claim 43, wherein R7, R8, Rg, and Ri0 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, Ci-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-C6alkylammo, haloCi-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkoxy.
45. A compound or salt of Claim 44, wherein R7, R8, R9, and Rio are each independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, haloCi-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkoxy.
46. A compound or salt of Claim 43, wherein Rio is hydrogen.
47. A compound or salt of Claim 43, wherein R7 and Rio are hydrogen, and R8 and R9 are each methyl.
48. A compound or salt of Claim 43, wherein R7, R9, and Ri0 are all hydrogen, and R8 is methyl or methoxy.
49. A compound or salt of Claim 43, wherein R7 and R8 are both methyl, and R9 and Ri0 are both hydrogen.
50. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 49, wherein Rn is a group of the formula G-L-.
51. A compound or salt of Claim 50, wherein:
G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-Cealkyl, C5-Ci0cycloalkyl or 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen fromRa, Rb, and R0; and
Rc is carbocycleCo-C6alkyl, heterocycleCo-Cόalkyl, carbocycleCo-Cβalkoxy, heterocycleCo-Cβalkoxy, carbocycleCo-Cβalkylamino or heterocycleCo-Cβalkylamino, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl or C3-C7cycloalkyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, d-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, and haloCi-Cβalkoxy.
52. A compound or salt of Claim 51, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, or C2- Cβalkynyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen
Figure imgf000218_0001
53. A compound or salt of Claim 51, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, or haloCi- Cβalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb and Rc.
54. A compound or salt of Claim 53, wherein G is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from R0, and wherein R0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyiTolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C∑alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
55. A compound or salt of Claim 53, wherein:
G is substituted with at least one substituent chosen from Ra and Rb; and
Rb is Ci-C6alkoxy, (Q-CealkoxyjCi-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- Cβalkanoyl, Ci-Cβalkylsulfonyl, Ci-Cβalkylthio, Ci-Csalkylaminosulfonyl, Ci- Cβalkysulfonylamino, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Q- C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, or Ci-Cβalkyloxime, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, oxime, Ci-Gjalkyl, (Ci-C4alkoxy)Co-C4alkyl, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)amino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl andhaloCi-C2alkoxy.
56. A compound or salt of Claim 55, wherein:
G is Ci-C6alkyl, substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino; wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from:
(a) oxo, oxime, hydroxy, cyano, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, or imino; and
(b) Ci-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)amino, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, or C2-C6alkanoylamino, each of which is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Cr C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
57. A compound or salt of Claim 53, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, substituted with from O to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino and hydroxy; and wherein G is substituted with one substituent chosen from R0.
58. A compound or salt of Claim 57, wherein R0 is heterocycloalkylCo-C6alkyl, heterocycloalkylCo-Cβalkoxy, or heterocycloalkylCo-C6alkylamino, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2- C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
59. A compound or salt of Claim 57, wherein R0 is heterocycloalkylCo-Cθalkyl, heterocycloalkylCo-Cβalkoxy or heterocycloalkylCo-Cβalkylamino, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci- Qalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
60. A compound or salt of Claim 57, wherein R0 is phenylCo-Cβalkyl, phenylCo-Cβalkoxy, phenylCo-Cβalkylamino, pyridylCo-Cβalkyl, pyridylCo-Cβalkoxy, pyridylCo-Cβalkylamino, pyrimidinylCo-Cβalkyl, pyrimidinylCo-Cβalkoxy, or pyrimidinylCo-Cβalkylamino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloQ-Qalkoxy.
61. A compound or salt of Claim 54, wherein G is Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, or haloCi- Cβalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from oxo, oxime, halogen, amino, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -SO2NH2, -(C=N)OH, -NH(C=O)H, and imino; and wherein G is substituted with one substituent chosen from R0 wherein R0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, Ci-Cδalkoxy, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
62. A compound or salt of Claim 61, wherein G is Ci-Cβalkyl, substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino, and hydroxy; and wherein R0 is pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2- C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
63. A compound or salt of Claim 61, wherein G is Q-Cealkyl substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino, and hydroxy; and wherein R0 is pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Q- C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
64. A compound or salt of Claim 61, wherein G is Ci-Cβalkyl, substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo, amino, and hydroxy; and wherein R0 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
65. A compound or salt of Claim 51, wherein G is C5-Ci0cycloalkyl or 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and Ci-C6alkyl, wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R1 and Rb.
66. A compound or salt of Claim 65, wherein G is C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cβalkyl, and wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3 and Rb.
67. A compound or salt of Claim 66, wherein Rb is Ci-Cealkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci- C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-Cβalkanoyl, Ci-Cβalkylsulfonyl, Ci-Cβalkylthio, Ci- Cealkylaminosulfonyl, Ci-Cβalkysulfonylamino, Q-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminocarbonyl or CpCealkyloxime.
68. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 50 to 67, wherein Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, where L is O.
69. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 50 to 67 wherein Rn is G-L-, where L is a single covalent bond.
70. A compound or salt of any of Claims 1 to 49, wherein Rn is Cs-Qocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
71. A compound or salt of Claim 70, wherein Rn is Cs-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl having one nitrogen ring atom and 0 or 1 additional ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl having 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein no more than 1 ring atom is sulfur or oxygen, or 9- to 12-membered heteroaryl having 2 fused rings, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, and wherein at least one ring has 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein no more than 3 ring atoms are sulfur or oxygen; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci- C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
72. A compound or salt of Claim 71, wherein Rn is Cs-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, dihydropyrrolidinyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cδalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, d-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
73. A compound or salt of Claim 72, wherein Rn is tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, or pyridinyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C2alkyl, and Ci-C2alkoxy, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
74. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 49, wherein Rn is taken together with R9 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle that is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Cβalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0- C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
75. A compound or salt of Claim 74, wherein Rn is taken together with Rg to form: (i) a fused C5-C7cycloalkyl or a fused phenyl; or
(ii) a fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, each containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; each of which is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Cβalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q- C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q^alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
76. A compound or salt of Claim 74, wherein Rn is taken together with Rg to form a fused bicyclic heterocycle having one 6-membered aromatic ring and one 5-membered ring containing 1 nitrogen atom, wherein the bicyclic heterocycle is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-Cβalkoxy, (Q- CβalkoxyJQ-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
77. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 49, wherein Rn is a group of the formula Gi-O-, wherein Gi is C2-C6alkenyl, Q-Cβalkynyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi-Cβalkyl, C3- Qocycloalkyl or 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl; and wherein Gi is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb and R0.
78. A compound or salt of Claim 77, wherein
Gi is C2-C6alkenyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, or 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl; wherein Gi is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3,
Figure imgf000224_0001
R0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCo-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di- (Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, d-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi- C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
79. A compound or salt of Claim 78, wherein Gi is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Q-Cealkyl, and Gi is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from:
(a)oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, and imino; and
(b) Ci-Cβalkoxy, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)amino, Ci-Cβalkoxycarbonyl, and Q-Cβalkanoylarnino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, haloCi- C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
80. A compound or salt of Claim 78, wherein Gi is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from oxo and hydroxy; and wherein Gi is substituted with one substituent chosen from R0.
81. A compound or salt of Claim 80, wherein R0 is pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
82. A compound or salt of Claim 80, wherein R0 is pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl; and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
83. A compound or salt of Claim 80 wherein R0 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
84. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 49, wherein: Rn is a group of the formula G2-O-; and
G2 is Ci-C6alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, wherein G2 is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from Ra, Rb and R0, such that Rb is not N-methyl,N-cyclopentylamino, and R0 is not (heterocycle)Co-C6alkyl.
85. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 49, wherein: Rn is a group of the formula G2-O-;
G2 is Ci-C6alkyl that is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, wherein G2 is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3, Rb and R0, such that Rb is not N-methyl,N-cyclopenrylamino; and
R0 is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl or benzimidazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (d-CβalkoxyJCo-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di- (Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCr C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
86. A compound or salt of Claim 85, wherein G2 is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen and amino, and wherein G2 is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R1 and Rb wherein:
Ra is 0x0, hydroxy, cyano, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, or irnino; and
Rb is Ci-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C8alkyl)amino, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, or C2- Cβalkanoylamino, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- Cycycloalkyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
87. A compound or salt of Claim 85, wherein G2 is substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from R0.
88. A compound or salt of Claim 87 wherein R0 is pyrrolindinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
89. A compound or salt of Claim 87, wherein R0 is pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, haloCi-C2alkyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
90. A compound or salt of Claim 87, wherein R0 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
91. A compound of salt any one of Claims 1 to 90, wherein the compound satisfies the formula:
Figure imgf000226_0001
or
92. A compound or salt of Claim 91, wherein the compound satisfies the formula:
Figure imgf000227_0001
93. A compound or salt of claim 92, wherein the compound satisfies the formula:
Figure imgf000227_0002
wherein: each Ri is hydrogen or methoxy;
Ra is chloro, fluoro or trifluoromethyl;
R7 and Rg are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; and
Rn is:
(i) a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-Cβalkyl, Oz-Cβalkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi- Cβalkyl, saturated C3-Ciocycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cβalkyl, wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen
Figure imgf000227_0003
or
(ii) C5-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Cealkyl, (Ci-CβalkoxyJCo-Cβalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyi)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, Ci- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl, and haloCi-Cβalkoxy.
94. A compound or salt of claim 92, wherein:
R7 and Rs are independently hydrogen, halogen, Q-C∑alkyl or haloCi-Czalkyl; and Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-Cβalkyl, Ca-Cδalkenyl, Cz-Cβalkynyl, haloCi- Cβalkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen from R3 and Rb.
95. A compound or salt of Claim 94, wherein Yi is N and Y3 and Y4 are CRi
96. A compound or salt of Claim 95, wherein Y3 and Y4 are CH.
97. A compound or salt of Claim 94, wherein Y3 is N.
98. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein the compound satisfies the formula:
Figure imgf000229_0001
wherein: each Ri is hydrogen or methoxy;
R.2 is chloro, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl;
R3 is:
(i) hydrogen or methyl; or
(ii) taken together with Re to form a fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl that has 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms chosen from N, S and O, which fused 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl is substituted with from 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo, Ci-C2alkoxy and CrC2alkyl; R5 is hydrogen, methyl or methoxy;
(i) hydrogen, methyl or methoxy;
(ii) taken together with Rg to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; R5 is:
(i) hydrogen, methyl, or methoxy;
(ii) taken together with R3 to form a fused, optionally substituted, 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; or
(iii) taken together with Rs3 to form a methylene or ethylene bridge; R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH or a group of the formula M-L-; Rn is:
(i) a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi- Cβalkyl, saturated C3-Ciocycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-Cβalkyl, wherein G is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen
Figure imgf000229_0002
or
(ii) Cs-Ciocycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkenyl, or 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, d-Cβalkyl, (CrC6alkoxy)Co-Csalkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, Q- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-Cβalkyl and haloQ-Cβalkoxy; and Ri2 is hydrogen, methyl, or methoxy.
99. A compound or salt of Claim 98, wherein the compound satisfies the formula:
Figure imgf000230_0001
wherein:
R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl; and Rn is a group of the formula G-L-, wherein G is Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, Cz-Cβalkynyl, haloCi- C6alkyl, saturated C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino and Ci-C6alkyl, wherein G is further substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents independently chosen
Figure imgf000230_0002
100. A compound or salt of Claim 99, wherein Y3 is N and Y4 is CRi.
101. A compound or salt of Claim 100, wherein Y4 is CH.
102. A compound or salt of Claim 99, wherein Y3 and Y4 are both N.
103. A compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102, wherein the compound exhibits a Ki of 1 micromolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay or an IC50 of 1 micromolar or less in a MCH receptor-mediated calcium mobilization assay.
104. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102, in combination with at least one physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient.
105. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 104, wherein the composition is formulated as an injectible fluid, an aerosol, a cream, an oral liquid, a tablet, a gel, a pill, a capsule, a syrup, or a transdermal patch.
106. A method for modulating binding of MCH to cellular MCH receptor, the method comprising contacting cells expressing MCH receptor with a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102, in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro, and thereby modulating MCH binding to MCH receptor in the cells.
107. The method of claim 106, wherein the cells are present in an animal.
108. The method of claim 106, wherein animal is a human, the cell is a brain cell, and the fluid is cerebrospinal fluid.
109. The method of claim 106, wherein the modulation is inhibition.
110. A method for modulating binding of MCH to a MCH receptor in vitro, the method comprising contacting MCH receptor with a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102, under conditions and in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to the MCH receptor.
111. A method for altering the signal-transducing activity of a MCH receptor in a cell, the method comprising contacting a cell expressing MCH receptor with a compound or salt, of any one of claims 1 to 102, under conditions and in an amount sufficient to detectably alter the electrophysiology of the cell, and thereby altering the signal-transducing activity of MCH receptor in the cell.
112. The method of claim 111, wherein the cell is present in an animal.
113. The method of claim 112, wherein animal is a human, the cell is a brain cell, and the fluid is cerebrospinal fluid.
114. The method of claim 111 wherein the signal-transducing activity of the MCH receptor in a cell is inhibited.
115. The method of claim 111, wherein the alteration in the electrophysiology of the cell is detected as a change in the animal's feeding behavior.
116. A method for treating a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 102.
117. The method of claim 116, wherein the disease or disorder is an eating disorder, sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease or stroke.
118. The method of claim 116 or 117, wherein the compound or salt is administered orally.
119. The method of claim 116 or 117, wherein the compound or salt is administered intranasally, intravenously or topically.
120. The method of claim 116 or 117, wherein the patient is a human.
121. The method of claim 116 or 117, wherein the patient is a dog or a cat.
122. A method for treating obesity, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 102.
123. The method of claim 122, wherein the compound or salt is administered orally.
124. The method of claim 122 or 123, wherein the patient is a human.
125. The method of claim 122 or 123, wherein the patient is a dog or a cat.
126. A compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102, wherein the compound or salt is radiolabeled.
127. A method for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, comprising: contacting a sample with a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102 under conditions that permit binding of the compound or salt to MCH receptor; and detecting a level of compound or salt bound to MCH receptor, and therefrom determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in the sample.
128. The method according to claim 127, wherein the compound is radiolabeled, and wherein detecting a level of compound or salt comprises: separating unbound compound from bound compound; and determining an amount of bound compound in the sample.
129. The method of claim 127, wherein the sample is a tissue section.
130. A method for treating a patient, comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation with the need for administration of a MCH receptor modulator, and administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 102.
131. A packaged pharmaceutical preparation, comprising: (i) a pharmaceutical composition of claim 104 in a container; and (ii) instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from a disorder associated with MCH receptor activation.
132. The packaged pharmaceutical preparation of claim 131, wherein the disorder is an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, obesity, diabetes, heart disease or stroke.
133. The use of a compound or salt thereof according to any one of claims 1-102 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition responsive to MCH receptor modulation.
134. A use according to claim 133, wherein the condition is obesity, an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease or stroke.
135. A compound or salt according to claim 3, wherein the compound is: {(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl}-(6- trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone; {(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]-octa-hydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl}-(6- trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone;
{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-((S)-2-Hydroxy-propoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2- yl}-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone;
{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-((R)-2-Hydroxy-propoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2- yl } -(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3 -yl)-methanone; l-{2,3-Dimethyl-4-[(6RJ9aS)-2-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl]-phenoxy}-propan-2-one; l-{2,3-Dimethyl-4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridme-3-carbonyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl]-phenoxy}-propan-2-one oxime;
(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-((lS,4S)-5-{(S)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-ethyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-methanone;
(6-Ethylpyridin-3-yl)-((lS,4S)-5-{(S)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-ethyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-methanone;
[(6R,8aS)-6-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-hexahydro-pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl]-(6- trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone;
N-(3 - {4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3 -methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido [ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl] -2,3 - dimethyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-acetamide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-acetamide;
4-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-benzyl]-piperidin-4-ol;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)be1izoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylethanamine;
1 - { 1 -[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3 -dimethylphenyljethyl} -4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazine;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylethanamine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylpropan- 1 -amine; l-(4-clilorobenzoyl)-4-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-253-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazme; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-{l-[4-(2-ethoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine; ethyl (4-{ 1 -[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin- 1 -yljethyl} -2,3-dimethylphenoxy)acetate; l-(4-{l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropan-2-ol; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-{(lR)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-l- amine;
2-(4-{ 1 -[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l -yl]ethyl} -2,3-dimethylphenoxy)ethanol;
2-(4-{l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)ρiperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylρhenoxy)-N-methylethanamine;
2-(4-{l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)ethanamine;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lR)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]- 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-((lR)-l-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[2-(l-methylpyrrolidin-2- yl)ethoxy]phenyl}ethyl)piperazine;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylethanamine;
3-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-(( 1 S)- 1 - {4~[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl] -piperazin- 1 -yl } ethyl)phenoxy] -N,N- dimethylpropan-1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylpropan-1 -amine; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-(l-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[3-(methylthio)-propoxy]plienyl}ethyl)piperazine; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-(l-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[3-(methylsulfonyI)-propoxy]phenyl}ethyl)piperazine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N-methylpropan-l-amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylpropan-l-amine;
(lR,4R)-2-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-5-{(lR)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpropan4 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylpropan-l-amine; 3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-benzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)propan-l-ol;
(lR,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[4- (trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane;
(lR,4R)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]- 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane;
(lR,4R)-2-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-5-{(lR)-l-[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-{l-[4-(3-chloropropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chlorobenzoyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-α]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy}- N^N-dimethylpropan- 1 -amine;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(difluoromethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]- 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane;
3-(4-{(lS)-l-[(lS,4S)-5-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]ethyl}-2,3- dimethylphenoxy)-N-methylpropan-l-amine; jV-[3.(4.{(l1S).l-[(llS';41S).5.(4-chlorobenzoyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]ethyl}-2,3- dimethylphenoxy)propyl]-N-methylacetamide;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propan-l- amine;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((li?)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-2,2- difluoroethanol;
3-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-Ν-isopropylpropan-l- amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl } ethyl)phenoxy]propan- 1 -amine;
3-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan- 1 -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butanenitrile;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl} ethyl)phenoxy]butanenitrile;
4-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylbutan-2-ol;
N-[3-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)- propyl] cyclopentanamine; 4-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylbutan-2- amine; l-(l-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[2-(methylthio)ethoxy]phenyl}etliyl)-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]piperazme; l-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-4-{(lR)-l-[4-(3-chloropropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N- methylpropan-1 -amine;
3-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N-methylpropan-l- amine;
4-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethyl-phenoxy)butanenitrile; l-(l-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]phenyI}ethyl)-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)- benzoyl]piperazine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-2- methylbutan-2-amine;
2-(4- {( 1 R)- 1 -[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin- 1 -yl]ethyl} -2,3 -dimethyl-phenoxy)acetamide; 3-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-propan-l -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l- amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-l,l- dimethylpropyl}acetamide;
N-[3-(4-{(li?)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethyl-phenoxy)propyl]acetamide;
Ν-[3-(4-{(lR)-l-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-l,l- dimethylpropyl]acetamide; l-[4-(2-metlioxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl]-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-methylbutan-l-amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylbutan-l-amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl} ethyl)phenoxy]butan- 1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-({4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}methyl)phenoxy]propan-l-amine; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethanamine; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N- methylethanamine;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethanamine; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-methylethanamine;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine;
2-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl}phenoxy)- N,N-dimethylethanamine;
4-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl}phenoxy)- N,N-dimethylbutan-l -amine;
(2,3-dimethyl-4-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)acetonitrile;
6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine; 6-[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
5-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)pentanenitrile;
4-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)butanenitrile;
(2R)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-3-[(2- hydroxyethyl)amino]propan-2-ol;
(3S)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}etb.yl)phenoxy]-3- hydroxybutanenitrile; l-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)-2-methylpropan-2-ol;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylacetamide;
2-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-methylacetamide; (6R,9aS)-6-[4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-[4-(trifluoro-methyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine; 3-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl }phenoxy)propan- 1 -ol;
(lS,4S)-2-[(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]ethyl}-5-{[6-(trifluoro-methyl)pyridin- S-ylJcarbonylJ^jS-diazabicyclop^.lJheptane;
(2S)-l-[(cyclopropylmethyl)-amino]-3-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)- benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyiido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl}phenoxy)propan-2-ol; (2S)-l-(cyclopentylamino)-3-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octaliydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl}phenoxy)propan-2-ol;
(1 S,4S)-2-[(5-ethylpyridin-2-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(l S)-I -[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N- ethylacetamide; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]acetamide;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-{[6-(methylthio)pyridin-3- yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[(6-methylpyridin-3- yl)carbonyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido [ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine ; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{(lR,4R)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-methylacetamide;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{(lR,4R)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylacetamide;
(2S)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]pi-perazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-3-[(2- methoxyethyl)amino]propan-2-ol; (2R)-l-amino-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)- phenoxy]propan-2-ol; (3R)-4-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin- 6-yl}phenoxy)-3-hydroxybutanenitrile;
(3S)-4-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octa-hydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin- 6-yl}phenoxy)-3-hydroxybutanenitrile;
(2R)-l-(dimethylamino)-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazm-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
(lS,4S)-2-[(6-ethylpyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(1 S,4S)-2-[(6-isobutylpyridin-3-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(l S)-I -[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lR)-l-{(lR,4R)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- yl } ethyl)phenoxy] acetamide;
{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicycloβ^.ljhept^-ytyethyyphenoxyjacetonitrile;
2-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridm-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicyclop^.^hept^-y^ethyljphenoxyjacetamide;
(3S)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo-[2.2.1]hept- 2-yl} ethyl)phenoxy] -3 -hydroxybutanenitrile;
(2S)-l-amino-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
(2S)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo-[2.2.1]hept- 2-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-3-{(2-methoxyethyl)amino]propan-2-ol;
(3R)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]- hept-2-yl } ethyl)phenoxy] -3 -hydroxybutanenitrile;
(2R)-l-amino-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-235- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
(2R)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS,4S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]- hept-2-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-3-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]propan-2-ol;
4-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo- [2.2. l]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy} -butanenitrile;
2-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)acetamide; 2-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)-N-methylacetamide;
2-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl}phenoxy)-N,N-dimethylacetamide;
2-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridm-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo- [2.2.1]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy}-N-methylacetamide;
2-{2,3-dimetliyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo- [2.2.1]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy}-N,N-dimethylacetamide;
N-(3-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy}propyl)acetamide;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3- yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3- yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]acetonitrile; l-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo- [2.2.1]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy}-2-methylpropan-2-ol;
2-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl)ethyl]phenoxy} ethanamine;
N-(2-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl)ethyl]-phenoxy} ethyl)acetamide;
(2R)-l-amino-3-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl}phenoxy)propan-2-ol;
(2S)-3-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(l S)-I -((1 S,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl} -2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)ethyl]-phenoxy}-2-methylpropan-l-ol;
(2R)-3-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[(lS)-l-((lS,4S)-5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)ethyl]-phenoxy}-2-methylpropan-l-ol;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]ethyl}-5-{[5-(trifluoro-methyl)pyridin- 2-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(lS,4S)-2-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl]-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy] ethanol;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2- yljcarbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine;
(lS,4S)-2-[(2-ethyl-l,3-thiazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethyl- phenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-ethoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-{[6-(trifluoro-methyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}- octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
5-[((lS,4S)-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept- 2-yl)carbonyl]-2, 1 ,3-benzoxadiazole;
5-[((lS,4S)-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept- 2-yl)carbonyl]-2, 1 ,3-benzothiadiazole;
(6R,9aS)-6-{4-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl}-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin- 3-yl]carbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[(5-methyl-2- thienyl)carbonyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-(3-thienylcarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-[4-(lH-pyrazol-l-yl)benzoyl]- 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane;
(lS,4S)-2-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-5-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3- thiazol-4-yl]carbonyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane;
(lS,4S)-2-[(2-chloro-l,3-thiazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
(lS,4S)-2-[(2-chloro-5-methyl-l,3-thiazol-4-yl)carbonyl]-5-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3- dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]propan- 1 -ol;
1 -[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- { [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy] acetone;
N-[(2R)-3-(2,3-dimethyl-4-{(6R,9aS)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido- [l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl}phenoxy)-2-hydroxypropyl]acetamide; 3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]propan-l-amine;
(2E)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- pyridofl ,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]acetone oxime;
N-{(2R)-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((lS)-l-{(lS54S)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]- hept-2-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-2-hydroxypropyl}acetamide; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]acetamide;
2-[2,3 -dimetliyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2- {[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2- a]ρyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylacetamide;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl}octaliydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N-ethylacetarnide;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl}octahydro-2H-ρyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylacetamide;
N-Acetyl-N-(3-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[2-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-octahydro-pyrido- [l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-phenoxy}-propyl)-acetamide;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido- [l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenoxy]propyl}acetamide;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(methoxymethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]- carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido-[l,2-a]pyrazine;
(2R)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(tri£luoromethyl)pyridin-3-yI]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
2-(4- {(6R,9aS)-2-[(5-chloro-2-thienyI)carbonyl]octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl} -2,3- dimethylphenoxy)ethanol; l-[2,3-dimethyI-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropan-2-ol;
(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(difluoromethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]- carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
(2S)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-thienyl]carbonyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]ethanol; (2S)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(chloro)pyridm-3-yl]carbonyl}-octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
(2R)-l-[2,3-dimethyl-4-((6R,9aS)-2-{[6-(chloro)pyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}-octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl)phenoxy]propan-2-ol;
(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)((6R,9aS)-6-(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl)-hexahydro-lH- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2(6H)-yl)methanone;
(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-phenyl]- octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl}-methanone;
(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)((6R,9aS)-6-(4-(l , 1 -difluoro-2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,3 -dimethylphenyl)- hexahydro-lH-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-2(6H)-yl)methanone;
{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-Hydroxy-l-hydroxymethyl-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-octahydro-pyrido-[l,2- a]pyrazin-2-yl}-(6-trifluoro-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone;
{(6R,9aS)-6-[4-(2-Hydroxy-l-hydroxymethyl-ethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]-octahydro-pyrido-[l,2- a]pyrazin-2-yl}-(6-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-propylpropan- 1 -amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-2- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl } ethyl)phenoxy]propan- 1 -amine;
N- {3 -[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl } ethyl)phenoxy]propyl} -2- methylpropan-1 -amine;
N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propan-l-amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-2,2- dimethylpropan-1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2- ethoxyethyl)propan- 1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2- isopropoxyethyl)propan-l -amine;
N'- {3 -[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy]propyl} -N3N- dimethylethane-1 ,2-diamine; N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}- cyclopropanamine;
N- {3 -[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy]propyl} - cyclohexanamine;
N- {3 -[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}cyclobutanamine;
N- {3 -[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl} ethyl)phenoxy]propyl} cyclopentanamine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazm-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-4- methylcyclohexanamine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-2- methylcyclohexanamine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l -yl} ethyl)phenoxy]-N- isopropylpropan-1 -amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}butan- 2-amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-3- methylbutan-2-amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxy-l- methylethyl)propan-l -amine;
N-(føt-butyl)-3 -[2,3 -dimethyl-4-(l - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl] -piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy] - propan-1 -amine; N2-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-
N^N'-dimethylpropane-l^-diamine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- diethylpropan-1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-methyl-N- propylpropan-1 -amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-N- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l -yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-ethyl-N- isopropylpropan-1 -amine; 3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l -yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dipropylpropan-1 -amine;
3-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l -yl} ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylpropan-1 -amine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-isopropyl-N- methylpropan- 1 -amine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]propyl}-N- methylcyclohexanamine;
N-{3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}etliyl)phenoxy]propyl}-N- ethylcyclohexanamine;
3-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- diisopropylpropan-1 -amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}propan- 1 -amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-2- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl} ethyl)phenoxy]ethanamine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-2- methylpropan-1 -amine;
N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethanamine; N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-2,2- dimethylpropan- 1 -amine; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2- ethoxyethyl)ethanamine; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2- isopropoxyethyl)ethanamine;
N'-{2-[2;3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-N,N- dimethylethane-1,2 -diamine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}- cyclopropanamine; N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}cyclohexanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl} ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl } cyclobutanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}cyclopentanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl } ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl} -4- methylcyclohexanamine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-2- methylcyclohexanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl } ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl }propan-
2-amine; N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}butan-2- amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-3- methylbutan-2-amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-l- methoxypropan-2-amine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl} -2- methylpropan-2-amine;
N2-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-N1,N1- dimethylpropane-1 ,2-diamine;
2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- diethylethanamine; N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl } -N- methylpropan- 1 -amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-N- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(tifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl } -N- ethylpropan-2 -amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-N- propylpropan-1 -amine; 2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l -yl} ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylethanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl } ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl} -N- methylpropan-2 -amine;
N-{2-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]ethyl}-N- methylcyclohexanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl} ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl } -N- ethylcyclohexanamine;
N- {2-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 -yl } ethyl)phenoxy] ethyl } -N- isopropylpropan-2 -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-propylbutan-l- amine; N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-2- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l -amine; 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-isobutylbutan-
1 -amine; N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l -amine; N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl} ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l -amine; 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2- ethoxyethyl)butan-l -amine; 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2- isopropoxyethyl)butan- 1 -amine;
N'-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-N,N- dimethylethane-1 ,2-diamine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}cyclopropanamine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl} ethyl)phenoxy]butyl} cyclohexanamine; N- {4-[2,3 -dimethyl-4-( 1 - {4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin- 1 - yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}cyclobutanamine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}cyclopentanamine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-4- methylcyclohexanamine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-2- methylcyclohexanamine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N- isopropylbutan- 1 -amine;
N-(sec-butyl)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l-amine;
N-(l,2-dimethylpropyl)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l-amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxy-l- methylethyl)butan-l -amine;
N-(tert-butyl)-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butan-l -amine;
N2-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-N1,N1- dimethylpropane- 1 ,2-diamine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazm-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- diethylbutan- 1 -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-methyl-N- propylbutan-1 -amine;
N-butyl-4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-ethyl-N- isopropylbutan-1 -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dipropylbutan-1 -amine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- dimethylbutan- 1 -amine; 4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N-isopropyl-N- methylbutan- 1 -amine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazm-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-N- methylcyclohexanamine;
N-{4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazm-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]butyl}-N- ethylcyclohexanamine;
4-[2,3-dimethyl-4-(l-{4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]piperazin-l-yl}ethyl)phenoxy]-N,N- diisopropylbutan- 1 -amine;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N-ethylpropan- 1 -amine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N,N-dimethylpropan-l-amine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N-isopropylpropan- 1 -amine;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro- 2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-{4-[2-ethoxy-l-(ethoxymethyl)ethoxy]-2,3- dimethylphenyl}octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}butanenitrile;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-{2,3-dimethyl-4-[3-(methylsulfonyl)propoxy]- phenyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido-[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetamide; 4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2- methoxyphenoxy}butanenitrile;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2- methoxyphenoxy} -N,N-dimethylpropan- 1 -amine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2- methoxyphenoxy} -N-isopropylpropan-1 -amine; 3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2- methoxyphenoxy}-N-methylpropan-l-amine; (6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro-8H- pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8-one;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[3-methoxy-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]octa-hydro-2H- pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyi-azin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N,N-bis(2-methoxyethyl)propan-l -amine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N-(2-methoxyethyl)propan-l -amine;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)acetamide; methyl {4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetate; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-2-methylpropan-2-ol;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-(4-isobutoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)octahydro-2H- pyrido [ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)acetamide;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-{4-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]-2,3- dimethylphenyl} octahydro-2H-pyrido[l ,2-a]pyrazine;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methylacetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N,N-dimethylacetamide;
{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetonitrile;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} ethanimidamide;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro- 2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine; 3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N-methoxy-N-methylpropan- 1 -amine;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N-methoxypropan-1 -amine;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N,N-dimethylbutanamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-ethyl-N-methylacetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methyl-N-propylacetamide;
N-butyl-2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octaliydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methylacetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}propanenitrile;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(2-isopropoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro- 2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-(3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- ajpyrazine;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} butanamide;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methylbutanamide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)-2-methoxyacetamide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octaliydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyi-azin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)methane-sulfonamide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)acetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methoxyacetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]acetamide; {4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetic acid;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-ethylacetamide; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l52-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-3-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]propan-2-ol; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-3-[(2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino]propan-2-ol; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2;3- dimethylphenoxy}-3-(cyclopropylamino)propan-2-ol;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)-propanamide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
N_(3_{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-Chloro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-octahydro-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-N-isobutyryl-isobutyramide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)-2,2-dimethylpropanamide;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}propyl)-formamide;
3-{4-[2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}propan-l -ol; N-(2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} ethyl)acetamide;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl)-6-[4-(2-metlioxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido[l ,2-a]pyrazine;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazm-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)acetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N,N-dimethylacetamide; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetone; 3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} -2,2-dimethylpropan- 1 -ol;
(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]octahydro-2H- pyrido[l ,2-a]pyrazine; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazm-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-one;
2-{4-[(6RJ9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N,N-dimethylacetamide;
N-ethyl-2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methylacetamide;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetamide
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydiO-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}propan-l-ol;
3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propan-1-ol;
(2Z)-l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-one oxime;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} ethanol;
2-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} ethanol;
(2R)-l-amino-3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6- yl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy}propan-2-ol;
(2S)-l-amino-3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]- 2,3-dimethylphenoxy}propan-2-ol;
N-((2R)-3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-2-hydroxypropyl)acetamide;
N-((2S)-3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-2-hydroxypropyl)acetamide; (lR)-2-(acetylamino)-l-({4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy}methyl)ethyl acetate;
(lS)-2-(acetylamino)-l-({4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2- a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy}methyl)ethyl acetate;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}butanoic acid;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}butanamide;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N-methylbutanarnide;
4-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy}-N,N-dimethylbutanamide; l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy } acetone;
1 - {4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3 - dimethylphenoxy} propan-2-ol;
(2E)-l-{4-[(6R;9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetone oxime;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} propyl)acetamide;
(2E)-l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetone oxime;
(2E)-l-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylphenoxy} acetone O-methyloxime;
N-(3-{4-[(6R,9aS)-2-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)octahydro-2H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrazin-6-yl]-2,3- dimethylρhenoxy}propyl)-N-methylacetamide;
2-(4-{[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]methyl}-2-methoxyphenoxy)-N,N- dimethylethanamine; -(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2-methoxyphenoxy)-N,N- dimethylethanamine; -(2-chloro-5-{4-[l-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]piperazin-l-yl}phenoxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine; 3 -(2-chloro-5 - {4-[ 1 -(3 ,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]piperazin- 1 -yl}phenoxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-l - amine; ethyl 4-(4- {[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin- 1 -yljmethyl} -2-methoxyphenoxy)butanoate;
6-{[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]methyl}-2H-chromen-2-one; l-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-4-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine; l-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-4-{(lR)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine; l-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-4-{(lS)-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N-methylpropan- 1 -amine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N-ethylpropan-l- amine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N- (cyclopropylmethyl)propan- 1 -amine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N-(2- methoxyethyl)propan-l -amine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N- isopropylpropan- 1 -amine;
N-[3-(4- { 1 -[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piper azin- 1 -yl] ethyl} -2,3 - dimethylphenoxy)propyl]cyclopentanamine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N,N- dimethylpropan-1 -amine; l-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-4-{l-[4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine; 1 -(4-chloro-3 -methoxyphenyl)-4- { 1 -[4-(3 -ethoxypropoxy) -2,3 -dimethylphenyl] ethyl} piperazine;
3 -(4- { 1 -[4-(4-chloro-3 -methoxyphenyl)piperazin- 1 -yl]ethyl} -2-methoxyphenoxy)-N-isopropylpropan- 1 -amine; l-[l-(4-butoxy-3-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazine;
1 -(4-chloro-3 -methoxyphenyl)-4- { 1 -[4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-3 -methoxyphenyl]ethyl} piperazine; l-[l-(4-butoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl]-4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazine; l-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-4-{l-[3-methoxy-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]ethyl}piperazine;
2-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylρhenoxy)acetamide;
(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)acetonitrile; 4-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butanenitrile; l-(4-bromo-3-methoxyplienyl)-4-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine; l-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-4-(3-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)piperazine; l-(2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-6-yl)-4-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine;
1 - { 1 -[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3 -dimethylphenyl] ethyl} -4-(3 -methoxyphenyl)piperazine; l-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}-4-(3-methoxy-4-vinylphenyl)piperazine; l-(3,4-difluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)-4-{l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]ethyl}piperazine;
3-(4-{l-[4-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N- methoxypropan-1 -amine; -(4-{[3-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl]methyl}-2,3- dimethylphenoxy)-N,N-dimethylacetamide; -(4-{[3-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl]methyl}-2,3- dimethylphenoxy)-N-methylacetainide;
3-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-{4-[3-(dimethylamino)propoxy]-2,3-dimethylbenzyl}-8- azabicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-ol;
3 -(4-Chloro-3 -methoxyphenyl)-8-[4-(3 -hydroxypropoxy)-2,3 -dimethylbenzyl] -8 - azabicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-ol; 3-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyplienyl)-8-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol; or -(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-ol.
PCT/US2005/021340 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives WO2006009789A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BRPI0512274-0A BRPI0512274A (en) 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives
JP2007516747A JP2008503477A (en) 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 Aryl substituted piperazine derivatives
MXPA06014748A MXPA06014748A (en) 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives.
CA002567604A CA2567604A1 (en) 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives
EP05760258A EP1756107A2 (en) 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives
IL179350A IL179350A0 (en) 2004-06-17 2006-11-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives
NO20070293A NO20070293L (en) 2004-06-17 2007-01-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US58095804P 2004-06-17 2004-06-17
US60/580,958 2004-06-17

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006009789A2 true WO2006009789A2 (en) 2006-01-26
WO2006009789A3 WO2006009789A3 (en) 2006-12-28

Family

ID=35478359

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/021340 WO2006009789A2 (en) 2004-06-17 2005-06-16 Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (1) US20060009456A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1756107A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008503477A (en)
KR (1) KR20070027600A (en)
CN (1) CN101048405A (en)
AU (1) AU2005265051A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0512274A (en)
CA (1) CA2567604A1 (en)
IL (1) IL179350A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA06014748A (en)
NO (1) NO20070293L (en)
RU (1) RU2007101501A (en)
SG (1) SG155958A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200609219A (en)
WO (1) WO2006009789A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200610152B (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007018248A1 (en) * 2005-08-10 2007-02-15 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone compound
JP2009040698A (en) * 2007-08-07 2009-02-26 Nagasaki Univ Optically active proline ester derivative and method for producing n-formyl optically active proline derivative
JP2009280595A (en) * 2006-06-27 2009-12-03 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Fused cyclic compound
US11584760B2 (en) 2016-09-15 2023-02-21 City Of Hope Dithio ETP derivatives
EP4151210A3 (en) * 2020-01-10 2023-06-14 Harmony Biosciences, LLC Pyridine-carboline derivatives as mchr1 antagonists for use in therapy
WO2023242810A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. Mchr1 antagonists for the treatment of prader-willi syndrome

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7456184B2 (en) * 2003-05-01 2008-11-25 Palatin Technologies Inc. Melanocortin receptor-specific compounds
US7732451B2 (en) * 2001-08-10 2010-06-08 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Naphthalene-containing melanocortin receptor-specific small molecule
EP1425029A4 (en) * 2001-08-10 2006-06-07 Palatin Technologies Inc Peptidomimetics of biologically active metallopeptides
US7718802B2 (en) 2001-08-10 2010-05-18 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Substituted melanocortin receptor-specific piperazine compounds
US7655658B2 (en) * 2001-08-10 2010-02-02 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Thieno [2,3-D]pyrimidine-2,4-dione melanocortin-specific compounds
US7968548B2 (en) * 2003-05-01 2011-06-28 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Melanocortin receptor-specific piperazine compounds with diamine groups
US7727991B2 (en) 2003-05-01 2010-06-01 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Substituted melanocortin receptor-specific single acyl piperazine compounds
US7727990B2 (en) 2003-05-01 2010-06-01 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Melanocortin receptor-specific piperazine and keto-piperazine compounds
US7709484B1 (en) 2004-04-19 2010-05-04 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Substituted melanocortin receptor-specific piperazine compounds
US7834017B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2010-11-16 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Diamine-containing, tetra-substituted piperazine compounds having identical 1- and 4-substituents
WO2008157844A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2008-12-24 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Novel piperazine derivatives as inhibitors of stearoyl-coa desaturase
FR2933979B1 (en) * 2008-07-15 2012-08-24 Pf Medicament TRIAZINE AND URACIL DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION IN HUMAN THERAPY
WO2010075356A1 (en) * 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Novel piperazine derivatives as inhibitors of stearoyl-coa desaturase
KR20120006545A (en) * 2009-04-16 2012-01-18 다케다 야쿠힌 고교 가부시키가이샤 Derivatives of n-acyl-n'-phenylpiperazine useful (inter alia) for the prophylaxis or treatment of diabetes
JP6465803B2 (en) * 2012-10-22 2019-02-06 シティ・オブ・ホープＣｉｔｙ ｏｆ Ｈｏｐｅ ETP derivative
US9757612B2 (en) * 2014-01-24 2017-09-12 Nustep, Inc. Locking device for recumbent stepper
JP7297214B2 (en) * 2017-09-28 2023-06-26 国立大学法人京都大学 Fish and methods of producing fish

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030114644A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2003-06-19 Kinrade Michele Bennet Melanin concentrating hormone receptors
US20030148457A1 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-08-07 Kinrade Michele Bennet Monkey and canine melanin concentrating hormone receptors

Family Cites Families (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4140775A (en) * 1978-05-05 1979-02-20 The Upjohn Company Piperazino methyl phenyl aminoquinolines
CH643549A5 (en) * 1979-08-25 1984-06-15 Merz & Co N- (TRIMETHOXYBENZYL) -N'-PHENYLPIPERAZINE.
DE3139970A1 (en) * 1981-10-08 1983-04-28 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim NEW CARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS
US4414389A (en) * 1982-05-25 1983-11-08 American Home Products Corporation 4-Substituted-piperidino carboxamides
FR2573075B1 (en) * 1984-09-14 1987-03-20 Innothera Lab Sa NEWS (PYRIDYL-2) -1 PIPERAZINES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION IN THERAPEUTICS
US4704382A (en) * 1985-07-29 1987-11-03 G. D. Searle & Co. Phenylpiperazine phosphonates
GB8603120D0 (en) * 1986-02-07 1986-03-12 Pfizer Ltd Anti-dysrhythmia agents
US5179095A (en) * 1986-02-26 1993-01-12 Eisai Co., Ltd. Piperidine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing the same
EP0318235A3 (en) * 1987-11-25 1991-05-02 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Paf antagonist, 1,4-disubstituted piperazine compounds and production thereof
US4921863A (en) * 1988-02-17 1990-05-01 Eisai Co., Ltd. Cyclic amine derivatives
US4868194A (en) * 1988-09-23 1989-09-19 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Imidazole antiarrhythmics
WO1991009594A1 (en) * 1989-12-28 1991-07-11 Virginia Commonwealth University Sigma receptor ligands and the use thereof
US5569659A (en) * 1991-09-11 1996-10-29 Mcneilab, Inc. 4-arylpiperazines and 4-arylpiperidines
US5652242A (en) * 1993-03-29 1997-07-29 Zeneca Limited Heterocyclic derivatives
US5753659A (en) * 1993-03-29 1998-05-19 Zeneca Limited Heterocyclic compouds
US5681954A (en) * 1993-05-14 1997-10-28 Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Piperazine derivatives
ATE294778T1 (en) * 1995-01-23 2005-05-15 Daiichi Suntory Pharma Co Ltd IMPROVEMENT OR CURE OF SYMPTOMS CAUSED BY ISCHEMIC DISEASES AND PHENYLPIPERIDINE COMPOUNDS USABLE THEREFOR
IL117149A0 (en) * 1995-02-23 1996-06-18 Schering Corp Muscarinic antagonists
US5688798A (en) * 1995-10-10 1997-11-18 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrimidine compounds
US6200986B1 (en) * 1995-11-13 2001-03-13 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Hemoregulatory compounds
GB9602166D0 (en) * 1996-02-02 1996-04-03 Zeneca Ltd Aminoheterocyclic derivatives
US6313127B1 (en) * 1996-02-02 2001-11-06 Zeneca Limited Heterocyclic compounds useful as pharmaceutical agents
WO1997041108A1 (en) * 1996-04-30 1997-11-06 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted piperazines and piperidines as central nervous system agents
US5869488A (en) * 1996-05-01 1999-02-09 Schering Corporation Piperazino derivatives as neurokinin antagonists
US5859246A (en) * 1997-01-30 1999-01-12 Neurogen Corporation 1-phenyl-4-benzylpiperazines: dopamine receptor subtype specific ligands
US6479495B1 (en) * 1997-09-29 2002-11-12 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Aminoalkylphenol derivatives and related compounds
US6455528B1 (en) * 1997-10-14 2002-09-24 Mitsubishi Pharma Corporation Piperazine compounds and medicinal use thereof
US6251893B1 (en) * 1998-06-15 2001-06-26 Nps Allelix Corp. Bicyclic piperidine and piperazine compounds having 5-HT6 receptor affinity
GB9905010D0 (en) * 1999-03-04 1999-04-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
KR20020005653A (en) * 1999-04-01 2002-01-17 실버스타인 아써 에이. Aminopyrimidines as sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors
US6541477B2 (en) * 1999-08-27 2003-04-01 Scios, Inc. Inhibitors of p38-a kinase
US6455525B1 (en) * 1999-11-04 2002-09-24 Cephalon, Inc. Heterocyclic substituted pyrazolones
US6581273B1 (en) * 2000-02-04 2003-06-24 Fafco Inc. Heat exchanger tube weaving apparatus and method
GB0003397D0 (en) * 2000-02-14 2000-04-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
US6559140B2 (en) * 2000-03-09 2003-05-06 Abbott Laboratories Cyclic and bicyclic diamino histamine-3 receptor antagonists
MXPA03000174A (en) * 2000-07-06 2003-09-22 Neurogen Corp Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands.
MXPA03001267A (en) * 2000-08-08 2004-07-30 Johnson & Johnson Non-imidazole aryloxyalkylamines.
WO2002051809A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-07-04 Schering Corporation Piperidine mch antagonists and their use in the treatment of obesity
BR0209932A (en) * 2001-05-22 2004-10-13 Neurogen Corp Pharmaceutically acceptable compound or salt thereof, pharmaceutical composition, packaged pharmaceutical preparation, methods for modulating mch binding to an mch receptor and mvc, to alter the signal transduction activity of an mch receptor in a cell, to treat a disease or disorder associated with pathogenic obesity mch receptor activation and to determine the presence or absence of mch receptor in a sample, and use of a compound
WO2005110989A1 (en) * 2004-04-07 2005-11-24 Neurogen Corporation Substituted 1-heteroaryl-4-substituted piperazine and piperidine analogues
US7253168B2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2007-08-07 Neurogen Corporation Substituted 1-benzyl-4-substituted piperazine analogues

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030114644A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2003-06-19 Kinrade Michele Bennet Melanin concentrating hormone receptors
US20030148457A1 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-08-07 Kinrade Michele Bennet Monkey and canine melanin concentrating hormone receptors

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007018248A1 (en) * 2005-08-10 2007-02-15 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone compound
JP2009280595A (en) * 2006-06-27 2009-12-03 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Fused cyclic compound
JP2009040698A (en) * 2007-08-07 2009-02-26 Nagasaki Univ Optically active proline ester derivative and method for producing n-formyl optically active proline derivative
US11584760B2 (en) 2016-09-15 2023-02-21 City Of Hope Dithio ETP derivatives
EP4151210A3 (en) * 2020-01-10 2023-06-14 Harmony Biosciences, LLC Pyridine-carboline derivatives as mchr1 antagonists for use in therapy
WO2023242810A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. Mchr1 antagonists for the treatment of prader-willi syndrome

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20060009456A1 (en) 2006-01-12
MXPA06014748A (en) 2007-03-21
TW200609219A (en) 2006-03-16
KR20070027600A (en) 2007-03-09
NO20070293L (en) 2007-03-15
EP1756107A2 (en) 2007-02-28
BRPI0512274A (en) 2008-02-19
AU2005265051A1 (en) 2006-01-26
JP2008503477A (en) 2008-02-07
ZA200610152B (en) 2008-01-30
CA2567604A1 (en) 2006-01-26
CN101048405A (en) 2007-10-03
WO2006009789A3 (en) 2006-12-28
RU2007101501A (en) 2008-08-10
SG155958A1 (en) 2009-10-29
IL179350A0 (en) 2007-03-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2006009789A2 (en) Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives
US7253168B2 (en) Substituted 1-benzyl-4-substituted piperazine analogues
EP1809626A2 (en) Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor
US6953801B2 (en) Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted 1-benzyl-4-aryl piperazine analogues
WO2006015279A1 (en) Heterocyclic diamine compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor useful for the treatment of obesity, diabetes, eating and sexual disorders
WO2008016811A2 (en) Aminopiperidines and realted compounds
WO2007069053A1 (en) Benzimidazole antagonists of the h-3 receptor
JP2011517680A (en) Pyridine derivatives used for the treatment of orexin-related disorders
US20090023777A1 (en) Substituted 4-amino-benzylpiperidine compounds
EP1771432B1 (en) Non-imidazole heterocyclic compounds as histamine h3 receptor modulators
EP1465888A2 (en) Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted benzoimidazole analogues
US20050239791A1 (en) Substituted 1-heteroaryl-4-substituted piperazine and piperidine analogues
US20050282811A1 (en) Diazabicyclic histamine-3 receptor antagonists
WO2005030754A1 (en) Indole or quinoline derivatives as non-pepticid npy y2 receptor inhibitors useful for the treatment of anxiolytic and depressive disorders and obesity
EP2212281B1 (en) Arylsulfonamides with analgesic activity
EP1233949A2 (en) 5-substituted arylpyrimidines
EP3481801B1 (en) Indoline derivatives and method for using and producing the same
US20080161344A1 (en) Melanin Concentrating Hormone Receptor Ligands: Substituted Tetrahydroisoquinoline Analogues
WO2024044351A2 (en) Substituted pyrazoles and imidazoles as orexin receptor antagonists composition, methods for treating neurological and psychiatric disorders
Sparatore et al. 2-{4-[3-(4-Aryl/heteroaryl-1-piperazinyl) propoxy] phenyl}-2H-benzotriazoles and their N-oxides as ligands for serotonin and dopamine receptors
EP1935885A2 (en) Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands : substituted 1-benzyl-4-aryl piperazine analogues.
AU2002316145A1 (en) Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted 1-benzyl-4-aryl piperazine analogues
Carruthers et al. Furan compounds as histamine H 3 modulators
EP2025668A1 (en) Arylsulfonamides with analgetic activity

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005760258

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2567604

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 179350

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005265051

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 551770

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006/10152

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 200610152

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12006502544

Country of ref document: PH

Ref document number: PA/a/2006/014748

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020067026695

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 200580019954.6

Country of ref document: CN

Ref document number: 2007516747

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005265051

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050616

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005265051

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 396/DELNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007101501

Country of ref document: RU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005760258

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020067026695

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0512274

Country of ref document: BR